Moeller Australia 2008 Industrial Trade Product Guide

www.moeller.com.
au
Industrial Trade Product Guide

Effective November 2008
E V ISED
R
I T ION
ED
A strong brand. A long history. A great future.

Welcome to
Moeller Australia’s
new Trade Product Guide
for 2008/2009
The Eaton-Moeller Group: In this catalogue, we are proud to be able to offer you our
extensive range of products for switching and protection,
With more than 100 years of experience. command and signalling, and control and visualisation. Our
complete range of products are innovative, combinable and
With the passion to do everything intelligent.
even better still. We are also delighted to supply, exclusively in Australia, the
world-leading Maréchal Decontactors, the benchmark
And with the focus on what we’re good at. decontactors for use in mining, manufacturing and commercial
applications.
Internationally the Eaton-Moeller Group has continued to enjoy

strong growth as a result of our total commitment to customer
service and our strong focus on our core products.
In addition to our national customer service centre in Melbourne,

we also have customer service centres located in Brisbane, Perth
and Sydney. This customer service network is complemented by
experienced Moeller agents in regional New South Wales, North
Queensland, Tasmania and the Northern Territory.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank our customers for

their support. We look forward to continuing to work with you in
the future.
Please contact your nearest Moeller Electric office or Specialist

Moeller distributor for more information.
Maher Kharoufeh
Managing Director
Moeller Electric Pty Ltd
Industrial Trade Product Guide
Effective November 2008
RMQ-Titan control circuit devices,

NZM1, 2, 3, 4 circuit-breakers up to 1600 A,
ESA-M22 fingerprint system, 1 9
N switch-disconnectors up to 1600 A
SL signal towers
LS-Titan, AT4, ATR position switches,

IZM58 circuit-breakers,
safety position switches,
2 IN switch-disconnectors 10
MCS, MCSN pressure switches,
from 630 A up to 6300 A
SW float switches
PLS, PLSM, AZ, PLHT

easy control relays,
miniature circuit-breakers,
MFD multi-function displays
3 installation devices, 11
PS4 compact PLC
PE consumer boards,
PS416 modular PLC
distribution boards
Contactor relays, mini contactor relays,

GKW sheet steel enclosures,
electronic timing relays, electronic safety-, 4 12
CI insulated enclosures
measuring- and monitoring relays
DILM7 – DILM150 contactors, DS4 and DS6 softstarters,

contactor combinations, DF51 frequency inverters,
5 13
DILEM mini contactors, DV51 vector frequency inverters,
DOL starters DF6, DV6 frequency inverters
ZB, ZE, Z5 motor-protective relays,

Maréchal decontactors:
ZEV electronic motor-protective relays,
6 – DSN series 14
EMT thermistor relays for machine
– DS series
protection
T cam switches 7 Technical information, index 15
PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2

8
motor-protective circuit-breakers
Trade prices shown are EXCLUSIVE of GST.

Please note: Some products contained in this catalogue may not be available at time of publication.
For availability please check with your nearest Moeller office or stockist.
1/0 Notes
Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS
Control Circuit Devices
Content 1/1
RMQ-Titan® Fingerprint recognition system
Grid dimensions: 30 x 40/30 x 50 mm
Mounting diameter: 22.3 mm
Control circuit devices

Page
Fingerprint recognition system 1/17
Dimensions 1/22
Signal towers
Page
System overview 1/2
Merchandiser packs, complete units 1/4
Enclosed units 1/5
Actuators, button plates 1/6
Emergency-Stop actuators, Foot and palm switches 1/7
Fixing adapters, contact blocks, LED elements 1/8
Illuminated pushbutton actuators, indicator lights 1/9
Illuminated selector switch actuators, key-operated actuators 1/10
Accessories 1/11
Page
Surface mounting enclosures, flush mounting plates 1/14 System overview 1/18
Selector switch actuators 1/15 Signal tower modules 1/19

2, 3 and 4 positions 1/15
Signal towers 1/21
Four-way operators 1/16 Accessories 1/21
4 positions 1/16
1/2 System overview
RMQ-Titan
Contact blocks
Fixing adaptor
4-way
selector switch
Contact blocks
4-way pushbutton
Fixing adaptor
Enclosure
4-way joystick
Emergency-Stop Contact blocks

actuator
Complete
Pushbutton legend plate
actuator
Button plate/
button lens
Selector switch
Telescopic clip
actuator
Key-operated Contact block

actuator Centring
adaptor
Indicator Contact blocks

light
Fixing adaptor
Buzzer
Acoustic
indicator
Acoustic indicator cap Top-hat rail

adaptor
Potentiometer
Front rings
(Titanium appearance standard, black and gold options)

System overview 1/3
RMQ-Titan
Competitively priced, Moeller’s RMQ-Titan range comprises pushbuttons,

selector switches, joysticks, Emergency-Stop and key-operated actuators.
The system includes a variety of indicator lights and illuminated pushbut-

tons in white, red, yellow, blue and green. They are available in two
voltage ranges 12 – 30 V AC/DC and 85 – 264 V AC covering all standard
applications.
Meeting all relevant international standards, this attractive, co-ordinated

product range will add significant value to any machine or system.
Features and benefits
• Ergonomic design ensuring ease of operation and bright illumination.
• IP66 degree of protection as standard (many devices IP67, IP69K) for use
in the harshest of industrial environments.
• Vibration resistant LEDs giving a minimum life of 100,000 hours for
improved reliability and high integrity.
• Fitting in the standard 22.5 mm hole, the snap fitting modular system
saves both assembly and fitting time.
1/4 Merchandiser packs, complete units
RMQ-Titan
Description Button plate Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
RMQ-Titan, merchandiser packs, hang sell

Pushbutton actuators, Start button – HS-M22-START 27.50

complete assemblies Stop button – HS-M22-STOP 27.50
Emergency-Stop button, – HS-M22-ESTOP 60.40
pull to reset
Indicators, complete assemblies Red indicator, 85 – 264 V AC – HS-M22-L230-R 56.10

Green indicator, 85 – 264 V AC – HS-M22-L230-G 56.10
Complete units for front mounting

Pushbutton actuators Start M22-D-G-X1/K10 29.90
Stop M22-D-R-X0/K01 29.90
Double actuators With white LED element lens, 85 – 264 V AC M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0/K11/ 67.40
230-W
Emercency-Stop actuators Key-release mushroom button with 1 key, MS1 M22-PVS/K01 99.40
individual lock mechanism
Pull to release M22-PV/K01 73.00
Pull to release M22-PV/K11 82.20
Selector switch actuators Two positions, stay-put – M22-WRK/K10 49.10

Three positions, stay-put – M22-WRK3/K20 57.00
Key-operated actuators Two positions, stay-put, with 1 key – M22-WRS/K11 153.30
GST not included

Enclosed units 1/5
RMQ-Titan
Description Button plate Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Enclosed units for surface mounting

Pushbutton actuators Start M22-D-G-X1/KC11/I 69.10
Stop M22-D-R-X0/KC11/I 69.10
Emergency-Stop actuator Pull to release, yellow enclosure – M22-PV/KC11/IY 119.40
Emergency-Stop key-release Red actuator with 1 key – M22-PVS/KC11/IY 192.30

mushroom button
Key-operated selector switch 2 positions, stay-put, with 1 key – M22-WRS/KC11/I 172.40
Two-way pushbutton stations Without indicator light – M22-I2-M1 126.00

With indicator light, – M22-I3-M2 212.20
white LED element, 85 – 264 V AC
Three-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – M22-I3-M1 165.80
Four-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – M22-I4-M1 212.20
GST not included

1/6 Actuators
RMQ-Titan
Description Colour of button Part no. Price ($)

plate/mushroom Product
head group 0
Pushbutton actuators, IP67

• Front ring titanium, also available in black

• Snap-fitting modular system
• Mounting diameter 22.3 mm
• Minimum grid dimensions 30 x 40 mm
• Up to six contacts per location
• Switching of different potentials
• Worldwide approval
Extended design Spring-return M22-DH-S 18.50
M22-DH-R 18.50
M22-DH-G 18.50
Spring-return, Without M22-DG-X 18.50

with guard ring
Flush design Spring-return Without M22-D-X 11.60
Mushroom actuators, IP67
Spring-return M22-DP-G 25.50
M22-DP-R 25.50
M22-DP-S 25.50
M22-DP-Y 25.50
Stay-put M22-DRP-S 25.50

M22-DRP-R 25.50
M22-DRP-G 25.50
Double actuator, IP66

Stop-start button plate. M22-DDL-GR-X1/X0 37.90
Optional indicator light M22-LED230-W
a page 1/8
Spring return,
with indicator light, white lens
For flush pushbutton actuators For mushroom actuators

Colour, Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
symbol Product Product
group 0 group 0
M22-XD-S 1.90 M22-XDP-S 1.90

M22-XD-W 1.90 M22-XDP-W 1.90
M22-XD-R 1.90 M22-XDP-R 1.90

M22-XD-G 1.90 M22-XDP-G 1.90
M22-XD-Y 1.90 M22-XDP-Y 1.90
M22-XD-B 1.90 – –
GST not included

Actuators 1/7
RMQ-Titan
Description Colour of Part no. Price ($)

mushroom Product
head group 0
Emergency-Stop actuators, IP66

Snap-action and positive non-tease action, Pull to release. M22-PV 47.80
yellow base After actuation, plunger remains in the actuated
position.
Twist to release. M22-PVT 46.10
One or two contact blocks can be fitted.
Illuminated. Pull to release. M22-PVL 53.40

After actuation, plunger remains in the actuated
position.
One or two contact blocks can be fitted.
Key-operated, with 1 key M22-PVS 99.50
Sealable shroud. – M22-PL-PV 18.60

Transparent with collapse point, reusable after
Emergency-Stop operation. Suitable for M22-PV
and M22-PVL Emergency-Stop actuators and
M22-PVS key-release mushroom actuator.
Foot and palm switches, IP67

Spring-return mushroom head FAK-R/KC11/I 153.90
FAK-S/KC11/I 153.90
Emergency-Stop actuators, IP67 Stay-put, pull to release FAK-R/V/KC01/IY 194.90

Stay-put, pull to release FAK-R/V/KC11/IY 210.80
GST not included

1/8 Fixing adapters, contact blocks, LED elements
RMQ-Titan
Description Contacts Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Fixing adapters
Front fixing, for 3 M22-(C)K... contact elements – M22-A 4.70

and M22-(C)LED... LED elements.
Sequence numbers on fixing adapter.
For 4 contact blocks – M22-A4 6.80
Contact blocks with screw terminals

Front fixing 1 NO M22-K10 8.10
1 NC M22-K01 8.10
Base fixing 1 NO M22-KC10 8.10
1 NC M22-KC01 8.10
Complete modules
Combination of contact elements with screw Front fixing 1 NO, 1 NC M22-AK11 25.20
terminals and fixing adapter 1 NO M22-AK10 14.70
1 NC M22-AK01 14.70
Description Rated operational voltage Colour Part no. Price ($)

Ue Product
group 0
V
LED elements with screw terminals

Front fixing 12 – 30 V AC/DC M22-LED-W 21.10
M22-LED-R 21.10
M22-LED-G 21.10
M22-LED-B 21.10
85 – 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz M22-LED230-W 35.60
M22-LED230-R 35.60
M22-LED230-G 35.60
M22-LED230-B 35.60
Base fixing 12 – 30 V AC/DC M22-LEDC-W 21.10
M22-LEDC-R 21.10
M22-LEDC-G 21.10
M22-LEDC-B 21.10
85 – 264 V AC, 50/60 Hz M22-LEDC230-W 35.60
M22-LEDC230-R 35.60
M22-LEDC230-G 35.60
M22-LEDC230-B 35.60
LED test elements

For non-interacting function test (lamp test) 12 – 240 V AC/DC – M22-XLED-T 20.20
For connection to: 85 – 264 V AC – M22-XLED230-T 27.20
GST not included

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, indicator lights 1/9
RMQ-Titan
Description Colour Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Illuminated pushbutton actuators, IP67

Flush design Spring-return M22-DL-W 22.00
M22-DL-G 22.00
M22-DL-R 22.00
M22-DL-Y 22.00
M22-DL-B 22.00
Stay-put, press again to release. M22-DRL-W 44.50
M22-DRL-G 44.50
M22-DRL-R 44.50
M22-DRL-Y 44.50
M22-DRL-B 44.50
Extended design Spring-return M22-DLH-W 24.00
M22-DLH-G 24.00
M22-DLH-R 24.00
M22-DLH-Y 24.00
M22-DLH-B 24.00
Indicator lights, IP67

Flush M22-L-W 13.60
M22-L-G 13.60
M22-L-R 13.60
M22-L-Y 13.60
M22-L-B 13.60
Extended, conical M22-LH-W 16.00
M22-LH-G 16.00
M22-LH-R 16.00
M22-LH-Y 16.00
M22-LH-B 16.00
GST not included

1/10 Illuminated selector switch actuators, key-operated actuators
RMQ-Titan
Description Function: Colour of Part no. Price ($)

V = Stay-put thumb-grip Product
group 0
v = Spring-return
Illuminated selector switch actuators, IP66

Thumb grip handle
2 positions
Spring-return – v 40° M22-WLK-W 49.10
– v 40° M22-WLK-G 49.10
– v 40° M22-WLK-R 49.10
– v 40° M22-WLK-Y 49.10
– v 40° M22-WLK-B 49.10
Stay-put – V 60° M22-WRLK-W 49.10
– V 60° M22-WRLK-G 49.10
– V 60° M22-WRLK-R 49.10
– V 60° M22-WRLK-Y 49.10
– V 60° M22-WRLK-B 49.10
3 positions
Spring-return 40° x 40° M22-WLK3-W 49.10
40° x 40° M22-WLK3-G 49.10
40° x 40° M22-WLK3-R 49.10
40° x 40° M22-WLK3-Y 49.10
40° x 40° M22-WLK3-B 49.10
Stay-put 60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-W 49.10
60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-G 49.10
60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-R 49.10
60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-Y 49.10
60° X 60° M22-WRLK3-B 49.10
Key-operated actuators, IP66, with 1 key

Two positions, 60° turn, – V 60° M22-WRS 92.90
stay-put
Three positions, 60° turn, 60° X 60° M22-WRS3 92.90

stay-put
Key for MS1 individual lock M22-ES-MS1 18.60
mechanism
GST not included

Accessories 1/11
RMQ-Titan
Description Number of ways Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Shrouds, IP55

Plastic, light grey 1 M22-H1 6.90
Plastic, light grey 2 M22-H2 13.70
Blanking plugs, IP66

Round style, for blanking off reserve locations
Grey – M22-B 8.10
Black – M22S-B 8.10
Actuator diaphragms, IP67

Transparent diaphragms for severe environmental conditions and use in the food industry.
Do not use with legend plates since degree of protection is not guaranteed.
For use with M22(S)-D(R)-... pushbutton actuators, – M22-T-D 9.60
M22(S)-DL-..., M22(S)-DRL-..., illuminated pushbutton
actuators, M22-D(C)-... flush indicator lights
For use with M22(S)-DD(L)-... double actuators – M22-T-DD 9.60
Telescopic clips
For adjusting depth of rear mounting devices in CI enclosures and panels with a mounting depth of 115 – 155 mm.
Stepless adjustment, screw fixing and snap fitting (top hat rails to IEC/EN 60715). Maximum of 10 x M22-TC per enclosure,
5 of which can hold stay-put actuators. Do not use with Emergency-Stop actuators.
For 3 contacts/LED elements, base fixing, – M22-TC 14.20
with centering adapter
Extension for telescopic clip; for mounting depths up to – M22-TCV 5.70
205 mm
Adapter rings
Set of adapter rings 30/22.3 mm, black, consists of adapter ring and lock nut.
For fitting 22.3 mm diameter buttons into 30.5 mm dia- – M22S-R30 4.10
meter holes
Threaded ring
M22 x 1.5 mm – M22-GR 2.40
GST not included

1/12 Accessories
RMQ-Titan
Description Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Combination box spanner

For threaded ring M22-MS 8.50
Top-hat rail adapter

IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, for front fixing M22-IVS 13.70
Plunger bridge
For actuating the middle contact element of the M22-W...3 non-illuminated 3-position selector switch actuator
Middle contact of 3-position selector switch, M22-XW 2.30
non-illuminated, (1 off) black
Guard ring, IP66
To protect against accidental operation
For pushbutton and selector switch actuators M22-XGWK 20.20
Front ring: gold (24 carat)

Front ring not supplied individually:
To order exclusively via Moeller Sales Offices as M22-Combination-* (customised complete units).
– M22-FR-AU 28.80
Set of coding adapters
For converting between stay-put, spring-return M22-XC-R 1.00
and key release function
For converting between stay-put and spring- M22-XC-Y 1.00

return function
IP65 external reset button

M22-DZ-B-GB14 23.60
GST not included

Accessories 1/13
RMQ-Titan
Front ring: titanium

Circuit Resistance Part no. Price ($)
symbol R Product
kO group 0

Potentiometers, IP66
3 individual screw terminals, Pmax = 0.5 W 1 M22-R1K 118.00
Accuracy of resistance value: g 10% (linear) Z1 Z2 4.7 M22-R4K7 118.00
10 M22-R10K 118.00
47 M22-R47K 118.00
100 M22-R100K 118.00
470 M22-R470K 118.00
Inscription Colour Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Emergency-Stop labels, IP66

Lettering black, 30 X 50 mm Emergency-Stop M22-XZK-GB99 2.80
Blank M22-XZK 2.80
Diameter = 90 mm Emergency-Stop in 4 languages M22-XAK1 10.00
Legend holders without label, IP66

Round, black
For actuators, 30 x 50 mm M22S-ST-X 1.60
For double actuators, 30 x 75 mm M22S-STDD-X 1.60
Insert plate for legend holder Blank Aluminium M22-XST 1.60
GST not included

1/14 Surface mounting enclosures, flush mounting plates
RMQ-Titan
Number of ways Colour Part no. Price ($)

Qty. Product
group 0
Surface mounting enclosures

1 M22-I1 32.70
2 M22-I2 37.60
3 M22-I3 44.50
4 M22-I4 59.70
6 M22-I6 77.00
Description Number of ways Colour Part no. Price ($)

Product
Qty. group 0
Flush mounting plates

Legend plates cannot be used if pushbuttons are fitted in vertical column without apertures,
if required.
Aluminium with yellow paint finish for 1 M22-EY1 38.30
Emergency-Stop buttons
Aluminium, light anodized 1 M22-E1 35.60
2 M22-E2 54.50
3 M22-E3 65.30
4 M22-E4 87.30
5 M22-E5 100.40
6 M22-E6 130.40
GST not included

Selector switch actuators 1/15
2, 3 and 4 positions

Function: Button plate Part no. Price ($)
Product
V = Stay-put group 0
v = Spring-return

Z = V position
Selector switch actuators, 2 positions, IP66

Rotary button – v 40° M22-W 24.00
– V 60° M22-WR 24.00
Thumb-grip – v 40° – M22-WK 24.00

– V 60° – M22-WRK 24.00
Thumb-grip, V position – Z 60° – M22-WKV 26.60

Rotary button 40° x 40° M22-W3 33.20
60° X 60° M22-WR3 33.20
Thumb-grip 40° x 40° – M22-WK3 28.00

60° X 60° – M22-WRK3 28.00

Labels a page 1/16
Not suitable for coding adapters.
Rotary button 45° 4
0
1 – M22-WR4 46.70
0 0
3 2
0
Thumb-grip 45° 4
0
1 – M22-WRK4 46.70
0 0
3 2
0
GST not included

1/16 Four-way operators
4 positions

Inscription Function: For use with Part no. Price ($)
V = Stay-put Product
group 0
v = Spring-return
Joysticks, IP66
2 positions – – M22-WJ2H 103.30
– – M22-WJ2V 103.30
4 positions – – M22-WRJ4 103.30

– – M22-WJ4 103.30
Pushbuttons, 4-way, IP66

No inscription, actuator colour black – M22-D4-S 88.50
Inscription and actuator colour to order1)2) – M22-D4-*-* 88.50
Inscription with direction arrows, actuator M22-D4-S-X7 88.50
colour: black
Inscription with direction arrows, actuator M22-DI4-S-X7 88.50
colour: black
Opposing buttons mechanically interlocked
Inscription and actuator colour to order1)2) M22-DI4-*-* 88.50
Labels
Blank – Joystick M22-XCK 11.30
4-way selector switch
actuators
Direction arrows – Joystick 4 positions M22-XCK1 11.30

Joystick 2 positions M22-XCK3 11.30
0-1-0-2-0-3-0-4 – 4-way selector switch M22-XCK2 11.30

actuators
Inscription to order2) – Joystick M22-XCK-* 17.70

4-way selector switch
actuators
Notes Example: M22-D4-*-*
2) Inscription or graphics based on a Word-, DXF- or Label-Editor file supplied by

the customer
1) B = Blue
G = Green
R = Red
S = Black
W = White
Y = Yellow
State colours clockwise, starting with 12:00 o'clock, example

S
B W
G
GST not included

Fingerprint recognition system 1/17
RMQ-Titan
Scan, recognise, enable – ESA-M22 fingerprint recognition system

The complete sensor unit M22(S)-ESA consists of two components:
• The front piece M22(S)-ESA1 is the finger guide and contains the sensor
necessary for the finger identification. This is in the middle of the finger

guide.
• The evaluation electronics M22-ESA-R for the finger identification.
Furthermore the fingerprint recognition system offers the following com-

ponents:
• Multi-function display
• Power supply unit/communication module
• Connection cables
• Switched mode power supply unit

• Degree of protection IP65
• A maximum of 100 fingerprints can be memorized.
• Three degrees of access rights via relay changeover times from 1 – 10 s.
• Rapid wiring with springloaded terminals

Product
group 3
Finger print recognition system for electronic locks

Dimensions a page 1/22
Sensor complete1)
Frame: titanium M22-ESA 1,747.50
Sensor1)
Frame: titanium M22-ESA-1 745.80
CPU/PS
Rated operational voltage 24 V DC M22-ESA-R 1,001.70
Rated operational current 200 mA
Thermal line sensor for fingerprint recognition
Max. 100 memory locations
Contact output 1 changeover contact
When recognition is positive, the changeover contact switches as
a pulse contact between 1 – 10 s depending on setting
Max. 3 authorisation levels can be set via pulse inputs
Commissioning with MFD-80-B and MFD-CP4-800
Note 1) Emulation software for commissioning, instead of MFD-80-B and MFD-...CP4-800,
for PC (WIN 2000 SP 4, WIN XP)
For free download visit http://www.moeller.net
EASY800-PC-CAB connection cable required for connection to 9-pole interface
For the following products see chapter 3:

• Multi-function display
• Power supply unit/communication module
• Connection cables
• Switched mode power supply unit
GST not included

1/18 System overview
SL signal towers
Top cover
Continuous Gasket
light module
Caps with grooved lenses for enhanced light distribution
Flashing Gasket
light module
Strobe Gasket
light module
Acoustic Gasket
indicator
module
90 metal fixing bracket

Gasket
Base
module
250 mm spacer option

Stand with
100 mm spacer
Signal tower modules 1/19
Mounted on top of a machine or control panel SL signal towers provide

operating staff, working near or at a distance, with information about a
machine's operation, stoppage, interruption in material flow or, for
example, fault alarms. Consequently any problems or faults can be

indicated and resolved quickly.
The user has the choice of four types of indicator: continuous, flashing, or
strobe light and/or an audible alarm. Choose between filament bulbs, or
LEDs for more critical applications – specially shaped lenses ensure
excellent visibility from all directions.
• Individual modules can be combined as required, enabling users to
assemble their own combinations.
• Modules are freely programmable by simply setting jumpers on the
module board.
• Fitting modules together is quick and easy with no tools required –
simply plug on the bayonet fitting and turn slightly.
• Rated as standard to IP54, with an IP65 option for use in harsher
environments.

Product
group 0
Base module, IP54

With screw terminals and top cover SL-B 87.20
Continuous light modules, IP54

Without filament lamp/LED SL-L-B 61.40
SL-L-G 61.40
SL-L-R 61.40
SL-L-W 61.40
SL-L-Y 61.40
GST not included

1/20 Signal tower modules

Product
group 0
Flashing light modules, IP54

24 V AC/DC SL-BL24-B 234.00

Without filament lamp/LED
SL-BL24-G 234.00
SL-BL24-R 234.00
SL-BL24-W 234.00
SL-BL24-Y 234.00
110 – 130 V AC SL-BL130-B 234.00

SL-BL130-G 234.00
SL-BL130-R 234.00
SL-BL130-W 234.00
SL-BL130-Y 234.00
240 V AC SL-BL230-B 234.00

SL-BL230-G 234.00
SL-BL230-R 234.00
SL-BL230-W 234.00
SL-BL230-Y 234.00
Strobe light modules, IP54

24 V AC/DC SL-FL24-R 330.10
With flash tube
SL-FL24-W 330.10
SL-FL24-Y 330.10
110 – 130 V AC SL-FL130-R 292.40

With flash tube
SL-FL130-W 292.40
SL-FL130-Y 292.40
240 V AC SL-FL230-R 292.40

With flash tube
SL-FL230-W 292.40
SL-FL230-Y 292.40
Acoustic indicator modules, IP20

Continuous tone
12 – 36 V AC/DC SL-A24 249.80
110 – 240 V AC/DC SL-A110-230 196.30
Pulsed tone
12 – 36 V AC/DC SL-AP24 172.60
110 – 240 V AC/DC SL-AP110-230 196.30
GST not included

Signal towers 1/21
Accessories

Product
group 0
Accessories

Stand with spacer 100 mm SL-F100 77.70
250 mm SL-F250 84.30
Fixing brackets 90°, metal SL-FW 35.40

Filament lamps, BA 15d, 5 – 7 W 24 V DC SL-L24 6.30
110 – 130 V AC SL-L130 6.30
240 V AC SL-L230 6.30
Multiple LED, BA 15d 18 – 30 V AC/DC SL-LED-B 229.30
SL-LED-G 229.30
SL-LED-R 229.30
SL-LED-W 229.30
SL-LED-Y 229.30
Set of gaskets For increasing the degree of protection to IP65 SL-IP65 39.00
(not for the acoustic indicator),
4 gaskets for use with 3 modules
GST not included

1/22 Fingerprint recognition system
Dimensions
M22(S)-ESA-1
o 29.5
Control Circuit Devices
o 22
49.5
30 37.2
65.3
M22-ESA-R
58
58
75
36.2
75.9
M22-ESA-1 + M22-EAS-R
15.5 7 33.3
35.6
Content 2/1
Position switches, proximity switches,

pressure switches, float switches

Page
System overview 2/2
LS-Titan position switches 2/2

Basic units 2/3
Operating heads 2/4
AT4 position switches 2/5

Complete units 2/5
Complete units, components 2/6
MCS... pressure switches 2/8

With main contacts, R m“ pressure pipe flange 2/8
With auxiliary contacts, R k“ pressure pipe flange 2/9
Float switch, accessories 2/10
Engineering 2/11
LS-Titan position switches, cross reference 2/11
LS-Titan position switches, 2/12
individual operating point adjustment
LS-Titan position switches, circuit examples 2/12
2/2 System overview
LS-Titan position switches
LS, LSM
Basic unit
Fixing adaptor
for RMQ-Titan control
circuit devices
Roller lever
Angled
roller lever
Rotary lever
Roller plunger
Spring-rod
Adjustable
Actuating rod
roller lever
RMQ-Titan front elements
New LS safety limit switches now available – please enquire.

• Positions reliably registered
• Screw terminals
• Metal or insulated
• Positively opening contacts
• Simple mounting of the various operating heads
Basic units


Moeller’s LS-Titan position switches are quick and easy to install, highly
flexible and safe. Rated to IP66, the LS-Titan range is available in two
versions: For normal operating conditions in corrosive environments, or in
the food industry, the LS versions have a totally insulated housing,
whereas the LSM versions in their robust metal enclosures are suited to
mechanically harsher environments.
All devices are actuated mechanically and, with their positively opening
and interlocked opposing contacts, are suitable for use in safety circuits. A
unique feature is the ability to combine LS-Titan with pushbutton actua-
tors, selector switches or Emergency-Stop buttons from the RMQ-Titan
range. These can simply be snapped on to act as the operating head of the
position switch.
The LSE (limit switch electronic) has a freely programmable operating point
that can be easily set. Just move the plunger from the original position to
the new switching position and press the teach-in button with a screw-
driver for 1 second. Once the LED flashes at a higher rate, the new position
is accepted and is usable. The switching point is freely adjustable within a
range of 0.5 to 5.5 mm.
• Conform to EN 50047, so ensuring interchangeability
• Modular range of basic units and operating heads are quickly and easily
installed with a bayonet catch, offering flexibility of application.
• Maintenance free and vibration resistant cage clamp terminals

Product
group 0
Insulated, enclosed units, IP66, rounded plunger

Basic units
Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11 58.60
Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11D 58.60
Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LS-11S 58.60
Standard action contacts 2 N/O LS-20 58.60
Standard action contacts 2 N/C LS-02 58.60
Basic units with electronically adjustable operating point

Indicator light to show status 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSE-11 117.00
(optical status display safety 2 N/C LSE-02 117.00
category 3, EN 954-1)
Adjustment a page 2/12
Metal, enclosed units, IP66, rounded plunger
Basic units
Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11 73.20
Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11D 73.20
Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C LSM-11S 73.20
Standard action contacts 2 N/O LSM-20 73.20
Standard action contacts 2 N/C LSM-02 73.20
Accessories
Fixing adapter For operation by RMQ-Titan M22-LS 4.90
actuators
GST not included

2/4 LS-Titan position switches
Operating heads
Description Insulated version Metal version

Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
Product Product
group 0 group 0
Operating heads
The operating heads can be rotated in 90° stages to match the specified
direction of operation.
Roller plunger
– LS-XP 17.00 LSM-XP 17.00
Roller lever
– LS-XL 19.60 LSM-XL 19.60
Angled roller lever

– LS-XLA 23.50 LSM-XLA 23.50
Rotary lever
– LS-XRL 41.80 LSM-XRL 41.80
Adjustable roller lever

D = 18 mm LS-XRLA 41.80 LSM-XRLA 41.80
D = 30 mm LS-XRLA30 42.20 – –
D = 40 mm LS-XRLA40 42.20 – –
D = 40 mm (rubber) LS-XRLA40R 42.20 – –
Actuating rod
Plastic rod LS-XRR 41.80 LSM-XRR 41.80
Metal rod LS-XRRM 49.70 LSM-XRRM 49.70
Spring-rod
Not to be used as a safety position switch
Use only in conjunction with snap-action contact.
– LS-XS 45.70 LSM-XS 45.70
GST not included

Complete units


Product
group 0
Complete units IP65
Plunger
Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/S 124.90
Roller head
Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-1/I/AR 148.40
Rotary lever
Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-1/I/R316 169.20
Make-before-break contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-2/I/R316 191.00
Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/R316 175.70

Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-1/I/V 207.00
Actuating rod
Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/H 218.60
GST not included

2/6 AT4 position switches
Complete units, components

Product
group 0
Complete units IP65
Spring-rod
Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C AT4/11-S/I/F 201.70
Insulated enclosure, IP65

Narrow enclosure to EN 50041
For housing of switch mechanisms ATB11-...
– – I-AT4 29.40
Switch mechanisms
For fitting in I-AT4 insulated housings
Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C ATB11-1 46.20
Standard action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C ATB11-2 46.80
Snap-action contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C ATB11-S 52.80
Operating heads
For combination with I-AT4 insulated housings
The operating heads can be rotated in 90° stages to match the specified direction of operation.
Actuating roller head
For combination with I-AT4 insulated – – AR-AT4 73.00
housings
Rotary drive head

For H... fixing sundries, directional – – R-AT4 69.70
contacting
GST not included

Components


For use with Part no. Price ($)
Product
group 0
Actuators
For adding R-AT4 rotary drive
– HV 67.10
Actuating rod
With adjustable aluminium rod
Not to be used as a safety position switch – HH-A 67.10
With plastic rod

Not to be used as a safety position switch, – HH-K 67.10
admissible only as a snap-action contact
M20 metric cable gland according to EN 50262

• With lock nut and built-in strain relief
• IP68 up to 5 bar, halogen free
• External cable diameter 6 – 13 mm
H05VV-F 4 x 2.5/3 x 4 mmB V-M20 3.40
NYM 5 x 1.5/5 x 2.5 mmB
Cables with external diameter 6 – 13 mm
GST not included

2/8 MCSN pressure switches
With main contacts, R m“ pressure pipe flange
Variable switching differential

Preferred setting Max. Make and break pressure: Part no. Price ($)
range operating pressure separately infinitely adjustable. Product
Pressures can be set to any point within the area group 0
From To of the pressure diagram for the appropriate
switch.
bar bar bar
MCSN pressure switches, IP65, 3-pole

0.9 4 7 bar MCSN4 227.80
4.5 1 3 5
4 P
2 4 6 3.8
3
2.7
Cut-in pressure
2
0,3
0
0 1 2 3 4 4.5
0.9 bar
Cut-out pressure
Min. switching differential: 0.6 bar
Example:
Cut-out pressure 3.3 bar
Cut-in pressure 2.2 bar
2 10 15 bar
MCSN11 275.90
11 1 3 5
10 P 9.4
2 4 6
8
Cut-in pressure
6 6.0
0,5
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 11
1.9 5.1 bar
Cut-out pressure
Example:
5 15 25 bar
MCSN16 317.80
16
1 3 5
14 P
2 4 6 13.1
12
10
Cut-in pressure
8 8.0
6
4
2
0.7
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
3.1 7.5 bar

Cut-out pressure
Example:
8 22 25 bar
MCSN22 343.50
22 1 3 5
20 P
18 2 4 6
18.5
16
14
Cut-in pressure
12 11.0
10
8
6
4
2
0.9
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
3.9 9.1 bar
Cut-out pressure
Example:
GST not included

MCS pressure switches 2/9
With auxiliary contacts, R k“ pressure pipe flange


Variable switching differential
Contacts Preferred setting Max. Make and break pressure: Part no. Price ($)
range operating separately infinitely adjustable. Product
pressure Pressures can be set to any point within group 0
From To the area of the pressure diagram for the
appropriate switch.
Quantity bar bar bar
MCS pressure switches, IP65

1 changeover contact 0.3 4 7 MCS4 261.50
bar
4.5 1
4.2
4 P
2 4
Cut-in pressure
2.5
2
0.1
0
0 1 2 3 4 4.5
0.3 1.8 bar
Cut-out pressure

Example:
1 changeover contact 2 10 15 bar
MCS11 261.50
11 1
10.4
10 P
2 4
8
Cut-in pressure
6 6.0
0.2
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 11
0.5 bar
Cut-out pressure
Example:
1 changeover contact 8 22 25 bar
MCS22 290.20
22 1
21.0
20 P
2 4
18
16
14
Cut-in pressure
12
11.0
10
8
6
4
2
0.4
0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
1.1 9.1 bar
Cut-out pressure
Example:
Wall fixing bracket
For MCS and MCSN
Wall mounting bracket can be rotated to W-MCS 9.20
right or left in 90° stages
GST not included

2/10 Float switches, accessories

Product
group 0
Float switch, IP65
Standard features SW 247.30
• Lever can be transposed to reverse contact operation
• One insulated earth terminal e, one insulated N terminal
• Shroud: impact-resistant, grey
• Two cable entry knockouts for M20, without cable gland
• IP65 in conjunction with V-M20 cable gland
• Bracket for wall fixing
• Mounting position as required
Moulded float
To be filled with sand or liquid SK-SW 45.70
Cable operation
Set of accessories, without float for cable operation, consists of: SBO-SW 65.20
• 1 cable eye bolt
• 2 guide pulleys
• 4 cable clamps incl. screws
• 10 m steel cable (plastic sheathed)
• 1 counterweight
Rod operation
Set of accessories, without float for rod operation, consists of: STO-SW 65.20
• 1 bracket
• 3 clamp rings
• 1 operating rod (plastic 1.20 m)
• 2 hexagonal nuts (plastic)
Metric cable gland, M20 to EN 50 262

With lock nut and built-in strain relief V-M20 3.40
IP68 up to 5 bar, halogen-free
External diameter of cable 6 – 13 mm
GST not included

Engineering 2/11
LS-Titan position switches, cross reference


Cross reference for new LS system New LS system Established system
Insulated version Metal version
Basic units
Limit switch basic unit LS-11… LSM-11… AT0-11…
Operating heads
Roller plunger LS-XP LSM-XP RS-AT0
Roller lever LS-XL LSM-XL AR-AT0
Angled roller lever LS-XLA LSM-XLA WR-AT0
Rotary lever LS-XRL LSM-XRL R-AT0
Adjustable roller lever LS-XRLA (D = 18 mm) LSM-XRLA (D = 18 mm) V-AT0
LS-XRLA30 (D = 30 mm)
LS-XRLA40 (D = 40 mm)
LS-XRLA40R (D = 18 mm, rubber)
Actuating rod H-AT0
Insulated rod LS-XRR LSM-XRR
Metal rod LS-XRRM LSM-XRRM
Spring rod LS-XS LSM-XS F-AT0
Fixing adaptor M22-LS M22-LS –
Roller plunger – – ZRS-AT0
Plunger – – ZS-AT0
2/12 Engineering
LS-Titan position switches
Individual operating point adjustment
adjust
fix
LED 1s
Set
fmax F 2 N
Set
Circuit examples
LSE-11 and LSE-02 can be used in safety-oriented circuits.
Parallel circuit
+ 24 V
LSE-11 LSE-11 LS-..

+Ue +Ue
S1 S2 S3
Q1 Q1
Q2 Q2
M22-XLED-T M22-XLED-T
0V 0V
K1
0V
Series circuit
+ 24 V
LSE-11 LSE-11
+Ue +Ue
LS-..
S1 S3
S5
Q1 Q1
LSE-11 LSE-11
Q2 +Ue Q2 +Ue
0V S2 0V S4
Q1 Q1
K1
Q2 Q2
0V 0V
0V
S1 is connected to 24 V DC
S2, S3, S4 each switch with a delay of 0.7 s
Contents 3/1
easy relay MFD-Titan
Compact and modular PLC

Control relays, displays
Page Page
System overview 3/2 System overview 3/2
easy relays 3/2 MFD-Titan multi-function display 3/2
Base units easy 500, easy 700, easy 800 3/4 MFD-Titan display/keypad, CPU 3/5
easy relays 3/7 I/O modules 3/5

Accessories 3/7
Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateway 3/6
MFD-Titan multi-function display 3/7

Accessories 3/7
PLC, compact and modular
PS4 compact PLC 3/9

Accessories for PS4 3/10
EM4 remote expansion modules 3/11
LE4 local expansion modules 3/12
Accessories 3/12
For PS4, EM4, LE4 3/12
PS416 modular PLC 3/14
Programming software 3/16

For PS4, PS416 3/16
3/2 System overview
easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display
2
2
1
3
5
4 6
4 6
5
ES
C
L
DE
AL
T
ES
OK
C
7 8 9 10 11 12 13
POW MS
ERR
POWER
BUS COM-ERR NS
ADR
8
System overview 3/3
easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display
Separately mounted display Ethernet gateway
MFD(-AC)-CP4-500 1 MFD(-AC)-CP4-800 3 EASY209-SE 2

24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC

100/240 V AC 100/240 V AC Serial interface
Serial interface Serial interface Protocols: ARP, Auto-IP, DHCP, HTTP,
Cage clamp terminals Cage clamp terminals ICMP, SNMP, TCP, Telnet, TFTP, UDP
Programming port connection to Terminal connection to easy800/MFD-…-
easy500/easy700 as display repeater with CP8-… as display extension with MFD-
MFD-80-… (ASCII characters) 80… (ASCII characters)
With integral extension cable (5 m, can be With integral extension cable (5 m, can be
cut to length) cut to length)
Base units
easy500 4 easy700 5 easy 800 6

Stand alone Expandable: Expandable:
Inputs/outputs and bus systems Inputs/outputs and bus systems
easy-NET on board
DA: 12 V DC DA: 12 V DC DC: 24 V DC
DC: 24 V DC DC: 24 V DC AC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
AB: 24 V AC AB: 24 V AC
AC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz AC: 100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
8 digital inputs 12 digital inputs 12 digital inputs
2 usable as analog inputs 4 usable as analog inputs 4 usable as analog inputs
(all AB, DA or DC versions) (all AB, DA and DC versions) (all DC versions)
4 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
4 transistor outputs 8 transistor outputs 8 transistor outputs
1 analog output
(optional on DC versions)
LCD display, X versions without LCD LCD display, X versions without LCD LCD display, X versions without LCD
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals Screw terminals Screw terminals
Output expansion Input/output expansion Coupling unit
EASY202-RE 7 EASY6… 8 EASY200-EASY 9

24 V DC For remote connection of an easy6... I/O
100/240 V AC, 50/60 Hz expansion via 2-pole connection cable
12 digital inputs (max. 30 m)
e.g. NYM 3 x 1.5 mm²
2 relay outputs (max. 10 A) 6 relay outputs (max. 10 A) or
8 transistor outputs
Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting Bolt-on and top-hat rail mounting
Screw terminals Screw terminals
Bus modules
EASY204-DP 10 EASY221-CO 12
PROFIBUS DP connection as slave CANopen interface
EASY205-ASI 11 EASY222-DN 13
AS-Interface connection as slave DeviceNet interface
3/4 Base units easy 500, easy 700, easy 800
Inputs Outputs Additional features Supply voltage Part no. Price ($)
Digital of which can be Relay Transistor Analog Display & Real time Product
used as analog 10 A (UL) keypad clock group 2
easy500
8 2 4 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V AC EASY512-AB-RC 312.70
8 2 4 – – – ✔ 24 V AC EASY512-AB-RCX 259.60
8 – 4 – – ✔ – 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-R 312.70
8 – 4 – – ✔ ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-RC 336.30
8 – 4 – – – ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY512-AC-RCX 259.60
8 2 4 – – ✔ ✔ 12 V DC EASY512-DA-RC 359.90
8 2 4 – – – ✔ 12 V DC EASY512-DA-RCX 289.10
8 2 4 – – ✔ – 24 V DC EASY512-DC-R 336.30
8 2 4 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-RC 359.90
8 2 4 – – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-RCX 289.10
8 2 – 4 – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-TC 324.50
8 2 – 4 – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY512-DC-TCX 289.10
easy700
Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems
12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V AC EASY719-AB-RC 501.50
12 4 6 – – – ✔ 24 V AC EASY719-AB-RCX 472.00
12 – 6 – – ✔ ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY719-AC-RC 501.50
12 – 6 – – – ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY719-AC-RCX 472.00
12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 12 V DC EASY719-DA-RC 525.00
12 4 6 – – – ✔ 12 V DC EASY719-DA-RCX 501.50
12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY719-DC-RC 525.00
12 4 6 – – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY719-DC-RCX 501.50
12 4 – 8 – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY721-DC-TC 525.00
12 4 – 8 – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY721-DC-TCX 501.50
easy800
Expandable: Inputs/outputs and bus systems
easy-NET on board
12 – 6 – – ✔ ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY819-AC-RC 870.80
12 – 6 – – – ✔ 100/240 V AC EASY819-AC-RCX 759.80
12 4 6 – – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY819-DC-RC 870.80
12 4 6 – – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY819-DC-RCX 759.80
12 4 6 – 1 ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY820-DC-RC 972.90
12 4 6 – 1 – ✔ 24 V DC EASY820-DC-RCX 862.00
12 4 – 8 – ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY821-DC-TC 870.80
12 4 – 8 – – ✔ 24 V DC EASY821-DC-TCX 759.80
12 4 – 8 1 ✔ ✔ 24 V DC EASY822-DC-TC 972.90
12 4 – 8 1 – ✔ 24 V DC EASY822-DC-TCX 862.00
GST not included

MFD-Titan display/keypad, CPU, I/O modules 3/5

Product
group 3

Display/operating unit

Graphics display: 132 x 64 pixels with switchable backlight
Freely definable status LED
IP65, removable front titanium front frame
With keypad and Moeller logotype MFD-80-B 281.10
NEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane
a Accessories
With keypad, without Moeller logotype MFD-80-B-X 281.10
NEMA 4x in connection with MFD-XM-80 protective membrane
a Accessories
Without keypad, with Moeller logotype MFD-80 274.80
NEMA 4x
Without keypad, without Moeller logotype MFD-80-X 274.80
NEMA 4x
Power supply unit/CPU module
Expandable with MFD-80-.. and I/O module, easy expansions can be connected
Serial interface
IP20, cage clamp terminals
100/240 V AC Without easy-NET MFD-AC-CP8-ME 738.70
100/240 V AC With easy-NET MFD-AC-CP8-NT 845.50
24 V DC Without easy-NET MFD-CP8-ME 659.30
24 V DC With easy-NET MFD-CP8-NT 805.40
Inputs Outputs Range of Part no. Price ($)

Digital of which Pt 100/ Relay Transistor Analog temperature Product
can be Ni 1000 10 A (UL) group 3
used as
analog
I/O modules
IP20, cage clamp terminals 12 4 – 4 – – – MFD-R16 271.70
24 V DC for MFD-CP8.. 12 4 – – 4 – – MFD-T16 277.90
12 4 – 4 – 1 – MFD-RA17 358.10
12 4 – – 4 1 – MFD-TA17 363.00
100/240 V AC for 12 – – 4 – – – MFD-AC-R16 280.10

MFD-AC-CP8…
I/O modules with temperature
measuring 6 2 2 – 4 – -40…+90 °C MFD-TP12-PT-A 529.60
IP20, cage clamp terminals 0…+250 °C
24 V DC for 0…+400 °C
MFD-CP8… 6 2 2 – 4 – -200…+200 °C MFD-TP12-PT-B 529.60
(from device version 08), 0…+850 °C
temperature range can be set.
6 2 2 – 4 – -40…+90 °C MFD-TP12-NI-A 529.60
0…+250 °C
6 2 2 – 4 1 -40…+90 °C MFD-TAP13-PT-A 609.40
0…+250 °C
0…+400 °C
6 2 2 – 4 1 -200…+200 °C MFD-TAP13-PT-B 609.40
0…+850 °C
6 2 2 – 4 1 -40…+90 °C MFD-TAP13-NI-A 609.40
0…+250 °C
GST not included

3/6 Expansions, bus modules, Ethernet gateway
Description Inputs Outputs Supply For use Part no. Price ($)
Digital Relay Tran- voltage with Product
10 A (UL) sistor group 2
I/O expansions
– 12 6 – 100/240 V easy700 EASY618-AC-RE 318.60
AC easy800
– 12 6 – 24 V DC MFD-CP8.. EASY618-DC-RE 318.60
– 12 – 8 24 V DC EASY620-DC-TE 342.20
Not usable in combination – 2 – – EASY202-RE 192.40

with base units
EASY719-DA-...
Coupling unit
For the connection of remote – – – – easy700 EASY200-EASY 100.30
I/O modules up to 30 m. easy800
MFD-CP8..
Expansion units for networking

AS-Interface connection – – – – easy700 EASY205-ASI 237.10
Slave easy800
4 inputs, 4 outputs, MFD-CP8..
4 parameter bits
Addresses available:
0 to 31
PROFIBUS DP slave – – – – EASY204-DP 427.20
1 to 126
CANopen interface – – – – EASY221-CO 717.90
1 to 127
DeviceNet interface – – – – EASY222-DN 712.70
0 to 63
Ethernet gateway
Serial interface easy to – – – – easy500 EASY209-SE 742.10
Ethernet easy700
easy800
MFD-CP8..
Power supply unit/communication modules

24 V DC – – – – easy500 MFD-CP4-500 249.701)
easy700
24 V DC – – – – easy800 MFD-CP4-800 241.501)
MFD-CP8..
100/240 V AC – – – – easy500 MFD-AC-CP4-500 303.701)
easy700
100/240 V AC – – – – easy800 MFD-AC-CP4-800 266.501)
MFD-CP8..
Notes 1) Product group 3
GST not included

easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display 3/7
Accessories
Description For use with Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 2

Programming software

Menu selection in 13 languages easy400/500/600/700 EASY-SOFT-BASIC 62.00
Operating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1
Menu selection in 13 languages easy400/500/600/700/ EASY-SOFT-PRO 454.30
Operating systems: Windows 2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1 800/MFD-..-CP8
Programming cable
SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m easy500 EASY-PC-CAB 118.00
easy700
SUB-D 9-pole, serial, 2 m easy800 EASY800-PC-CAB 222.20
MFD-..-CP8
Memory cards
32 kB module easy500 EASY-M-32K 72.40
easy700
256 kB module easy800 EASY-M-256K 89.00
MFD-..-CP8
Coupling piece
Spare link between base unit and expansion units easy700/800/ EASY-LINK-DS 20.20
MFD-..-CP8
Network connection cable (remote coupling)
Completely prepared for easy-NET
Length: 0.3 m easy800 EASY-NT-30 111.10
Length: 0.8 m MFD-..-CP8-NT EASY-NT-80 113.40
Length: 1.5 m EASY-NT-150 111.10
Point-to-point connection cable

Serial interface for connecting MFD-..-CP8 to easy800 or easy800 MFD-800-CAB5 224.701)
MFD-..-CP8, can be configured as required with separate plug, MFD-..-CP8
5 m can be cut as required
Adapter for the connection between easy800 and MI4

Connection of MI4 operator panel to easy800 or MFD-..-CP8 in easy800 ZB4-03B-AD1 132.601)
conjunction with programming cable EASY800-PC-CAB MFD-..-CP8
EASY800-PC-CAB
Reserve power supply/communications module

For MFD-80… separately mounted display (only ASCII characters) on easy500/700/800/MFD-…-CP8,
without connection cable, serial interface.
24 V DC, IP20 MFD-80.. MFD-CP4 185.601)
100/240 V AC, IP20 MFD-80.. MFD-AC-CP4 205.801)
Spare connection cables

For the connection of MFD-CP4-500 to easy500/easy700, easy500 MFD-CP4-500-CAB5 113.101)
5 m, can be cut to length easy700
For the connection of MFD-CP4-800 to easy800/MFD-…-CP8, easy800 MFD-CP4-800-CAB5 113.101)
5 m, can be cut to length MFD-..-CP8
GST not included

3/8 easy relays, MFD-Titan multi-function display
Accessories

Product
group 2
Switched-mode power supply unit

Primary-switched mode, stabilized

Rated input voltage: 50/60 HZ: 100/240 V AC easy500 EASY400-POW 135.70
Rated output voltage (residual ripple): 24 V DC (g 3 %) easy700
Rated output current: 1.25 A easy800
MFD-CP8
Rated input voltage: 50/60 Hz: 100/240 V easy500 EASY200-POW 86.10

Rated output voltage: 24 V/12 V DC easy700
Rated output current: 0.35 A/20 mA easy800
MFD-CP8
Upstream device
To increase the AC input current
6 channels, cable length up to 100 m AC versions of easy/MFD EASY256-HCI 152.40
Mounting accessories
Top-hat rail adapter for hinged inspection window
12 mm x 66 mm x 82 mm easy200 SKF-HA 20.10
Installation on hinged inspection window, for front fitting of easy500
devices. easy700
Complete set, consisting of 2 brackets and 4 screws easy800
MFD-CP8
Hinged inspection window

94 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (4 space units) easy500 SKF-FF4 51.10
130 mm x 77 mm x 25 mm (6 space units) easy700 SKF-FF6 60.00
easy800
Mounting rail to IEC/EN 60715

Mounting rail with cutout specifically for MFD-AC-CP8.../MFD- easy200 MFD-TS-144 17.001)
CP8... for fixing easy expansion units (2 space units)
Length: 142.5 mm
Protective cover
Transparent MFD-80.. MFD-XS-80 63.801)
Protection against accidental actuation
Can be sealed
Application without front frame
Protective membrane
Transparent version for harsh environmental conditions and MFD-80.. MFD-XM-80 63.801)
application in the food industry
Increased protection rating to NEMA 4x for MFD-80-B
Front frame
Gold frame for MFD-80… – MFD-FR-80-AU 64.201)

GST not included
PS4 compact PLC 3/9

PS4-150 series, PS4-200 series PS4-300 series
• Stand-alone compact controller for medium complexity machines/systems, with • Supports IEC-1131 data types bit, byte, word, double word, integer, real, string,
control and monitoring functions. date, time as well as multi-dimensional arrays, structures and user-defined data
• Networking via Suconet K and RS 232 interface for connection to the programmer types.
or connection of bar code readers, printers, etc. to the RS 485 or RS 232 interface. • Multi-function inputs for connecting incremental encoders, high-speed counter
• Expansion using EM4 external modules and LE4 local expanders up to a maximum functions and alarms.
of 1006 I/O. • Normally 0.5 ms processing time for 1000 instructions.
• Controller can be used as an active or passive slave. • Up to 1 MB plug-in flash memory for back up, recipes, OS and program source.
• Each unit is fitted with two trim pots for external adjustment of internal values i.e. • Loadable OS always ensures the latest operating system version.
timers, counters. • 512 kB program and data memory.
• Programming is in bit, byte or word format. • Programmable via Suconet K.
• Memory type and capacity can be varied by the use of plug in memory modules.
• A real time clock/calendar with unlimited alarm set points is standard.
• Fixed point arithmetic, 23 pre-programmed system modules and internal diagnos-
tics with interrupt alarm input are standard.
• Termination is via withdrawable screw terminals.
• Mounting is either via DIN rail or fixing brackets.
• One hi-speed counter input, 3 kHz is standard.
• External modules possible (EM4).
• Memory capacity: 64 kB.
• S40 programming software, windows based, compliance to IEC 1131-3 program-
ming standard.
PS4-201-MM1 PS4-271-MM1 PS4-341-MM1

Master Master Local Expandable Master
1 6 1 5 1 5
PS4-200 LE4 PS4-271 LE4 PS 4-341 LE 4
Slave Slave Local Expandable Slave
1 1 6 1 1 6 1 1 6
Suconet K1/K
LE4 LE 4
Suconet K
LE4
2 2
8
8 30
3/10 PS4 compact PLC
Accessories for PS4
Rated voltage Inputs Outputs Expandable by Part no. Price ($)

Product
Ue Digital Digital Analog Digital Digital Analog Suconet LE4 Max. group 2
24 V DC 120/240 24 V DC 120/240 K/K1 digital I/O

V AC V AC slaves
V Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number
Compact PLC PS4

PS4-150
24 DC 16 – 2 14 – 1 8 – Total 680 PS4-141-MM1 1,438.30
10-bit 12-bit I/O
115 – 230 AC 16 – 2 8 – 1 8 – Total 680 PS4-151-MM1 1,625.80
10-bit 12-bit I/O
PS4-200
24 DC 8 – 2 6 – 1 8 6 Total 790 PS4-201-MM1 1,550.80
10-bit 12-bit 24 I/O
PS4-271
120 – 240 AC – 12 4 – 8 4 8 5 Total 790 PS4-271-MM1 1,793.30
PS4-341
24 DC 16 – 2 14 – 1 30 5 Total 8500 PS4-341-MM1 2,536.60
Notes Expandable up to max. number of Suconet K/K1 stations: with 2 additional network modules
Devices for world markets IEC/EN q UL/CSA
Memory Memory Description For use with Part no. Price ($)
type size Product
group 2
KByte
Accessories
Memory modules
Flash 64 • Program memory backup PS4-150 ZB4-128-SF1 537.80
64 • Recipe memory PS4-200
RAM 32 • Expansion of the program memory from ZB4-032-SR1 537.80
24 kByte to 56 kByte
Flash 64 • Program memory backup ZB4-160-SM1 875.50
Flash 64 • Recipe memory
RAM 32 • Expansion of the program memory from
24 kByte to 56 kByte
Flash 1000 • Memory for backing up the user programs PS4-300 ZB4-901-SF2 707.90
EEPROM • Recipe memory
• Usable from HW Version 2
Battery
– – For buffering the RAM and the real-time clock, PS4-150 ZB4-600-BT1 58.80
typical storage life 5 years PS4-200
PS4-300
GST not included

EM4 remote expansion modules 3/11

Product
group 2

EM4 remote expansion modules • External module for remote I/O expansion of compact programmable

controllers and SUCOnet modules of the modular programmable
controllers.
• External modules are slave devices only.
• An external module of the EM4-100 or -200 series can be used in
conjunction with any of the controllers from either the PS30 or PS4 families
of PLCs.
• Terminations are via withdrawable screw terminals.
• Mounting is either via DIN rail or fixing brackets.
• External modules possible.
• No local expanders for the EM4-100 series.
• An external module of the EM4-200 series can be locally expanded by the
use of LE4 local expanders.
EM4-100
Not locally expandable
Digital modules
Networking through Suconet K1/K • 24 V DC supply EM4-101-DD2 944.30
• 8 inputs 24 V DC (10 inputs optional)
• 8 outputs 24 V/0.5 A DC (6 outputs with 10 inputs)
Note: EM4-101-DD2 replaces ...DD1
Networking through Suconet K1/K • Supply voltage 115 – 230 V AC EM4-111-DR2 944.30
• 8 inputs, 24 V DC
• 6 relay outputs, max. 230 V AC or 24 V DC
Note: EM4-111-DR2 replaces ...DR1
Analog modules
Networking through Suconet K1/K • Supply voltage 24 V DC, configurable inputs and outputs EM4-101-AA2 1,588.30
• 6/8 analog inputs, 8/12-bit resolution
• 4 analog inputs, 8/12-bit resolution
Temperature measuring modules
Networking through Suconet K • 24 V DC supply EM4-101-TX1 1,363.30
• 6 inputs for Pt100-/Ni1000 resistance thermometers
– Pt100: –100 °C to +300 °C
– Ni1000: –50 °C to +150 °C
• 2 inputs 0 – 10 V,12-bit resolution
Networking through Suconet K • 24 V DC supply EM4-101-TX2 1,363.30
• 6 inputs for thermocouple types
– J: 0 °C to 1200 °C
– K: 0 °C to 1300 °C
– L: 0 °C to 900 °C
EM4-200
Locally expandable with expansion modules LE4-...
Digital modules
• Expansion module handles signal states and digital values
• 24 V DC supply
• 16 inputs (24 V DC)
Networking through Suconet K1/K (EM4-201-DX2 replaces ...DX1) EM4-201-DX2 1,580.50
EM4-100 series EM4-200 series

Master Master
Slave Slave
1 6
EM4-100 series EM4-200 series LE4
GST not included

3/12 LE4 local expansion modules
Accessories for PS4, EM4, LE4

Product
group 2
LE4-... local expansion modules • Local expansion of the PS4-201-MM1 compact programmable controllers and
of EM4-200 series external modules to obtain more I/O locations.

• LE 4-100 series local expanders are slave devices only.
• Numerous combinations of local expanders are permitted within the group.
• Connection is via parallel bus connected ribbon cables and plugs which are
inserted into the adjacent local expander or PS4-200 compact controller.
• Terminations are withdrawable screw terminals for all digital units.
• There are no external modules.
Digital modules
• 8 inputs, 24 V DC LE4-116-DD1 631.70
• 8 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/0.5 A
• 16 inputs (24 V DC) LE4-116-DX1 494.10
• 16 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/0.5 A LE4-116-XD1 669.20
• 8 outputs (relays) 24 V DC/2.0 A or 230 V AC/2.0 A LE4-108-XR1 656.60
• 8 outputs (transistor) 24 V DC/2.0 A LE4-108-XD1 762.90
Counter modules
• 2 channels (24-bit count range) LE4-622-CX1 1,365.10
• 3 selectable operating modes per channel: path measurement system for 5V and
24V incremental encoders, fast counters for 24V encoders
• Incremental path measurement
Analog modules
• 4 analog inputs, –10 to +10 V LE4-206-AA1 1,025.60
• 2 analog outputs, –10/+10 mA, 10/12-bit resolution
Network modules
for Suconet K LE4-501-BS1 1,225.70
for PROFIBUS-DP, master function LE4-504-BS1 4,018.00
for PROFIBUS-DP, slave function LE4-504-BT1 2,005.70

Product
group 2
Terminal accessories
Digital input simulator
Simulation of 8 digital inputs PS4-... ZB4-108-ES1 112.70
EM4-...
LE4-...
T connector for bus connection

5-pole DIN plug PS4-... TBA3.1 300.20
EM4-...
Plug-in screw terminals

10-pole, for connection of signal cables PS4-... ZB4-110-KL1 44.60
EM4-...
LE4-...
Two-level terminal block
Snap-fit terminal block, 2 x 11-pole, for the direct connection of PS4-... ZB4-122-KL1 99.00
initiators (proximity switches) and actuators EM4-...
LE4-...
Hinged cover with large area for labelling
For plug-in screw terminals, for labelling of inputs/outputs, 20 PS4-... ZB4-101-GZ1 49.10
characters/terminal EM4-...
LE4-...
GST not included

Accessories 3/13
For PS4, LE4, EM4

Product
group 2

Plugs and cables

Programming cable
Coupling PC and PLC • 1 x 8-pole pin connector (ZB4-108-DS1), PS4-150 ZB4-303-KB1 177.70
right angle version PS4-200
• 1 x 9-pole socket connector PS4-300
• Cable length 2 m
Suconet K/K1 data cable
Ready-assembled
For coupling all devices with Suconet-K/K1
interface
• 2 x 5-pole pin connector (S1-PS3), right-angle version PS4-... KPG1-PS3 52.00
• Cable length 0.5 m EM4-...
• 1 x 5-pole pin connector (S1-PS3), right-angle version PS4-... KPG3-PS3 178.90
• 1 x 9-pole pin connector EM4-...
• Cable length 2 m
Not assembled
For coupling all devices with Suconet-K/K1 interface
For customer assembly of Suconet cables 2 x 0.5 mmB shielded and twisted, cable length (as ring) 100 m
– PS416-CPU-... LT309.096 631.70
PS416-NET-4..
PS4
Screen earth kit
For EMC-compliant connection of cable shielding PS4-... ZB4-102-KS1 42.60
EM4-...
LE4-...
Data plug
For automation devices with a Suconet K/K1 connection PS4-... S1-PS3 15.00
• 5-pole pin connnector, right-angle version EM4-...
Mounting foot
For screw fixing to mounting plate
For screw fixing on mounting plate, PS4-... ZB4-101-GF1 4.60
3 mounting feet per device EM4-...
LE4-...
Rated input voltage Rated output voltage Rated output current Part no. Price ($)
50/60 Hz (residual ripple) Product
group 2
V AC V DC A
SN4 switched-mode power supply units

Primary-switched mode, stabilized
2 units can be wired in parallel to increase power, or to
provide redundant operation at rated power
115/240 24 (g 3%) 2.5 SN4-025-BI7 443.70
115/240 24 (g 3%) 5 SN4-050-BI7 592.40
GST not included

3/14 PS416 modular PLC
Application Features
The PS416 is a programmable logic controller for medium to high complexity appli- Modular design
cations. Thanks to its modular design it can be adapted easily to the automation • Allows connection of digital and analog sensors/actuators
tasks at hand. • Digital and analog signal processing
• A range of fieldbus systems facilitates the problem-free and manufacturer-inde-
pendent connection of remote peripherals
• Local and/or remote expansion through Suconet K
• Programming with S40 according to IEC/EN 61131-3

Product
group 2
Rack
For mounting on mounting plate
with fixing screws (can be adapted for front mounting)
9 free slots – PS416-BGT-400 1,225.70
13 free slots – PS416-BGT-410 1,688.40
19 free slots – PS416-BGT-420 2,229.80
Power supply cards

With electrical isolation of primary and secondary circuits
230 V AC Primary 230 V AC PS416-POW-400 1,225.70
Secondary 5 V DC/1.5 – 8 A
24 V DC Primary 24 V DC PS416-POW-410 1,225.70
115 V AC Primary 115 V AC PS416-POW-420 1,225.80
Potential equalization bar

with 5 contact clamps o 3.5 mm and 4 contact clamps o 4.8 mm
For PS416-BGT-400 PS416-ZBX-403 200.20
For PS416-BGT-410 PS416-ZBX-402 225.20
For PS416-BGT-420/-421 PS416-ZBX-401 250.30
Spare contact clamps with 5 contact clamps o 3.4 mm and 3 contact PS416-ZBX-404 65.70
clamps o 4.8 mm
Front blanking plate For PS416-BGT-... expansion racks (5 off supplied) PS416-NOP-200 17.00
Ferrite ring For damping high frequency interference signals in PS416-ZBX-405 22.50
data and power lines.
For PS416-POW-..., PS416-OUT-... (2 off supplied)
GST not included

PS416 modular PLC 3/15

Product
group 2

Central processing units

For saving and processing PLC programs, using the programming software S40
256 kByte user memory • Suconet-K interface PS416-CPU-200 2,241.60
512 kByte user memory (PS416-CPU-300/-400) PS416-CPU-300 3,303.40
• Programming interface
1 MByte user memory • PCMIA interface for memory card PS416-CPU-400 5,002.30
• PS416-ZBB-410 battery modules are not supplied with the CPU,
order 2 battery modules separately
• Up to 1 MB SRAM memory
Battery module
For PS416-CPU-200/-300/-400 PS416-ZBB-410 73.80
Suconet K card
• Interface for connecting a PS416 expansion rack and for PS416-NET-400 1,344.40
organizing and controlling data exchange between PS416 and
Suconet-K networks.
• For use in connection with PS416-CPU-200/-300/-400 CPU cards.
• Engineering of networks with up to 30 remote I/O stations or
active slaves or any combination of both.
• SUCOnet K operates 375 kBit/s at a distance of up to 300 m or
187.5 kBit/s at up to 600 m on RS 485 in a master/slave configuration.
Data plug
9-pole SUB-D pin connector, right-angled, kit without cable for connecting PS416-ZBS-410 66.40
data cables.
For PS416-CPU-..., PS416-NET-4..
T connector
For setting up a bus node (e.g. Suconet K), with a connecting cable to the PS416-ZBX-410 575.40
CPU card/network module for Suconet K.
For PS416-CPU-..., PS416-NET-4..
Digital input/output cards
Digital input cards
• 24 V DC input
• 16 inputs with optocoupler
Switch-on delay: 3.0 ms PS416-INP-400 656.60
Switch-off delay: 3.0 ms
Digital output cards
24 V DC output
16 outputs, each for 500 mA with optocoupler PS416-OUT-400 900.50
8 outputs, each for 2 A with optocoupler PS416-OUT-410 915.60
Analog input/output card
Analog input card
• 8 analog inputs, up to 12-bit resolution PS416-AIN-400 2,163.60
• Input voltage ranges: channel 0 – 3: 0 – 1 V, g 5 V, g 10 V,
0 – 5 V, 0 – 10 V, channel 4 – 7: 0 – 1 V
• Input current ranges: channel 0 – 7: 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Analog input/output card
• 4 analog inputs, up to 12-bit resolution PS416-AIO-400 2,276.10
• 4 analog outputs, up to 12-bit resolution
• Voltage input/output ranges: 0 – 5 V, g 5 V, g 10 V, 0 – 10 V
• Current input/output ranges: 0 – 20 mA, 4 – 20 mA
Notes A further range of special cards is available, as these are digital counter,
PROFIBUS DP/FMS, MODBUS and SERIAL COMM’S cards, please enquire.
GST not included

3/16 Programming software
For PS4, PS416
Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 2
Programming the PS4-150/PS4-200/PS4-300/PS416

Software package S40 (WINDOWS) S40-CD 1,297.80

• CD-ROM
• Documentation on CD-ROM in English, French, German
• Programming languages to IEC/EN 61131-3
– Instruction list (IL)
– Ladder diagram (LD)
– Function block diagram (FBD)
– Structured text (ST)
• Dialog languages: English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
• Graphical topology configurator for control systems, Suconet-K and
PROFIBUS-DP networks
Upgrade S40 S40-CD-U 648.90
Sucosoft S40 V4.x must be installed.
Ordering conditions for upgrades:
To use an upgrade, a previous version must be installed. When the upgrade is installed,
the system searches for a previous version. The upgrade is the same as the standard version.
Information on updates, software standards (application modules) for closed-loop control,
open-loop control data processing etc. can be obtained from:
Internet address: www.moeller.net/automation
GST not included

Content 4/1
Contactor relays, electronic relays

Page
System overview 4/2
Contactor relays and electronic timing relays 4/2
DILA contactor relays 4/3

Base units and auxiliary contact modules 4/3

Accessories 4/4
DILER mini contactor relays 4/5

Base units, auxiliary contact modules, accessories 4/5
ETR electronic timing relays 4/6

ETR4, ETR2 4/6
ETR4, ETR2 flow diagrams 4/7
ESR4 electronic safety relays 4/8

Base units, contact expansion modules 4/8
EMR4 measuring and monitoring relays 4/9

Current, phase, sequence relays, phase imbalance monitoring 4/9
Level monitoring relays, insulation monitoring relays, 4/10
sealable shrouds
Technical data 4/11

DILA mini contactor relays 4/11
Dimensions 4/12
DILA mini contactor relays 4/12
4/2 System overview
Contactor relays and electronic timing relays
DILA DILER
Base unit
Suppressor
Suppressor
Base unit
Auxiliary
contact
modules
Auxiliary
contact
module Sealable shroud
with support bracket
Electronic timing relays
ETR4 timing relays control machines and systems to an accuracy of a

hundredth of a second across a wide range of timing functions.
The relays in the ETR4 range are only 22.5 mm wide. When combined
with contactors and contactor relays they offer an ideal space-saving
solution for virtually all timing requirements.
The DIL ET timing relays are 45 mm wide, so matching the xStart contac-
tors up to DILM12.
The ETR4-69 and ETR4-70 are extremely versatile with nine selectable
functions and ten timing ranges.
• Compact design saves panel space.
• Simple fitting and setting reduce assembly and commissioning time.
• Extensive time ranges enable use in most processes.
• Multi-function versions offer adaptability.
• Clear dial settings and LED status indication provide accurate
information.
• International approvals ensure acceptance.
Base units and auxiliary contact modules

AC operation DC operation
Contacts Rated Conventional Can be Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
operational current, open combined with Product Product
current at 60 °C auxiliary contact group 0 group 0
AC–15 module
415 V
Ie Ith
A A
DILA base units with interlocked opposing contacts

With screw terminals
4 N/O – 4 16 DILA-XHI(V)... DILA-40(240V50HZ) 114.00 DILA-40(24VDC) 134.50
3 N/O 1 N/C DILA-31(240V50HZ) 114.00 DILA-31(24VDC) 134.50
2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-22(240V50HZ) 114.00 DILA-22(24VDC) 134.50
Contacts Rated Conventional Can be combined Part no. Price ($)

operational current, open with base unit Product
current at 60 °C group 0
N/O = Early-make N/C = Late-break AC–15
415 V
Ie Ith
A A
DILA auxiliary contact modules

With interlocked opposing contacts (exception: ...XHIV...)
2-pole – 2 N/C 3 16 DILA... DILA-XHI02 29.30
1 N/O 1 N/C DILM7... DILA-XHI11 29.30
DILM9...
2 N/O – DILM12... DILA-XHI20 29.30
1 N/O 1 N/C DILM17... DILA-XHIV11 58.50
DILM25...
DILM32...
4-pole – 4 N/C DILA-XHI04 46.80
1 N/O 3 N/C DILA-XHI13 46.80
2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-XHI22 46.80
3 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHI31 46.80
4 N/O – DILA-XHI40 46.80
1 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHIV22 81.90
Notes The listed auxiliary and main contacts up to 12 A are available with tension clamp terminations.
The auxiliary contact modules listed for the DILA contactor relay can also be used for the DILM contactors up to 32 A.
Auxiliary contact members: DILA-XHI to EN 50005, DILM32-XHI to DIN 50012
The DILA-22 contactor relay can not be combined with the 4-pole auxiliary contact module.
GST not included

4/4 DILA contactor relays
Accessories
Actuating voltage For use with Circuit symbol/ Part no. Price ($)
Us Contact sequence Product
V AC group 0
Suppressors
Varistor suppressors
24 – 48 DILM7 – DILM12 A1 DILM12-XSPV48 33.40
48 – 130 DILMP20 DILM12-XSPV130 33.40
DILA
130 – 240 A2 DILM12-XSPV240 33.40
240 – 500 DILM12-XSPV500 33.40
Varistor suppressors with LED

24 – 48 DILM7 – DILM12 DILM12-XSPVL48 39.20
130 – 240 DILMP20 A1 DILM12-XSPVL240 39.20
DILA
A2
RC suppressors
24 – 48 DILM7 – DILM12 A1 DILM12-XSPR48 40.50
130 – 240 DILMP20 DILM12-XSPR240 40.50
DILA
240 – 500 A2 DILM12-XSPR500 40.50
Electronic timer modules

On-delayed
24 V AC/DC DILM7 – DILM32 A1 57 65 DILM32-XTEE11(RA24) 183.70
100 – 130 V AC DILMP20 DILM32-XTEE11(RAC130) 183.70
DILA
200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEE11(RAC240) 183.70
A2 58 66
Off-delayed
24 V AC/DC DILM7 – DILM32 A1 57 65 DILM32-XTED11(RA24) POA
100 – 130 V AC DILMP20 DILM32-XTED11(RAC130) POA
DILA
200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTED11(RAC240) POA
A2 58 66
For star-delta applications

24 V AC/DC DILM7 – DILM32 A1 57 67 DILM32-XTEY20(RA24) 200.40
100 – 130 V AC DILMP20 DILM32-XTEY20(RAC130) 200.40
DILA
200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEY20(RAC240) 200.40
A2 58 68
Connector
For mechanically linking contactor relays in combinations
– DILM7 – DILM32 – DILM32-XVB 3.10
DILA
Mechanical interlock
– DILM7 – DILM12 – DILM12-XMV 21.80
DILA
GST not included

DILER mini contactor relays 4/5
Base units, auxiliary contact modules, accessories

Contacts Rated opera- Conven- For use Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
tional current tional with Product Product
AC–15 thermal group 0 group 0
current
240 V 415 V
Ie Ie Ith
A A A
DILER base units with interlocked opposing contacts1)

4 N/O 6 3 10 ...DILE DILER-40(240V50HZ) 94.00 DILER-40-G(24VDC) 154.90
3 N/O, 1 N/C DILER-31(240V50HZ) 94.00 DILER-31-G(24VDC) 154.90
2 N/O, 2 N/C DILER-22(240V50HZ) 94.00 DILER-22-G(24VDC)2) 154.90
DILER auxiliary contact modules with interlocked opposing contacts3)

2-pole 2 N/C 4 2 10 DILER..., 02DILE 29.30
1 N/O, 1 N/C except 11DILE 29.30
DILER-
2 N/O 22-G 20DILE 29.30
4-pole 4 N/C 04DILE 46.00
1 N/O, 3 N/C 13DILE 46.00
2 N/O, 2 N/C 22DILE 46.00
3 N/O, 1 N/C 31DILE 46.00
4 N/O 40DILE 46.00
Notes 1) With DC operated coil: Built-in resistor/diode combination, coil consumption 2.6 W
2) Not for use with ...DILE.
3) Version E combinations correspond to EN 50011 and are to be preferred; other combinations correspond to EN 50005
Actuating voltage Circuit symbol For use with Part. no Price ($)
Us Product
group 0
V AC
Suppressors
24 – 48 A1 DILE... VGDILE48 28.00
110 – 250 VGDILE250 28.00
380 – 415 A2 VGDILE415 28.00
RC suppressors
24 – 48 A1 DILE... RCDILE48 37.70
110 – 250 RCDILE250 37.70
A2
DILE... MVDILE 20.30
Sealable shroud
Transparent
DILE... HDILE 7.70
DILET...
GST not included

4/6 ETR electronic timing relays
ETR4, ETR2
Rated operational Conventional Time range Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
current AC–15 thermal Product Product
current group 0 group 0
240 V 400 V
Ie Ie Ith
A A A
ETR4 electronic timing relays, 22.5 mm wide

Actuating voltage:
Type suffix -A: 24 – 240 V DC and 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Type suffix -W: 400 V AC, 50/60 Hz
On-delayed 3 3 6 0.05 – 1 s ETR4-11-A 208.90 ETR4-11-W 208.90
0.15 – 3 s
0.5 – 10 s
1.5 – 30 s
5 – 100 s
15 – 300 s
1.5 – 30 min
15 – 300 min
1.5 – 30 h
Multi-function relay 3 3 6 5 – 100 h ETR4-69-A 269.40 ETR4-69-W 269.40
Multi-function relay with 3 3 6 ETR4-70-A 243.70
connection for
potentiometer, and two
changeover contacts that
can be converted to two
timed contacts or
one non-delayed contact
and one timed contact.
Star-delta timing relays 3 3 6 3 – 60 s ETR4-51-A 208.90 ETR4-51-W 208.90
Rated operational Conventional Time range Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
current AC–15 thermal Product Product
current group 1 group 1
240 V 400 V
Ie Ie Ith
A A A

Actuating voltage:
24 – 48 V DC and 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
On-delayed 3 – 5 0.05 – 1 s ETR2-11 158.10
Off-delayed 3 – 5 0.5 – 10 s ETR2-12 158.10
5 – 100 s
Fleeting contact on 3 – 5 0.5 – 10 min ETR2-21 158.10
energization 5 – 100 min
Flashing, pulse initiating 3 – 5 0.5 – 10 h ETR2-42 158.10
5 – 100 h
Flashing, 2 speeds 3 – 5 ETR2-44 158.10

or pause initiating
Multi-function relay 3 – 5 ETR2-69 195.80
(i. e. all of the above plus
fleeting contact on
de-energization
GST not included

ETR electronic timing relays 4/7
ETR4, ETR2 flow diagrams

Electronic timing relays Flow diagrams
ETR2..., ETR4... 11 On-delayed 12 Off-delayed 16 On- and Off-delayed

A1-A2 A1-A2
A1-A2
15-18 B1
B1
t 15-18
t 15-18 t t
Power LED Power LED

Power LED
Rel LED
Rel LED
Rel LED
21 Fleeting contact on energization 22 Fleeting contact on de-energization 42 Flashing, pulse initiating

A1-A2 A1-A2 A1-A2
15-18
15-18 B1
t t 15-18 t t t t
Power LED
Power LED
LED
Rel LED
Rel LED
43 Flashing, pause initiating 44 Flashing, 2 speeds 81 Pulse generating

A1-A2
A1-A2 A1-A2
A1-Y1
15-18 15-18 15-18
t 0.5 s
t t t t t t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
Power LED
Rel LED
LED
A1-Y1 Rel LED
15-18
t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 t2
Rel LED
82 Pulse shaping 51 Star-delta On-Off function

A1-A2 A1-A2
A1-A2
B1 17-18 15-18
17-28 OFF ON OFF
15-18
t t tu Power LED
Power LED Power LED
Rel LED
Rel LED LED
LED
ETR4-70... 11 On-delayed
A2/X1 linked 12 Off-delayed
16 On- and Off-delayed
21 Fleeting contact on energization
22 Fleeting contact on de-energization
42 Flashing
81 Pulse generating
82 Pulse shaping
On-Off function
ETR4-70... 11 On-delayed
A2/X1 not linked 12 Off-delayed
16 On- and Off-delayed
21 Fleeting contact on energization
22 Fleeting contact on de-energization
42 Flashing
81 Pulse generating
82 Pulse shaping
On-Off function
Flow diagrams, explanations
LED display
Time not running,
Contact 15 – 18 closed
Time running,
Contact 15 – 18 closed
Time running,
Contact 15 – 18 not closed
4/8 ESR4 electronic safety relays
Base units, contact expansion modules
Actuating Description Safety category to Number of Signal Part no. Price ($)
voltage EN 954-1 enabling paths to contacts Product
Delayed Non- IEC/EN 60204 group 0
contacts delayed Stop category
Uc contacts 0 1
Safety relays for monitoring of Emergency-Stop applications and safety doors

24 V DC, Single-channel – 3 3 – 1 ESR4-NO-31 766.20
24 V AC,
50/60 Hz
115 V AC, – – ESR4-NO-31-115VAC 1,091.50
50/60 Hz
230 V AC, – – ESR4-NO-31-230VAC 1,091.50
50/60 Hz
24 V DC, Dual-channel – 4 2 – 1 ESR4-NO-21 850.70
24 V AC,
50/60 Hz
24 V DC Dual-channel, Off- 3 4 2 1 – ESR4-NV3-30 1,356.80
delayed, 0.15 — 3 s
Dual-channel, Off- – ESR4-NV30-301) 1,356.80
Dual-channel, – ESR4-NT30-302) 1,343.80
Safety relays
For contact mat 24 V DC Dual-channel – 4 2 – 1 ESR4-NM-21 989.90

monitoring
Two-hand relay 24 V DC, Dual-channel – 2 – 1 ESR4-NZ-213) 952.20
24 V AC
50/60 Hz
Contact expansion 24 V DC, Non-delayed – 4 – 2 ESR4-NE-424) 715.50
modules 24 V AC
50/60 Hz
24 V DC Off-delayed, – – 4 2 ESR4-VE3-424) 818.20
tA = 3 s
Notes 1) Suitable for AT0-...MT-ZBZ safety position switches with mechanical securing action
2) Suitable for AT0-...FT-ZBZ safety position switches with mechanical securing action
Contact closes following Emergency-Stop actuation, On-delayed
3) Suitable for applications to EN 574 Type III C
4) The base unit determines the maximum safety category.
The base unit determines the maximum stop category.
Additional information, e. g. applications, safety category, stop category, function and relay construction is available on request
from your local representative.
GST not included

EMR4 measuring and monitoring relays 4/9
Current, phase, sequence relays, phase imbalance monitoring

Description Current Circuit symbol Supply Part no. Price ($)
measuring voltage Product
range group 0
Ih/I=
A
Current monitoring relays, single-phase

• Switching hysteresis adjustable from 3 – 30 mA B1 B2 B3 15 25 24 – 240 V EMR4-I1-2-A 571.10
5 – 30 % 10 – 100 mA AC/DC
• Response delay 0.1 – 30 s 0.1 – 1 A C
• EMR4...-A: monitors one upper or lower 0.3 – 1.5 A 24 – 240 V EMR4-I15-2-A 571.10
limit 1–5A A1 A2 16 18 26 28 AC/DC
• EMR4...-B: monitors one upper limit 3 – 15 A
• Extension of the measurement range
possible with current transformers 0.3 – 1.5 A 220 – 240 V EMR4-I15-2-B 489.20
1–5A AC
3 – 15 A
Description Monitoring Circuit symbol Supply Part no. Price ($)

voltage voltage Product
group 0
Phase sequence relay

• Monitors three-phase systems for phase 200 – 500 V L1 L2 L3 1115 2125 200 – 500 V EMR4-F500-2 268.10
sequence and phase failure AC AC
(< 0.6 x Ue)
• Supply voltage = voltage being monitored 1216 1418 2226 2428
Phase imbalance monitoring relay

• Monitors three-phase systems for phase 380 – 415 V 50 L1 L2 L3 15 380 – 415 V EMR4-A400-1 429.30
imbalance Hz 50 Hz
• Detects phase failure even at 95% voltage
feedback from the motor 16 18
• Response delay: 0.5 s
• Phase imbalance response threshold
adjustable from 5 – 15 %
• Phase sequence detection
• Supply voltage = voltage being monitored
Description Monitoring Circuit symbol Supply Part no. Price ($)

voltage voltage Product
adjustable group 0
from
Phase monitoring relays

• Monitors three-phase systems for phase Umin 300 – 380 L1 L2 L3 15 25 160 – 330 V EMR4-W500-2-C 532.10
sequence, over- and undervoltage and V AC AC
phase failure (< 0.6 x Ue) Umax 420 – 500 300 – 500 V EMR4-W500-2-D 532.10
• 3-phase voltage monitoring within a V AC AC
range A1 A2 16 18 26 28
• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay Umin 350 – 430 300 – 500 V EMR4-W580-2-D 532.10
(0.1 – 10 s) V AC AC
Umax 500 – 580
V AC
GST not included

4/10 EMR4 measuring and monitoring relays
Level monitoring relays, insulation monitoring relays, sealable shrouds
Description Response Circuit symbol Supply voltage Part no. Price ($)
sensitivity Product
group 0
Liquid level monitoring relays

• Monitors the level of conductive liquids 5 kO – C MAX MIN 15 220 – 240 V AC EMR4-N100-1-B 279.70
• Monitors the ratio of mixtures of 100 kO
conductive liquids
• Selectable: protection against running dry
or overflowing A1 A2 16 18
• Monitors the level of conductive liquids 250 O – C MAX MIN 15 25 220 – 240 V AC EMR4-N500-2-B 402.10
conductive liquids
• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay between
0.5 – 10 s A1 A2 16 18 26 28
• Monitors the level of conductive liquids 250 O – C MAX MIN 15 25 24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-N500-2-A 493.10
conductive liquids
• Selectable On-delay or Off-delay between
0.5 – 10 s A1 A2 16 18 26 28
Description Insulation Circuit symbol Supply voltage Part no. Price ($)
resistance Product
range group 0
Insulation monitoring relays

• Monitors the insulation resistance in non- 10 – L+ L– 15 24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-RDC-1-A 693.30
earthed DC supply systems 110 kO
• Selector switch for open- or closed-circuit R<
principle
• With test and reset facilities A1 A2 16 18
• Status indication via LEDs
• Monitors the insulation resistance 1 – 110 kO L 15 24 – 240 V AC/DC EMR4-RAC-1-A 536.00
between non-earthed AC supply systems
and the protective conductor/earth R<
• Tripping function memory
• Insulation monitoring in 1- and A1 A2 16 18
3-phase AC supply systems
• Test via local test button or remote test
operation
• Status indication via LEDs to
VDE 0413 / Part 2
Mounting width Part no. Price ($)

Product
mm group 0
Sealable shrouds
22.5 EMR4-PH22 27.40
45 EMR4-PH45 27.40
GST not included

Technical data 4/11
DILA mini contactor relays

DILA DILA...XHI
Contacts
Interlocked opposing contacts to ZH 1/457, – –
including auxiliary contact module
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp V AC 6000 6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3
Rated insulation voltage Ui V AC 690 690
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 690 500
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and auxiliary contacts V AC 400 400

Between the auxiliary contacts V AC 400 400
Rated operational current
AC–15 220/240 V Ie A 6 6
380/415 V Ie A 4 3
500 V Ie A 1.5 –
DC-131) DC-13 L/R F 15 ms
Contacts in series:
1 24 V A 2.5 –
1 60 V A 1 –
2 60 V A 3 –
1 110 V A 0.5 –
3 110 V A 3 –
1 220 V A 0.25 –
3 220 V A 1 –
DC-13 L/R F 50 ms
Contacts in series:
2 24 V A – –
3 24 V A 4 –
2 60 V A – –
3 60 V A 4 –
1 110 V A – –
3 110 V A 2 –
1 220 V A – –
3 220 V A 1 –
Contact reliability Fault probability l <10-8, < one failure in
(at Ue = 24 V DC, Umin = 17 V, I min = 5.4 mA) 100 million operations
Conventional thermal current Ith A 10 10
Short-circuit rating without welding
Maximum overcurrent protective device
220/240 V PKZM0 4 –
380/415 V PKZM0 4 –
220/230 V FAZ-C – –
Short-circuit protection, max. fuse2)
500 V A gG/gL 10 10
500 V A fast – –
Current heat losses at load of Ith
AC operated W 0.3 0.3
DC operated W 0.3 0.3
Notes 1) Making and breaking conditions to DC-13,

time constant as stated
2) See transparent overlay "Fuses" for time/current
characteristics (please enquire)
4/12 Dimensions
DILA mini contactor relays
Mini contactor relays
DILA-...-XHI...
68
45
18
18 6.5
45 75
117
DILA-...(-C)-XHI...
52.3
26.4
68
36 6.5
45 75
125
DILA with DILM...XMV mechanical interlock

68
45
68
45
90 6.5
75
DILM12-XSPR...
DILM12-XSPV(L)...
b1
b2
b
a1 c
a
DILM12-XSPR...
DILM12-XSPV...
a 25
a1 9.2
b 25.9
b1 28
b2 Q32
c 9
Content 5/1
Contactors
Page
System overview
Contactors DILM7 – DILM150 5/2
Contactors
Basic units DILM 5/4
Auxiliary contact modules for DILM7 to DILM32 5/6
Auxiliary contact and electronic timer modules for 5/7
DILM7 to DILM150
Contactor combinations
Star-delta combinations 5/8
Reversing combinations 5/10
Accessories
Contactors DILM 5/12
DIL contactors
Complete units exceeding 75 kW, comfort 5/15
Accessories
DILM contactors 5/16
DILEM mini contactors, auxiliary contact modules 5/17
Accessories
DIL contactors 5/18
DOL starters 5/19
Engineering
Contacts for safety-relevant control functions 5/20
Dimensions
Contactors DILM 5/21
5/2 System overview
Contactors DILM7 – DILM150
1 1
6
Contactors
2
3
5
5
4
6 6
1
1
3
2 3
3
4
5
5
System overview 5/3
Contactors DILM7 – DILM150
With the same dimensions for AC and DC contactors, planning and engineering
can be carried out with even greater efficiency. With only four component sizes
covering the rating range up to 150 A, engineering is made even simpler.
A key benefit with contactors up to 32 A is that the auxiliary contact is already built
in, and the DC contactors include a suppressor circuit up to 150 A. From 15 A, the
DC contactors have an electronic drive that removes the need for coupling relays.
With all these extras already included in the contactors, your costs are clearly
Contactors
reduced.
Contactors DILM from 580 A and contactors DILH from 1400 A are vacuum
contactors with significant advantages over air-break contactors.
• The electrical lifespan is considerably higher than air-break contactors.
• A higher packing density and cleaner distribution compartment are
possible since there are no open arcs and therefore no escaping gases.
Contactor up to 75 kW 1 Overload relays 3 Auxiliary contact modules 5

(AC-3/400 V) Can be mounted directly 4 pole, plug-in type
Magnet systems: Separate mounting, possible Overlapping contacts
AC: 12 – 600 V, 50, 60, 50/60 Hz Protection of EEx e motors
0.8 – 1.1 x Uc
EU prototype test certificate number
DC: 12 – 250 V
DILM7 – DILM15: 0,8 – 1,1 x Uc
DILM17 – DILM150: 0,7 – 1,2 x Uc Auxiliary contact modules 6
at 24 V: 0,7 – 1,3 x Uc 2 pole, side mounting
without additional auxiliary contacts and
ambient temperature +40 °C
Auxiliary contact modules 4
Coils for special voltages
2 pole, plug-in type
“Safe isolation” to IEC 536
between coil and
contacts
Suppressors 2
RC suppressor
Varistor suppressor
Free-wheel diode suppressor
5/4 Contactors Contactors 5/5
Basic units DILM Basic units DILM
Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS Moeller SK0211-1158GB-AUS
Rated operational current Max. rating for three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz Conventional free air Contacts Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
thermal current Product Product
Ith = Ie AC-1 at 60 °C group 0 group 0
AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Open
380 V 380 V 380 V
415 V 415 V 415 V
Ie P P Ith = Ie
A kW kW A
Contactors
Contactors
Basic units
Screw terminals
4 pole 12 5.5 3 20 – DILMP20(240V50HZ) 105.20 DILMP20(24VDC) 105.20
3 pole 7 3 2.2 20 1 N/O DILM7-10(240V50HZ) 90.60 DILM7-10(24VDC) 111.10
7 3 2.2 20 1 N/C DILM7-01(240V50HZ) 90.60 DILM7-01(24VDC) 111.10
9 4 2.5 20 1 N/O DILM9-10(240V50HZ) 98.20 DILM9-10(24VDC) 134.50
9 4 2.5 20 1 N/C DILM9-01(240V50HZ) 98.20 DILM9-01(24VDC) 134.50
12 5.5 3 20 1 N/O DILM12-10(240V50HZ) 119.90 DILM12-10(24VDC) 163.70
12 5.5 3 20 1 N/C DILM12-01(240V50HZ) 119.90 DILM12-01(24VDC) 163.70
15.5 7.5 3 20 1 N/O DILM15-10(240V50HZ) 130.80 DILM15-10(24VDC) 222.10
15.5 7.5 3 20 1 N/C DILM15-01(240V50HZ) 130.80 DILM15-01(24VDC) 222.10
3 pole 18 7.5 4.5 35 1 N/O DILM17-10(240V50HZ) 155.00 DILM17-10(RDC24) 303.90
18 7.5 4.5 35 1 N/C DILM17-01(240V50HZ) 155.00 DILM17-01(RDC24) 303.90
25 11 6 40 1 N/O DILM25-10(240V50HZ) 219.20 DILM25-10(RDC24) 368.20
25 11 6 40 1 N/C DILM25-01(240V50HZ) 219.20 DILM25-01(RDC24) 368.20
32 15 7 40 1 N/O DILM32-10(240V50HZ) 298.10 DILM32-10(RDC24) 455.80
32 15 7 40 1 N/C DILM32-01(240V50HZ) 298.10 DILM32-01(RDC24) 455.80
3 pole 40 18.5 9 50 – DILM40(240V50HZ) 339.00 DILM40(RDC24) 549.30
50 22 10 65 – DILM50(240V50HZ) 426.70 DILM50(RDC24) 748.00
65 30 12 80 – DILM65(240V50HZ) 596.10 DILM65(RDC24) 929.20
3 pole 80 37 20 90 – DILM80(240V50HZ) 730.50 DILM80(RDC24) 1,075.20
95 45 26 110 – DILM95(240V50HZ) 894.10 DILM95(RDC24) 1,162.90
115 55 28 130 – DILM115(RAC240) 1,002.20 DILM115(RDC24) 1,227.10
150 75 33 160 – DILM150(RAC240) 1,186.30 DILM150(RDC24) 1,513.50
Notes DC operated contactors feature an integrated suppressor circuit (DILM7 – DILM15: Varistor).
Mirror contact at DILM7-01 – DILM32-01.
Contact elements of the contactor to EN 50012.
GST not included

5/6 Contactors
Auxiliary contact modules for DILM7 to DILM32
Conventional free air Contacts Can be Part no. Price ($)

thermal current combined with Product
Ith = Ie AC-1 at 60 °C basic unit group 0
Open Ith = Ie E = early make
A L = late break
Auxiliary contact modules

Screw terminals
With positively driven contacts; except XHIV
Contactors
Top-mounting auxiliary switches

2 pole 16 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM(C)7-10... DILM32-XHI11 29.30
2 pole – 2 N/C DILM(C)9-10... DILM32-XHI02 29.30
DILM(C)12-10...
DILM(C)15-10...
DILM(C)17-10...
DILM(C)25-10...
DILM(C)32-10...
4 pole 2 N/O 2 N/C DILM32-XHI22 46.80
2 pole 16 2 N/O – DILM(C)7... DILA-XHI20 29.30

1 N/O 1 N/C DILM(C)9... DILA-XHI11 29.30
DILM(C)12...
– 2 N/C DILM(C)15... DILA-XHI02 29.30
1 N/OE 1 N/CL DILM(C)17... DILA-XHIV11 58.50
DILM(C)25...
DILM(C)32...
4 pole 16 4 N/O – DILA-XHI40 46.80
3 N/O 1 N/C DILA-XHI31 46.80
2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-XHI22 46.80
1 N/O 3 N/C DILA-XHI13 46.80
– 4 N/C DILA-XHI04 46.80
1 N/O, 1 N/C, DILA-XHIV22 81.90
1 N/OE 1 N/CL
High version
2 pole 16 2 N/O – DILM7... DILA-XHIT20 29.30
1 N/O 1 N/C DILM9... DILA-XHIT11 29.30
DILM12...
– 2 N/C DILM15... DILA-XHIT02 29.30
4 pole 2 N/O 2 N/C DILA-XHIT22 46.80
Side mounting auxiliary contacts1)

2 pole 10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM17... DILM32-XHI11-S 83.60
DILM25...
DILM32...
Notes 1) Can be fitted only to the left of the contactor; cannot be combined with top-mounting auxiliary contacts or mechanical
interlocks
• Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L, within the auxiliary contact modules
(not N/O (early make) and N/C (late break) contacts) and for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the DILM7 – DILM32
• Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not N/C (late break) contact)
GST not included

Contactors 5/7
Auxiliary contact and electronic timer modules for DILM7 to DILM150
Conventional Contacts Can be Part no. Price ($)

thermal current combined with Product
Ith = Ie AC-1 at 50 °C basic unit group 0
Open E = early make
Ith = Ie L = late break
A

Screw terminals
Contactors
With positively driven contacts; except XHIV
2 pole 10 2 N/O – DILM40... DILM150-XHI20 29.30
10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM50... DILM150-XHI11 29.30
DILM65...
10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM80... DILM150-XHIA11 29.30
10 – 2 N/C DILM95... DILM150-XHI02 29.30
DILM115...
DILM150...
4 pole 10 4 N/O – DILM150-XHI40 46.80

10 3 N/O 1 N/C DILM150-XHI31 46.80
10 2 N/O 2 N/C DILM150-XHI22 46.80
10 2 N/O 2 N/C DILM150-XHIA22 46.80
10 1 N/O 3 N/C DILM150-XHI13 46.80
10 – 4 N/C DILM150-XHI04 46.80
10 1 N/O, 1 N/C, DILM150-XHIV22 46.80
1 N/OE 1 N/CL
Side mounting auxiliary contacts
2 pole 10 1 N/O 1 N/C DILM40 – DILM1000-XHI11-SI 83.60
DILH2000
For use with Contact sequence Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Electronic timer modules
On-delayed
24 V AC/DC DILM7 – DILM32 A1 57 65 DILM32-XTEE11(RA24) 183.70
100 – 130 V AC DILMP20 DILM32-XTEE11(RAC130) 183.70
DILA
200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEE11(RAC240) 183.70
A2 58 66
Off-delayed
24 V AC/DC DILM7 – DILM32 A1 57 65 DILM32-XTED11(RA24) POA
100 – 130 V AC DILMP20 DILM32-XTED11(RAC130) POA
DILA
200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTED11(RAC240) POA
A2 58 66
For star-delta applications

24 V AC/DC DILM7 – DILM32 A1 57 67 DILM32-XTEY20(RA24) 200.40
100 – 130 V AC DILMP20 DILM32-XTEY20(RAC130) 200.40
DILA
200 – 240 V AC DILM32-XTEY20(RAC240) 200.40
A2 58 68
GST not included

5/8 Contactor combinations Contactor combinations 5/9
Star-delta combinations Star-delta combinations
Rated Max. rating for Max. Part no. Price ($) Spare auxiliary Individual components of the combination SDES5.5 – SDES30
operational three-phase changeover Product contacts
current motors, time group 0 21
50 – 60 Hz 0 22
AC-3 AC-3 Q11 Q13 Q15 Mains contactor Delta contactor Star contactor S11
Q11 Q15 Q13 Q11
380 V 380 V 13 13
415 V 415 V I 14 14
Ie P Part no. Part no. Part no.

44 14 14 17 17
A kW s Q11 K1 K1
Contactors
Contactors
43 13 13 18 28
Star-delta starter combinations Q13 Q15 22 22
Open units 12 5.51) 20 SDES5.5/U(...)1) 723.50 63 63 63 DILM7-10 DILM7-01 DILM7-01 Q15 21 Q13 21
• Timing relay K1T: ETR4-51 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 A1 A1 A1 A1

64 64 64
• Complete with overload Q11 K1 Q13 Q15
16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/U(...)1) 723.50 63 63 63 DILM9-10 DILM9-01 DILM7-01 A2 A2 A2 A2
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 (–)N
64 64 64
N Y
22 11 20 SDES11/U(...)1) 768.00 63 63 63 DILM12-10 DILM12-01 DILM7-01
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
64 64 64 SDES37 – SDES75
21
0 22
S11
30 15 20 SDES15/U(...)1) 946.10 63 63 63 DILM17-10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 Q11
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 13 13
64 64 64 I 14 14
45 22 20 SDES22/U(...)1) 968.40 63 63 63 DILM25-10 DILM25-01 DILM17-01
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 44 14 14 17 17
64 64 64
Q11 43 13 13
K1 K1
55 30 20 SDES30/U(...)1) 1,101.90 63 63 63 DILM32-10 DILM32-01 DILM25-01 18 28
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 Q13 Q15 22 22

64 64 64
Q15 21 Q13 21
70 37 20 SDES37/U(...)1) 1,335.60 21 33 – – DILM40 DILM40 DILM40
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 A1 A1 A1 A1
22 34
Q11 K1 Q13 Q15
90 45 20 SDES45/U(...)1) 1,558.20 21 33 – – DILM50 DILM50 DILM40 A2 A2 A2 A2
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 (–)N
22 34
N Y
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11
22 34
L1 L2 L3
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 F1
22 34
Enclosed units 12 5.5 20 SDES5.5/I(...)1) 990.60 63 63 63 DILM7-10 DILM7-01 DILM7-01 B 1 x In

• Complete with pushbutton and overload + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
64 64 64
• According to IEC 60947
16 7.5 20 SDES7.5/I(...)1) 990.60 63 63 63 DILM9-10 DILM9-01 DILM7-01
64 64 64
1 3 5 1 3 5 Q13 1 3 5
22 11 20 SDES11/I(...)1) 1,046.30 63 63 63 DILM12-10 DILM12-01 DILM7-01 Q11 2 4 6
Q15 2 4 6 2 4 6
64 64 64
30 15 20 SDES15/I(...)1) 1,224.30 63 63 63 DILM17-10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 A C

+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 0.58 x In 0.58 x In
64 64 64
45 22 20 SDES22/I(...)1) 1,335.60 63 63 63 DILM25-10 DILM25-01 DILM17-01

+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 U1
M1 W2
64 64 64
V1 M U2
55 30 20 SDES30/I(...)1) 1,613.90 63 63 63 DILM32-10 DILM32-01 DILM25-01 W1 3~ V2
64 64 64
70 37 20 SDES37/I(...)1) 1,881.00 21 33 – – DILM40 DILM40 DILM40 Overload relay settings Starting

+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 A: IN x 0.58 F 15 s
22 34
Protection of the motor in Y- and d configuration
90 45 20 SDES45/I(...)1) 2,181.50 21 33 – – DILM50 DILM50 DILM40
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 B: IN x 1 15 – 40 s
22 34 Only partial motor protection in star position
115 55 20 SDES55/I(...)1) 2,292.80 21 33 – – DILM65 DILM65 DILM40 C: IN x 0.58 > 40 s
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 Motor not protected in star position
22 34
140 75 20 SDES75/I(...)1) 3,661.80 21 33 – – DILM80 DILM80 DILM50 Timing relay set to approx. 10 s
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI31 + DILM150-XHI11 Main circuit:
22 34
Depending on the coordination type required (i.e. Type “1” or Type “2”) it must be established
whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the mains contactor and delta contactor are to
be common or separate.
Notes 1) Specify
voltage and frequency when ordering.
Standard voltages: V AC: 24 V, 110 V, 240 V, 415 V at 50 Hz
Non-standard voltages: V AC: 12 – 600 V at 50 or 60 Hz
V DC: 12 – 250 V
For DC voltage add suffix “-G” to part no.
N.B. additional charge applies.
Please enquire for non-standard configurations.
GST not included

5/10 Contactor combinations Contactor combinations 5/11
Reversing combinations Reversing combinations
AC operation
Rated Max. rating for three-phase Part no. Price ($) Individual components of the combination Spare auxiliary contacts Notes Notes
operational motors, 50 – 60 Hz Product
current group 0
AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Contactor Q11 Contactor Q12 Q11 Q12 Mechanical
interlock
415 V 380/415 V 380/415 V
Ie P P Part no. Part no.

Contactors
Contactors
A kW kW
Reversing combinations
Open units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/U(...V50HZ)1) 500.90 DILM9-01 DILM9-01 63 63 Reversing contactors
21
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 0
64 64 22
12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/U(...V50HZ1) 578.80 DILM12-01 DILM12-01 63 63 + 21

22
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 II
22 21
64 64 1 3 5 1 3 5
13
18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 634.50 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 63 63 + I
14
Q11 Q12
13 14
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 54 54 2 4 6 2 4 6
64 64 Q11 Q12
53 53
22 22
25 11 6 DOLRS11/U(...V50HZ)1) 768.00 DILM25-01 DILM25-01 63 63 + Q12

21
Q11
21
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 A1 A1 U V W
64 64 Q11 Q12
A2 A2
32 15 7 DOLRS15/U(...V50HZ)1) 957.20 DILM32-01 DILM32-01 63 63 + M1
3
M
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20
64 64
40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,035.10 DILM40 DILM40 – – + 21

+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11 0
22
50 22 10 DOLRS22/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,246.60 21 22
II
65 30 12 DOLRS30/U(...V50HZ)1) 1,446.90 DILM65 DILM65 – – + 22 21
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11 14 13
I
13 14
14 14
Q11 Q12
13 13
22 22
Q12 Q11
21 21
A1 A1
Q11 Q12
A2 A2
(-)N
Enclosed units 9 4 2.5 DOLRS4/I(...V50HZ)1) 656.70 DILM9-01 DILM9-01 63 63 + Reversing contactors

21
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 0
64 64 22
12 5.5 3 DOLRS5.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 667.80 DILM12-01 DILM12-01 63 63 + 21

22
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 II
22 21
64 64 1 3 5 1 3 5
13
18 7.5 4.5 DOLRS7.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 857.10 DILM17-01 DILM17-01 63 63 + I
14
Q11 Q12
13 14
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 54 54 2 4 6 2 4 6
64 64 Q11 Q12
53 53
25 11 6 DOLRS11/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,090.80 DILM25-01 DILM25-01 63 63 + 22 22
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 Q12 Q11
64 64 21 21
32 15 7 DOLRS15/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM32-01 DILM32-01 63 63

Q11
A1
Q12
A1 U V W
+ DILA-XHI20 + DILA-XHI20 A2 A2
M1
M
64 64 3
40 18.5 9 DOLRS18.5/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,357.90 DILM40 DILM40 – – + 21

+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11 0
22
50 22 10 DOLRS22/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,736.30 21 22
II
65 30 12 DOLRS30/I(...V50HZ)1) 1,903.30 DILM65 DILM65 – – + 22 21
+ DILM150-XHI11 + DILM150-XHI11 14 13
I
13 14
14 14
Q11 Q12
13 13
22 22
Q12 Q11
21 21
A1 A1
Q11 Q12
A2 A2
(-)N
Notes 1) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.

V DC: 12 – 250 V
GST not included

5/12 Accessories
Contactors DILM
Voltage For use with Contact sequence Part no. Price ($)
Product
group 0
V
Suppressors
RC suppressors
24 – 48 AC DILM7 – DILM15 A1 DILM12-XSPR48 40.50
110 – 240 AC DILMP20 DILM12-XSPR240 40.50
DILA
Contactors
240 – 500 AC A2 DILM12-XSPR500 40.50

24 – 48 AC DILM17 – DILM32 DILM32-XSPR48 40.50
110 – 240 AC DILM32-XSPR240 40.50
240 – 500 AC DILM32-XSPR500 46.20
24 – 48 AC DILM40 – DILM95 DILM95-XSPR48 46.20
110 – 240 AC DILM95-XSPR240 46.20
240 – 500 AC DILM95-XSPR500 52.10
24 – 48 AC DILM7 – DILM15 A1 DILM12-XSPV48 33.40
48 – 130 AC DILMP20 DILM12-XSPV130 33.40
DILA
130 – 240 AC A2 DILM12-XSPV240 33.40
240 – 500 AC DILM12-XSPV500 33.40
24 – 48 AC DILM17 – DILM32 DILM32-XSPV48 33.40
48 – 130 AC DILM32-XSPV130 33.40
130 – 240 AC DILM32-XSPV240 33.40
240 – 500 AC DILM32-XSPV500 42.80
24 – 48 AC DILM40 – DILM95 DILM95-XSPV48 42.80
48 – 130 AC DILM95-XSPV130 42.80
130 – 240 AC DILM95-XSPV240 42.80
240 – 500 AC DILM95-XSPV500 52.10
Varistor suppressors with integrated LED
24 – 48 AC DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XSPVL48 39.20
130 – 240 AC DILMP20 A1
DILM12-XSPVL240 39.20
DILA A2

130 – 240 AC DILM32-XSPVL240 48.60
130 – 240 AC DILM95-XSPVL240 54.50
Free-wheel diode suppressor
12 – 250 DC DILM7 – DILM15 A1 DILM12-XSPD 27.90
DILMP20
DILA
A2
GST not included

Accessories 5/13
Contactors DILM

Product
group 0
Links
DILM7 – DILM65 DILM32-XVB 3.10
DILA
Contactors
DILM7 – DILM150 DILM150-XVB 3.10
Mechanical interlock including contactor connector

DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XMV 21.80
DILMP20
DILA

Set of paralleling links

Consisting of two paralleling links
DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XP1 34.00

GST not included

5/14 Accessories
Contactors DILM

Product
group 0
Star-point bridges
DILM7 – DILM15 DILM12-XS1 15.90
Contactors
Star-delta wiring kits

Main current wiring for star-delta combination
– including star-point bridge
DILM7/9/12/15 mains contactor DILM12-XSL 36.90
DILM7/9/12/15 delta contactor
DILM7/9/12/15 star contactor
DILM17/25/32 mains contactor DILM32-XSL 55.40

DILM17/25/32 delta contactor
DILM17/25/32 star contactor
DILM40/50/65 mains contactor DILM65-XSL 77.60
DILM40/50/65 delta contactor
DILM40/50/65 star contactor
Reversing starter wiring kits
Main current wiring for reversing combination
DILM7 DILM12-XRL 30.40
DILM9
DILM12

DILM25
DILM32
DILM50
DILM65
GST not included

DIL contactors 5/15
Complete units exceeding 75 kW, comfort
Rated Max. rating for Conventional Part no. Price ($)

operational three-phase motors 50 – 60 Hz free air thermal Product
current current group 0
AC-3 AC-3 AC-4 Ith = Ie
AC-1 at 60 °C
380 V 380 V 1000 V 380 V 1000 V Open
415 V 415 V 415 V
Ie P P P P Ith = Ie
A kW kW kW kW A
Contactors
DILM comfort contactor
185 90 108 75 108 275 DILM185/22(RA250) 1,613.90
225 110 108 90 108 315 DILM225/22(RA250) 1,881.00
250 132 108 110 108 350 DILM250/22(RA250) 2,682.40
300 160 132 132 132 400 DILM300/22(RA250) 3,060.80

400 200 132 160 132 500 DILM400/22(RA250) 3,895.50
500 250 132 200 132 700 DILM500/22(RA250) 5,588.00
580 315 600 250 509 800 DILM580/22(RA250) 5,787.60

650 355 600 280 509 850 DILM650/22(RA250) 8,620.20
750 400 800 315 678 900 DILM750/22(RA250) 9,599.70
820 450 800 355 678 1000 DILM820/22(RA250) 11,519.60
1000 560 1000 450 1000 1000 DILM1000/ 15,693.30
22(RA250)
DILH comfort contactor, AC-1

1400 DILH1400/ 18,495.00
22(RAW250)
2000 DILH2000/ 34,002.20
22(RAW250)
Notes 1000 V: Do not reverse directly.

All contactors have an integrated suppressor.
When operating DILM580 to DILH2000 contactors with frequency inverters,
the suppressor on the load side must be removed.
The suppressor on the load side must be removed with DILM580 to DILH2000
contactors when performing a high-voltage test.
Control voltages:
RAW250 q 230 – 250 V AC/DC
RA250 q 110 – 250 V AC/DC
GST not included

5/16 Accessories
DILM contactors

Product
group 0
Star-point bridges
DILM185 – DILM400 DILM400-XS1 148.80
DILM500 DILM500-XS1 198.60

Contactors

Consisting of two paralleling links for main contacts
3-pole DILM185 DILM185-XP1 306.30
Mechanical interlocks
DILM185, DILM225, DILM500-XMV 72.50
DILM250, DILM300,
DILM400, DILM500
DILM580, DILM650, DILM820-XMV 1,110.30
DILM750, DILM820, DILM1000
Cable terminal block

With control circuit terminal
DILM185, DILM225 DILM225-XKU-S 293.90
DILM250, DILM300 DILM400-XKU-S 350.60
DILM400
Flat strip conductor terminal kit

With control circuit terminal
(consisting of 3 flat strip conductor terminals)
DILM500, DILM580 DILM650-XKB-S 185.10
DILM650
DILM750, DILM820 DILM820-XKB-S 293.90
Covers
Terminal cover
DILM185, DILM225 DILM400-XHB 46.90
DILM250, DILM300
DILM400
DILM500 DILM500-XHB 53.50
DILM1000
GST not included

DILEM mini contactors, auxiliary contact modules 5/17
Rated Max. rating for Conventional free air Contacts Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
operational three-phase motors thermal current Ith = Ie Product Product
current 50 – 60 Hz AC-1 at 50 °C group 0 group 0
AC-3 Open Enclosed
380 V 380 V
415 V 415 V
Ie P Ith = Ie Ith = Ie
Contactors
A kW A A
DILEM mini contactor relays, basic units

3-pole with auxiliary contacts
Screw terminals
9.0 4 20 16 1 N/O DILEM-10(...)1) 95.40 DILEM-10-G(24VDC) 125.40
9.0 4 20 16 1 N/C DILEM-01(...)1) 95.40 DILEM-01-G(24VDC) 125.40

V DC: 12 – 250 V
Conventional free air Contacts Part no. Price ($)

thermal current Product
Ith = Ie group 0
AC-1
Open
Ith = Ie
A

For DIL E
Top mounting
2-pole 10 2 N/C 02DILEM 30.80
2-pole 1 N/O, 1 N/C 11DILEM 30.80
4-pole 2 N/O, 2 N/C 22DILEM 46.00
1 N/O, 1 N/C 11DILE 29.30
2 N/O 20DILE 29.30
1 N/O, 3 N/C 13DILE 46.00
2 N/O, 2 N/C 22DILE 46.00
3 N/O, 1 N/C 31DILE 46.00
4 N/O 40DILE 46.00
GST not included

5/18 Accessories
DIL contactors
Voltage For use with Part no. Price ($)

Product
V group 0
Suppressors
RC suppressors
24 – 48 DILEEM, DILEM RCDILE48 37.70
110 – 250 DILEEM, DILEM RCDILE250 37.70
Contactors
24 – 48 DILEEM VGDILE48 28.00
110 – 250 DILEM VGDILE250 28.00
380 – 415 VGDILE415 28.00

Consisting of two paralleling links for main contacts
4-pole DILEEM, DILEM P1DILEM 42.50
Mechanical interlocks
DILEEM-(C) MVDILE 20.30
DILEM-(C)
For use with Coil consumption Part no. Price ($)

AC pick-up AC sealing Product
group 0
W W
Coils for AC operation

DILM185, DILM225, DILM250 250 4.3 DILM250-XSP/E(R...)1) 770.10
DILM300, DILM400, DILM500 450 4.3 DILM500-XSP/E(R...)1) 1,155.10
DILM580, DILM650, DILM750, 1200 9.5 DILM820-XSP/E(R...)1) 1,827.60
DILM820
Notes 1) Specify
one of the following: RDC48 (24 - 48 V DC)
RA110 (48 – 110 V DC at 40 – 60 Hz)
RA250 (110 – 250 V DC at 40 – 60 Hz)
RAC500 (250 – 500 V DC at 40 – 60 Hz)
GST not included

DOL starters 5/19
Motor data Setting range Part no. Price ($)

AC-3 Rated operational Overload release Product
current group 0
415 V, 50 Hz 415 V, 50 Hz
P P Ie Ir
kW HP A A
Direct on-line starters

• Insulated enclosure, IP65
Contactors
• Complete with start/stop pushbuttons
• According to IEC 60947
• Enclosure dimensions: L = 160 mm, W = 85 mm, D = 140 mm
• Non-standard voltages available on request.
Without overload
4 5 9 1) DOLS4(...)3) 111.30
5.5 7.5 12 2) DOLS5.5(...)3) 133.60
7.5 10 16 2) DOLS7.5(...)3) 244.90
With overload
4 5 9 F 10 A DOLS4/103) 226.60
5.5 7.5 12 10 – 16 A DOLS5.5/16(...)3) 244.90
7.5 10 16 10 – 16 A DOLS7.5/16(...)3) 333.90
Accessories
Replacement enclosure CI-DOLS 33.90
Notes 1) Use add-on overload up to 10 A

2) Use add-on overload up to 16 A
The addition of an external reset button or interposing relays will result in an increase in enclosure size and DOL starter price.
3) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.
V DC: 12 – 250 V
GST not included

5/20 Engineering
Contacts for safety-relevant control functions
Contacts for safety-relevant control functions

Positive opening operation of the contacts Mirror contacts Part no.
to IEC/EN 60947-5-1, Annex L to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, Annex F
Integrated auxiliary switch in basic Between the contacts within an Integrated auxiliary break Auxiliary break contact in the
unit to contacts in the auxiliary auxiliary contact module1) contact1) to the main auxiliary contact module1) to the
contact module1) contacts main contacts
Contactor with AC or DC operation, Contactor with AC or DC operation,
with screw or cage clamp connections with screw or cage clamp connections
Contactors
Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILA22(31)

Yes Yes No auxiliary break contact Yes DILM7-10 to
available DILM32-10
Yes Yes Yes Yes DILM7-01 to
DILM32-01
No auxiliary contact available Yes No auxiliary break contact Yes DILM40 to
available DILM65
Not currently available Not currently available Not currently available Not currently available DILM80 to
DILM150
Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILER-22(31)
Yes Yes No auxiliary break contact Yes DILE(E)M-10
available
Yes Yes Yes Yes DILE(E)M-01
Yes Yes No main contacts available No main contacts available DILR-22(31)
Yes Yes No auxiliary break contact Yes DIL00(A)(B)M-10
available
Yes Yes Yes Yes DIL00(A)(B)M-01
No integrated auxiliary contact Yes No integrated auxiliary contact Yes DIL0(A)M to
available available DIL3M85
Yes Connect 1 right and 1 left SI DIL4M115 and
auxiliary switch contact in series DIL4M145
Yes Yes DILM185 to
DILM1000
Yes Yes DILH1400 to
DILH2000
Currently not tested Currently not tested DILP160 to
DILP800
Notes 1) generally does not apply for combinations with early-make contacts and late-break contacts
Dimensions 5/21
Contactors DILM
Contactors
Type c
DILM7
DILM9 DILM32-XHI 117
DILM12 DILA-XHI 117
DILM15 DILA-XHI..T 125
36
Contactors
2 x M4
18
45
68
60
8.7 8.7 8.7 8.7 (5.1) 3.2
35
45 6.5
75
c
DILM17
DILM25
DILM32
2 x M4
60.4
71
38
85
75
4.5 4.8 4.5 35

17.7 6.5
Sideways distance
(6.4) 11.6 11.6 10.6 97.4 to earthed parts: 6 mm
45 138
5/22 Dimensions
Contactors DILM
DILM40
DILM50
DILM65
2 x M4
Contactors
105
86.4
104
115
57
45
34.4 4.7
55 6.9
Sideways distance
to earthed parts: 6 mm
114
132.1
147
DILM80
DILM95
DILM115
DILM150
4 x M6
156
76.5
170
156
57
70
90 82.5
111 85.5
Sideways distance
142 to earthed parts: 10 mm
160
Content 6/1
Overload relays
Page
Overload relays ZB 6/2
Overload relays ZB, ZE 6/3
Overload relays Z5 6/4

Current transformer-operated overload relays ZW7 6/4
Electronic motor-protective relay ZEV 6/5
Thermal overload relay EMT6 for machine protection 6/6
Dimensions 6/7
Overload relays ZB 6/7
6/2 Overload relays ZB
Setting range For use with Short-circuit protection Part no. Price ($)
overload releases Type “1” Type “2” Product
coordination coordination group 0
Ir gG/gL gG/gL
A A A
Overload relays
ZB12 overload relays

Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102
For direct mounting
0.1 – 0.16 DILM7, 25 0.5 ZB12-0,16 110.80
0.16 – 0.24 DILM9, 1 ZB12-0,24 110.80
DILM12,
0.24 – 0.4 DILM15 2 ZB12-0,4 110.80
0.4 – 0.6 4 ZB12-0,6 110.80
0.6 – 1 4 ZB12-1 110.80
1 – 1.6 6 ZB12-1,6 110.80
1.6 – 2.4 10 ZB12-2,4 110.80
2.4 – 4 16 ZB12-4 110.80
4–6 20 ZB12-6 110.80
6 – 10 50 25 ZB12-10 110.80
9 – 12 ZB12-12 110.80
12 – 16 ZB12-16 110.80
ZB32 overload relays
Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102
For direct mounting
0.1 – 0.16 DILM17, 25 0.5 ZB32-0,16 124.90
0.16 – 0.24 DILM25, 1 ZB32-0,24 124.90
DILM32
0.24 – 0.4 2 ZB32-0,4 124.90
0.4 – 0.6 4 ZB32-0,6 124.90
0.6 – 1 4 ZB32-1 124.90
1 – 1.6 6 ZB32-1,6 124.90
1.6 – 2.4 10 ZB32-2,4 124.90
2.4 – 4 16 ZB32-4 124.90
4–6 20 ZB32-6 124.90
6 – 10 50 25 ZB32-10 124.90
10 – 16 63 35 ZB32-16 124.90
16 – 24 100 35 ZB32-24 130.60
24 – 32 125 63 ZB32-32 167.60
ZB65, ZB150 overload relays
Phase failure sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947
For direct mounting
6 – 10 DILM40, 50 25 ZB65-10 181.70
10 – 16 DILM50, 63 35 ZB65-16 181.70
DILM65
16 – 24 63 50 ZB65-24 181.70
24 – 40 125 63 ZB65-40 249.80
40 – 57 160 80 ZB65-57 295.20
50 – 65 160 100 ZB65-65 334.90
25 – 35 DILM80, 125 100 ZB150-35 403.10
35 – 50 DILM95, 160 125 ZB150-50 403.10
DILM115,
50 – 70 DILM150 250 160 ZB150-70 459.80
70 – 100 315 200 ZB150-100 459.80
95 – 125 315 250 ZB150-125 562.00
120 – 150 315 250 ZB150-150 675.50
GST not included

Overload relays ZB, ZE 6/3
Ir gG/gL gG/gL
A A A
Overload relays
Separate mounting
25 – 35 DILM80, 125 100 ZB150-35/KK 471.20
35 – 50 DILM95, 160 125 ZB150-50/KK 471.20
DILM115,
50 – 70 DILM150 250 160 ZB150-70/KK 539.30
70 – 100 315 200 ZB150-100/KK 539.30
95 – 125 315 250 ZB150-125/KK 641.50
120 – 150 315 250 ZB150-150/KK 743.60
Accessories
Bases
For separate mounting ZB32 ZB32-XEZ 25.60
ZB65 ZB65-XEZ 39.80
Pushbuttons
For enclosed overload relays
Mounting diameter: 22.3 mm
External reset button IP65, blue ZW7... M22-DZ-B-GB14 23.60
ZB12
ZB32
ZB65
ZB150
ZE overload relay
For direct mounting
0.1 – 0.16 DILE(E)M 20 0.5 ZE-0,16 101.60
0.16 – 0.24 20 1 ZE-0,24 101.60
0.24 – 0.4 20 2 ZE-0,4 101.60
0.4 – 0.6 20 2 ZE-0,6 101.60
0.6 – 1 20 4 ZE-1,0 101.60
1 – 1.6 20 6 ZE-1,6 101.60
1.6 – 2.4 20 6 ZE-2,4 101.60
2.4 – 4 20 10 ZE-4 101.60
4–6 20 10 ZE-6 101.60
6–9 20 10 ZE-9 101.60
GST not included

6/4 Overload relays Z5
Current transformer-operated overload relays ZW7
Ir gG/gL gG/gL
A A A
Overload relays
Z5 Overload relays
For direct or separate mounting
50 – 70 DILM185 250 160 Z5-70/FF250 567.90
70 – 100 DILM225 315 200 Z5-100/FF250 567.90
DILM250
95 – 125 315 250 Z5-125/FF250 567.90
120 – 160 400 250 Z5-160/FF250 539.60
160 – 220 400 315 Z5-220/FF250 676.10
200 – 250 400 315 Z5-250/FF250 676.10
Setting range Part no. Price ($)

overload releases Product
Ir group 0
A
ZW7 current transformer-operated overload relay

Separate mounting
85 – 125 ZW7-125 1,213.10
110 – 160 ZW7-160 1,213.10
160 – 240 ZW7-240 1,338.50
190 – 290 ZW7-290 1,338.50
270 – 400 ZW7-400 1,338.50
360 – 540 ZW7-540 1,602.20
420 – 630 ZW7-630 1,602.20
GST not included

Electronic motor-protective relay ZEV 6/5
Length Diameter Setting range Part no. Price ($)

overload releases Product
o Ir group 2
mm mm A
Overload relays
ZEV electronic motor-protective relay
• Protection against unbalance
• Overload protection
• Tripping class between 5 and 40
• Earth leakage protection
• Integrated thermistor connection allows the relay to be
expanded to provide a full motor protection system
• LCD display with fault indication
• 2 standard contacts 1 N/O, 1 N/C, 2 free programmable
contacts for fault indication
• Phase failure protection
PTB 01 ATEX 3233

– – 1 – 820 ZEV 442.40
Current sensors
6 1 – 25 ZEV-XSW-25 284.40
13 3 – 65 ZEV-XSW-65 284.40
21 10 – 145 ZEV-XSW-145 701.40
– 110 40 – 820 ZEV-XSW-820 859.30
Connecting cables
200 – – ZEV-XVK-20 22.90
400 – – ZEV-XVK-40 25.40
800 – – ZEV-XVK-80 29.20
SSW core-balance transformers
For earth-leakage monitoring 40 – SSW40-0,3 501.70
– SSW40-0,5 501.70
– SSW40-1 501.70
65 – SSW65-0,5 659.80
65 – SSW65-1 659.80
120 – SSW120-0,5 1,744.20
120 – SSW120-1 1,744.20
GST not included

6/6 Thermal overload relay EMT6 for machine protection
Description Rated control voltage Part no. Price ($)

Us Product
group 0
V
Thermistor overload relays for machine protection

3 A rated operational current for
AC-15, 240 V
Overload relays
AC-14, 415 V
Without automatic reset 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz, EMT6 246.10
Mains and fault LED display 24 – 240 V DC
Without automatic reset 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz, EMT6-K 257.30
Mains and fault LED display 24 – 240 V DC
Trip with short-circuit in the sensor cable
Without automatic reset 230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6(230V) 412.40
Mains and fault LED display
Selector switch with/without automatic reset 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz, EMT6-DB 412.40
For manual or remote resetting 24 – 240 V DC
Test button
Selector switch with/without automatic reset 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz, EMT6-KDB 423.50
For manual or remote resetting 24 – 240 V DC
Test button
Selector switch with/without automatic reset 230 V 50/60 Hz EMT6-DB(230V) 412.40
For manual or remote resetting
Test button
Multifunction device 24 – 240 V 50/60 Hz, EMT6-DBK 569.90
Selector switch with/without automatic reset 24 – 240 V DC
Zero-voltage safe
For manual or remote resetting
Test button
Short-circuit recognition and zero-voltage safety can be
deactivated
Accessories
Screw adapter
For screw fixing – CS-TE 10.60
GST not included

Dimensions 6/7
Overload relays ZB
Overload relays
ZB12/ZB32
35.5
Overload relays
29.5
48
39.5
65
45 83
ZB65
20.3 51.5
79.2
95.5
60 102
ZB32-XEZ
ZB65-XEZ
c1 ZB32 ZB65
a 45 60
b 85 86
b1 42.5 42.5
b1
c 90.5 112
c1 58.3 80.5
b
c2 3.8 4.7
5 c2
16.5 c
a
6/8 Dimensions
Overload relays ZB
ZB150
99
80 73
Overload relays
138
74
95 63
100 129
118 134
ZB150KK
100
74
121
95
63
99 129
118 134
M22-DZ-... external reset button

OFF button M22-DZ-...
100
19
3.2
2.5
o 29.5
24.1
22.3
2–5
Content 7/1
Cam switches
Page
System overview
T cam switches 7/2
Switch-disconnectors 7/3
Cam switches 7/4
Cam switches, accessories 7/12

7/2 System overview
T cam switches
Isolators: T0, T3, T5B, T5
Service distribution
board mounting
Rear mounting
Cam switches
Door mounting
Coupling drive
Surface mounting
Thumb-grip with front plate
Safety switch
Thumb-grip, for use as

Emergency-Stop device
Main switch (assembly kit)
Main switch (assembly kit),

for use as Emergency-Stop device
Control switches: T0, T3, T5B, T5

Service distribution
board mounting
Rear mounting
Door mounting
Coupling drive
Surface mounting
Thumb-grip with
front plate
The reliable and robust T&P isolators are quick and easy to install and,
together with simple selection, offer savings in both time and cost. Current
ratings are from 20 A to 100 A with power ratings from 4 kW to 37 kW.
They are suitable for main, maintenance and Emergency-Stop switches,
being available in their own enclosures or for mounting in control cabinets,
either on the door or rear of the panel with cover interlock.
The T0 range of control switches is suitable for many different switching
Cam switches
and control functions, such as ON/OFF, Hand/Auto and changeover.
Manufactured in the UK, this highly flexible system satisfies a wide range
of applications, and can be customised to suit specific needs.

Isolators
• All switches to IEC/EN 60204 & IEC/EN 60947.
• Padlockable in the OFF position (using up to three padlocks) for safe,
secure maintenance.
• Available in insulated enclosures to meet all applications.
• With a high protection standard of IP65, they can be used in most
environments including the food industry.
Control switches
• Sharing the same design criteria as the RMQ-Titan range, T0 switches
can be combined with this system to offer even greater functionality.
• A broad range of mounting and fitting options speeds assembly and
meets every operational requirement.
7/4 Cam switches Cam switches 7/5
Flush mounting Rear mounting Surface mounting Centre mounting For use as emergency-stop For use as emergency-stop For use as emergency-stop
devices1) devices1) devices1)
Number of AC-3 Rated Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65 Surface mounting Flush mounting Rear mounting
poles 415 V uninterrupted IP65 Front IP65 Front IP65
current
Iu
Cam switches
Cam switches
Part no. Mounting form Price ($) Mounting Price ($) Mounting form Price ($) Mounting Price ($) Mounting form Price ($) Mounting form Price ($) Mounting form Price ($)
kW A form form
Product Product Product Product Product Product Product
group 0 group 0 group 0 group 0 group 0 group 0 group 0
On-off switches, main switches

Mounting forms I and I./SVB 1 1.3 20 T0-1-8200/... E 44.70 Z 52.70 I1 73.20 EZ 46.80 I1/SVB 91.80 EA/SVB 81.90 V/SVB 87.80
3.6 32 T3-1-8200/... E 83.10 Z 91.20 I2 130.90 EZ 85.40 I2/SVB 143.80 EA/SVB 119.30 V/SVB 129.80
7.3 63 T5B-1-8200/... E 162.50 Z 198.70 I4 243.10 – – I4/SVB 279.40 EA/SVB 231.40 V/SVB 281.80
12.3 100 T5-1-8200/... E 237.30 Z 274.70 I5 469.90 – – I5/SVB 524.80 EA/SVB 312.10 V/SVB 350.60
2 2.2 20 T0-1-102/... E 47.10 Z 55.00 I1 75.60 EZ 49.10 I1/SVB 88.90 EA/SVB 79.50 V/SVB 90.10
5.5 32 T3-1-102/... E 86.50 Z 95.90 I2 210.10 EZ 90.10 I2/SVB 148.50 EA/SVB 129.80 V/SVB 129.80
11 63 T5B-1-102/... E 162.30 Z 203.40 I4 247.80 – – I4/SVB 281.80 EA/SVB 247.80 V/SVB 291.10
18.5 100 T5-1-102/... E 235.00 Z 279.40 I5 469.90 – – I5/SVB 524.80 EA/SVB 310.90 V/SVB 357.70
All other mounting forms 2 2.2 20 T0-1-15108/... E 54.60 Z 62.00 I1 81.90 EZ 56.10 – – – – – –
5.5 32 T3-1-15108/... E 94.20 Z 100.60 I2 140.30 EZ 106.50 – – – – – –
22 63 T5B-1-15108/... E 182.40 Z 224.40 I4 273.50 – – – – – – – –
18.5 100 T5-1-15108/... E 239.70 Z 280.50 I5 478.10 – – – – – – – –
3 4 20 T0-2-1/... E 50.90 Z 57.40 I1 79.40 EZ 51.50 I1/SVB 95.40 EA/SVB 89.30 V/SVB 93.00
7.5 25 P1-25/... E 68.30 Z 74.40 I2 112.80 EZ 72.00 I2/SVB 125.30 EA/SVB 101.70 V/SVB 112.80
13 32 P1-32/... E 101.70 Z 122.70 I2 145.10 EZ 104.10 I2/SVB 155.00 EA/SVB 133.80 V/SVB 145.10
30 63 P3-63/... E 178.50 Z 212.00 I4 273.80 – – I4/SVB 291.20 EA/SVB 240.50 V/SVB 280.10
37 100 P3-100/... E 272.60 Z 301.10 I5 484.40 – – I5/SVB 510.50 EA/SVB 328.40 V/SVB 370.50
3+N 4 20 T0-2-15042/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 70.20 – – – – – –
11 32 T3-2-15042/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 130.90 – – – – – –
4 4 20 T0-2-8324/... E 72.50 Z 81.90 I1 101.80 EZ 73.70 – – – – – –
11 32 T3-2-8324/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 130.90 – – – – – –
Notes 1) To IEC/EN 60204-1, VDE 0113, Part 1 with red rotary handle and yellow locking collar, lockable in the 0 position
GST not included GST not included

Flush mounting Rear mounting Surface mounting Centre mounting

Number of poles AC-3 Rated Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65
415 V uninterrupted
current
Iu
Part no. Mounting form Price ($) Mounting form Price ($) Mounting form Price ($) Mounting form Price ($)
Cam switches
Cam switches
kW A
Product Product Product Product
group 0 group 0 group 0 group 0
Changeover switches with centre off position

Mounting forms I and I./SVB 1 1.3 20 T0-1-8210/... E 53.40 Z 57.40 I1 74.80 EZ 51.50
3.6 32 T3-1-8210/... E 90.10 Z 100.60 I2 140.30 EZ 100.60
7.3 63 T5B-1-8210/... E 175.30 Z 223.30 I4 295.00 – –
2 2.2 20 T0-2-8211/... E 62.00 Z 70.20 I1 85.40 EZ 69.50
5.5 32 T3-2-8211/... E 120.50 Z 129.80 I2 166.00 EZ 123.90
11 63 T5B-2-8211/... E 274.70 Z 291.20 I4 274.70 – –
All other mounting forms 3 4 20 T0-3-8212/... E 72.00 Z 84.20 I1 99.40 EZ 72.50

12 32 T3-3-8212/... E 160.20 Z 167.20 I2 212.70 EZ 160.20
22 63 T5B-3-8212/... E 311.00 Z 293.40 I4 436.10 – –
30 100 T5-3-8212/... E 470.10 Z 510.80 I5 724.60 – –
37 125 T6-3-8212/... E 1,073.70 – – – – – –
55 315 T8-3-8212/... E 1,776.40 – – – – – –
4 4 20 T0-4-8213/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 112.20
12 32 T3-4-8213/... E 198.70 Z 214.00 I2 252.50 EZ 214.00
22 63 T5B-4-8213/... E 382.90 Z 422.00 I4 519.10 – –
30 100 T5-4-8213/... E 583.30 Z 626.40 I5 839.10 – –
Reversing switches with center off position
2 2.2 20 T0-2-8400/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 104.80 EZ 73.70
5.5 32 T3-2-8400/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 132.20
11 63 T5B-2-8400/... E 252.50 Z 291.10 I4 350.60 – –
3 4 20 T0-3-8401/... E 77.00 Z 84.20 I1 111.60 EZ 84.20
11 32 T3-3-8401/... E 158.80 Z 167.60 I2 225.70 EZ 169.60
22 63 T5B-3-8401/... E 317.90 Z 357.70 I4 411.40 – –
30 100 T5-3-8401/... E 470.10 Z 540.20 I5 723.50 – –
Reversing switches for single phase motors 240 V
2 2.4 20 T0-3-8622/... E 90.10 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40
4.4 32 T3-3-8622/... E 160.20 Z 177.70 I2 225.70 EZ 169.60


Number of poles AC-3 Rated Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65
415 V uninterrupted
current
Iu
Cam switches
Cam switches
kW A
Star-delta switches
Mounting forms I and I./SVB 3 5.5 20 T0-4-8410/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 111.10
18.5 32 T3-4-8410/... E 198.70 Z 214.00 I2 252.50 EZ 202.30
37 63 T5B-4-8410/... E 382.20 Z 417.30 I4 488.50 – –
Reversing star-delta switches

3 5.5 20 T0-5-15876/... E 127.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50
18.5 32 T3-5-15876/... E 239.70 Z 247.80 I2 251.40 EZ 250.10
30 63 T5B-5-15876/... E 447.70 Z 489.80 – – – –
3 with interlock 5.5 20 T0-6-15877/... E 145.00 Z 155.50 – – EZ 146.20
provision 18.5 32 T3-6-15877/... E 279.40 Z 286.40 – – EZ 280.50
3 with interlock 22 63 T5B-7-15897/... E 576.20 Z 616.00 – – – –
provision
Multi-speed switches
Two-speed, non-reversing
All other mounting forms 3, for two separate 4 20 T0-3-8451/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40
windings 12 32 T3-3-8451/... E 169.60 Z 177.70 I2 225.70 EZ 169.60
22 63 T5B-3-8451/... E 317.90 Z 357.70 I4 411.40 – –
3, for one-tapped 4 20 T0-4-8440/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 111.10
winding 12 32 T3-4-8440/... E 198.70 Z 215.10 I2 252.50 EZ 201.10
22 63 T5B-4-8440/... E 382.20 Z 417.30 I4 488.50 – –
Reversing multi-speed switches

Two-speed, reversing
3 4 20 T0-5-8453/... E 127.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50
12 32 T3-5-8453/... E 239.70 Z 247.80 – – EZ 243.10
22 63 T5B-6-71/... E 510.80 Z 543.50 – – – –
3 4 20 T0-6-15866/... E 145.00 Z 155.50 – EZ 146.20
12 32 T3-6-15866/... E 279.40 Z 286.40 – – EZ 280.50


Number of poles Steps AC-3 Rated Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65
415 V uninterrupted
current
Iu
Cam switches
Cam switches
kW A
Starting switches
For single phase motor with auxiliary winding
Mounting forms I and I./SVB 2, non- – 4 20 T0-2-15121/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 73.70
reversing 5.5 32 T3-2-15121/... E 127.50 Z 137.90 I2 176.60 EZ 132.30
22 63 T5B-2-15121/... E 252.50 Z 292.20 I4 350.60 – –
2, reversing 4 20 T0-3-8426/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40
5.5 32 T3-3-8426/... E 169.60 Z 177.70 I2 225.70 EZ 195.30
22 63 T5B-3-8426/... E 317.90 Z 357.70 I4 411.40 – –
Step switches
All other mounting forms 1 2 – – T0-1-8240/... E 52.70 Z 62.00 I1 81.90 EZ 56.10
1 3 T0-2-8241/... E 69.10 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 73.70
1 4 T0-2-8242/... E 70.20 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 73.70
1 5 T0-3-8243/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40
1 6 T0-3-8244/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40
1 7 T0-4-8245/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 112.20
1 8 T0-4-8246/... E 107.60 Z 116.90 I1 140.30 EZ 112.20
1 9 T0-5-8247/... E 125.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50
3 2 T0-3-8280/... E 88.90 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 92.40
3 3 T0-5-8281/... E 130.30 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50
3 4 T0-6-8282/... E 145.00 Z 155.50 – – EZ 146.20
3 5 T0-8-8283/... E 178.90 Z 190.60 – – EZ 182.40

7/12 Cam switches, accessories Cam switches, accessories 7/13

Number of poles Front IP65 Front IP65 IP65 Front IP65
Cam switches
Cam switches
Instrument selector switches

Voltmeter
Mounting forms I and II./SVB 3 x phase against phase T0-2-15920/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80
with OFF position
3 x phase against phase T0-2-15922/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80
without OFF position
3 x phase against neutral T0-2-15921/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80
with OFF position
3 x phase against neutral T0-2-15923/... E 71.40 Z 81.90 I1 99.40 EZ 74.80
without OFF position
3 x phase against phase T0-3-8007/.. E 89.30 Z 93.50 I1 119.30 EZ 86.50
plus 3 x phase against neutral with OFF position
3 x phase against phase T0-3-15924/... E 88.00 Z 99.40 I1 122.80 EZ 93.50
plus 3 x phase against neutral without OFF position
Ammeter
All other mounting forms 3-pole, measurement via current transformers T0-3-8048/... E 89.30 Z 93.50 I1 119.30 EZ 86.50
3-pole, direct measurement T0-5-15925/... E 127.50 Z 136.80 – – EZ 127.50
3 main circuits, 12 A
3-pole, direct measurement T3-5-15925/... E 239.70 Z 247.80 – – EZ 243.10
3-pole, direct measurement T5B-6-183/... E 510.80 Z 543.50 – – – –
Description For use with Part no. Price ($) Description For use with Part no. Price ($)
Product Product
group 0 group 0
Accessories Accessories
Key operation Neutral poles
Front protected to IP 53 T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../I..., .../Z S-T0 119.00 Early-make, late-break, side mounting P1-.../E, .../EA, .../EZ N-P1E 27,30
Can be fitted to left and/or right of 3-pole P1-.../Z, .../V, .../I2 N-P1Z 27,30
P switch-disconnectors
P3-.../E, .../EA N-P3E 45.90
P3-.../Z, .../V, .../I... N-P3Z 45.90
Auxiliary contacts
1 N/O, 1 N/C P1-.../E, .../EA, .../EZ HI11-P1/P3E 39.80
Padlockable handle Can be fitted to left and/or right of 3-pole P3-.../E, .../EA
Red handle, yellow locking collar T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../I..., .../Z SVB-T0 23.60 P switch-disconnectors P1-.../Z, .../V, .../I2 HI11-P1/P3Z 39.80
T5(B) and P3-.../E, .../I..., .../Z SVB-P3 38.40 P3-.../I, .../Z, .../V, .../I...

7/14 Cam switches
Accessories

Product
group 0
Thumb-grips
Black-handle T0, T3-.../E, .../EZ, .../IVS, ..../Z, .../I1 KNB-T0 10.50
T5(B)-.../E, .../Z KNB-P3 13.80
Cam switches
Serviceman’s key
Includes hollow drive shaft tube plus black P1, when door is open KNK-T0 14.30
KNB handle P3, when door is open KNK-P3 25.90
Coupling drive
T0 and T3 DE-T0 13.70
T5B and P3 DE-P3 44.70
Drive shaft
37 mm overall length P1-.../EA AE-T0 3.80
37 mm overall length P3-.../EA AE-P3 3.80
Interlocks with N and PE terminals
T0, T3 and P1-.../E, .../EZ UV-T0 12.50
T5(B) and P3-.../E UV-P3 20.00
Interlock extensions
Push-fit, up to 4 units, 25 mm UV-T0 ZVV-T0 4.70
UV-P3 ZVV-P3 8.10
Shaft extensions
Plug-in, 25 mm T0, T3 and P1-.../Z ZAV-T0 2.70
T5(B) and P3-.../Z ZAV-P3 4.70
Sleeves
For flush mounting switches, up to four T0-..., T3-... and P1-.../E H3-T0 16.20
contact units
Insulated enclosures
T0, up to 2 contact units CI-K1-T0-2 33.60
T3, P1 up to 2 contact units CI-K2-T3-2 53.40
T5B, P3 up to 2 contact units CI-K4-T5B-2 80.60
T5B, up to 4 contact units CI-K4-T5B-4 90.50
T5, P3 up to 2 contact units CI-K5-T5-2 189.60
GST not included

Content 8/1
PKZ2 PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4
Motor-protective circuit-breakers
Page Page
System overview 8/15 System overview 8/2
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2 8/15 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4 8/2
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2 8/17 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01 8/4

Motor protection modules 8/17 Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures 8/4
Auxiliary contacts, short-circuit indicators, current limiter 8/18
Shunt releases, undervoltage releases 8/19 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4 8/5
Remote release, contact modules 8/20 Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures 8/5
Accessories 8/21
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4 8/7
Insulated enclosures, accessories 8/22
Auxiliary contacts, undervoltage releases 8/7
Busbar adapters 8/10
Accessories 8/8
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2 8/10

Busbar adapters 8/10
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4 8/12

Wiring sets 8/12
Accessories 8/13
8/2 System overview
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4
Motor protection, transformer protection, conductor and cable protection
PKZM01
Voltage
releases
PKZM0
Standard auxiliary
contact
Door coupling
rotary handle
Standard
auxiliary
contact
PKZM4
PKZM0
Current limiter
System overview 8/3
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ:
now better than ever
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ from Moeller have long set the

benchmark for quality. And now, for inclusion in the xStart concept, these
products have been updated once again, and enhanced in terms of their
technical specification.
The PKZM0 now switches motors up to 32 A. At the same time, its short-
circuit switching capacity is significantly increased: the short-circuit rating
(400 V) is now 150 kA up to 12 A and 50 kA up to 32 A. The PKZM4 also
has a switching capacity of 50 kA. This simplifies the engineering of safety
and reliability, with current limiters becoming virtually obsolete. PKZM01
is a completely new product with push-button operation for switching
motors up to 16 A (50 kA/400 V).
8/4 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01
Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures
AC-3 Setting range Part no. Price ($)

415 V Overload releases Short-circuit releases Product
group 0
P Ir Irm
kW A A
Motor-protective circuit-breakers, Type “1” and Type “2” coordination

Screw terminals
– 0.1 – 0.16 2.2 PKZM01-0,16 186.60
0.06 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM01-0,25 186.60
0.09 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM01-0,4 186.60
0.12 0.4 – 0.63 8.8 PKZM01-0,63 186.60
0.25 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM01-1 186.60
0.55 1 – 1.6 22 PKZM01-1,6 186.60
0.75 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM01-2,5 186.60
1.5 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM01-4 186.60
2.2 4 – 6.3 88 PKZM01-6,3 186.60
4 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM01-10 215.10
5.5 8 – 12 168 PKZM01-12 215.10
7.5 10 – 16 224 PKZM01-16 215.10
Protection For use with Part no. Price ($)

type Product
group 0
Insulated enclosures for surface mounting

For PKZM01 motor-protective circuit-breakers
IP40, NEMA PKZM01 CI-PKZ01 38.10
Type 1 +NHI-E
IP65, or CI-PKZ01-G 43.50
With actuation membrane NEMA 4X VHI-PKZ01
+U or A or NHI
+L
(2 off)
PKZM01 CI-PKZ01-SVB 70.10
Lockable in off position +NHI-E or
+U or A
(undervoltage or
shunt release)
+L (2 off)
Lockable in off position in combination with VHI-PKZ01 PKZM01 CI-PKZ01-SVB-V 70.10
With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, stay-put +NHI-E or CI-PKZ01-PVT 91.40
VHI-PKZ01
+U or A
With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, release (undervoltage or CI-PKZ01-PVS 158.20
with key shunt release)
+L (2 off)
Insulated enclosures for flush mounting
– Front IP40, PKZM01 E-PKZ01 32.80
NEMA +NHI-E
Type 1 or VHI-PKZ01
With actuation membrane Front IP65, +U or A or NHI E-PKZ01-G 43.50
NEMA 4X +L (2 off)
Lockable in off position PKZM01 E-PKZ01-SVB 53.40
+NHI-E
+U or A
(undervoltage or
shunt release)
+L (2 off)
Lockable in off position in combination with VHI-PKZ01 PKZM01 E-PKZ01-SVB-V 66.70
+NHI-E
With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, stay-put or VHI-PKZ01 E-PKZ01-PVT 91.40
+U or A
(undervoltage or
With Emergency-Stop pushbutton actuator, release shunt release) E-PKZ01-PVS 160.80
with key +L (2 off)
GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4 8/5
Motor-protective circuit-breakers, insulated enclosures
AC-3 Setting range Part no. Price ($)
415 V Overload releases Short-circuit releases Product
group 0
P Ir Irm
kW A A

Screw terminals
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Can be snap-fitted to IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, height 7.5 or 15 mm
PTB 02 ATEX 3151, see manual
– 0.1 – 0.16 2.2 PKZM0-0,16 166.60
0.06 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM0-0,25 166.60
0.09 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM0-0,4 166.60
0.12 0.4 – 0.63 8.8 PKZM0-0,63 192.60
0.25 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM0-1 192.60
0.55 1 – 1.6 22 PKZM0-1,6 192.60
0.75 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM0-2,5 192.60
1.5 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 192.60
2.2 4 – 6.3 88 PKZM0-6,3 192.60
4 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 221.20
5.5 8 – 12 168 PKZM0-12 221.20
7.5 10 – 16 224 PKZM0-16 221.20
9 16 – 20 280 PKZM0-20 247.30
12.5 20 – 25 350 PKZM0-25 273.30
15 25 – 32 448 PKZM0-32 263.90
Screw terminals
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1
Can be snap fitted to an IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail, height 7.5 or 15 mm
PTB 02 ATEX 3153, see manual
7.5 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 390.30
12.5 20 – 25 350 PKZM4-25 400.70
15 25 – 32 448 PKZM4-32 478.80
20 32 – 40 560 PKZM4-40 555.60
25 40 – 50 700 PKZM4-50 629.70
30 50 – 58 812 PKZM4-58 646.60
34 55 – 65 882 PKZM4-63 668.60

type Product
group 0

Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of IP41 PKZM0-... CI-K2-PKZ0 32.00
breaker. IP40, when mounted turned through 90° to left/right when +NHI or AGM
mounted +U or A
vertically +NHI-E
With black/grey rotary handle IP65 +L-PKZ0 (2 off) CI-K2-PKZ0-G 41.80
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as Emergency-Stop IP65 CI-K2-PKZ0-GR 56.00
switches to IEC/EN 60204
Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of IP40 PKZM0-... CI-PKZ0-M 32.00
breaker +NHI or U or A
+L-PKZ0 (2 off)
With black/grey rotary handle IP55 PKZM0-... CI-PKZ0-GM 45.70
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as Emergency-Stop IP55 +NHI-E CI-PKZ0-GRM 45.70
switches to IEC/EN 60204 +NHI or U or A
+L-PKZ0 (2 off)
GST not included

8/6 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4
Insulated enclosures

type Product
group 0

For PKZM0 motor-protective circuit-breakers with early-make VHI auxiliary contacts
With black/grey rotary handle IP65 PKZM0-... VHI CI-K2-PKZ0-GV 41.90
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as Emergency-Stop IP65 +NHI or AGM CI-K2-PKZ0-GRV 54.10
switches to IEC/EN 60204 +U or A
+L-PKZ0 (2 off)
With black/grey rotary handle IP55 PKZM0-... and VHI CI-PKZ0-GVM 40.60
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as Emergency-Stop IP55 +U or A CI-PKZ0-GRVM 51.70
switches to IEC/EN 60204 +L-PKZ0 (2 off)

With black/grey rotary handle IP65 PKZM4-... CI-K4-PKZ4-G 131.70
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as Emergency-Stop IP65 +VHI or NHI-E CI-K4-PKZ4-GR 143.60
switches to IEC/EN 60204 +NHI or AGM
+U or A
+L-PKZ0 (2 off)
Padlocking feature CI-K2-PKZ0-G(R)(V) SVB-PKZ0-CI 26.10

For up to 3 padlocks with 3 – 6 mm hasp thickness, for use as CI-PKZ0-G(R)(V)M
main switch to IEC/EN 60204 CI-K4-PKZ4-G(R) SVB-PKZ4-CI 26.10
Neutral terminals
For connection of a 5th conductor
Flexible, 1 – 4 mmB – CI-K2-PKZ0-... K-CI-K1/2 4.10
63 A, flexible, – CI-K4-PKZ4-G(R) K25/1 11.20
6 – 16 mm2
GST not included

Auxiliary contacts, undervoltage releases
Screw terminals
Contacts For use with Part no. Price ($)
N/O = Normally open Product
N/C = Normally closed group 0
Standard auxiliary contacts

For motor-protective circuit-breakers and (high-capacity) compact starters
1 N/O 1 N/C PKZM01 NHI11-PKZ0 30.00
1 N/O 2 N/C PKZM0 NHI12-PKZ0 46.90
PKZM4
2 N/O 1 N/C PKZM0-T NHI21-PKZ0 46.90
PKM0
1 N/O 1 N/C NHI-E-11-PKZ0 27.40

1 N/O – NHI-E-10-PKZ0 27.40
Trip-indicating auxiliary contacts
For motor-protective circuit-breakers
2 x 1 N/O PKZM0 AGM2-10-PKZ0 48.20
PKZM4
PKZM0-T
PKM0
PKZM01
2 x 1 N/C PKZM0 AGM2-01-PKZ0 48.20
PKZM4
PKZM0-T
PKM0
PKZM01
Early-make auxiliary contact
For motor-protective circuit-breakers
2 N/O PKZM0 VHI20-PKZ0 33.60
PKZM0-T
PKM0
PKZM01 VHI20-PKZ01 33.60
Shunt releases
– PKZM0 A-PKZ0(240V50HZ) 83.30
PKZM4 A-PKZ0(24VDC) 99.00
PKZM0-T
PKM0
PKZM01
Undervoltage releases
– PKZM0 U-PKZ0(240V50HZ) 83.30
PKZM4
PKZM0-T
PKM0
PKZM01
Current limiter
To enhance the switching capacity of non-inherently safe motor-protective circuit-breakers
PKZM0-16, -20, -25, -32 to 150 kA/440 V
PKZM0 CL-PKZ0 121.00
PKZM4
PKZM01
GST not included

8/8 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4
Accessories
Colour Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Door coupling handle IP65

Can be used with PKZM0 and PKZM4
For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204 black PKZ0-XH 128.80
For use on main switches with Emergency- red/yellow PKZ0-XRH 145.70
Stop function to IEC/EN 60204
For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204 in black PKZ0-XH-MCC 134.80
MCC boards where the PKZM0 is mounted at
90° from vertical.
For use on main switches with Emergency- red/yellow PKZ0-XRH-MCC 145.70
Stop function to IEC/EN 60204 in MCC
distribution boards with fitted PKZM0 turned
through 90°.
Terminal shroud
For use with PKZM4 only
For enhancement of the – HB-PKZ4 15.40
degree of protection of the PKZM4 to IP2x
GST not included

Accessories
Part no. Price ($)
Product
group 0
Telescopic adapters
With 45 mm top-hat rail to IEC/EN 60715, for compensating of the mounting depth of rear mounted devices in CI-K..
enclosures and cabinets.
Telescopic adapter M22-TA 41.00
Lockable rotary handle

For connection of the motor-protective circuit-breaker PKZM0 and PKZM4 as a AK-PKZ0 4.60
main switch to EN 60204.
Can be padlocked in the “0” position with a padlock.
Hasp thickness: 3 – 6.35 mm
Sealing facility
To prevent tampering with the overload release and the test function, it can be PL-PKZ0 4.70
sealed using industry standard sealing wire.
For use with motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0 and PKZM4
Colour Voltage Part no. Price ($)

V Product
group 0
Indicator lights with neon bulb

CI-K2-PKZ0-... white 110 – 230 L-PKZ0(230V) 35.20
CI-K4-PKZ4 230 – 400 L-PKZ0(400V) 35.20
E-PKZ0-...
CI-PKZ01 415 – 500 L-PKZ0(500V) 35.20
E-PKZ01
CI-K2-PKZ0-... green 110 – 230 L-PKZ0-GN(230V) 35.20
CI-K4-PKZ4 230 – 400 L-PKZ0-GN(400V) 35.20
E-PKZ0-...
CI-PKZ01 415 – 500 L-PKZ0-GN(500V) 35.20
E-PKZ01
CI-K2-PKZ0-... red 110 – 230 L-PKZ0-RT(230V) 35.20
CI-K4-PKZ4 230 – 400 L-PKZ0-RT(400V) 35.20
E-PKZ0-...
CI-PKZ01 415 – 500 L-PKZ0-RT(500V) 35.20
E-PKZ01
GST not included

8/10 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2
Busbar adapters
Rated operational Adapter width Adapter length For use with Part no. Price ($)
current Product
Ie group 1
A mm mm
Busbar adapter, 3 pole

Rated operational voltage Ue = 690 V
For mounting on CU flat busbars with 60 mm interval between busbar centres,
suitable for 5 mm and 10 mm busbar thickness.
For direct-on-line starters
25 45 200 PKZM0 + DILM7 BBA0-25 48.10
PKZM0 + DILM9
PKZM0 + DILM12
PKZM0 + DILM15
MSC-D-0,25-M7... to
MSC-D-16-M15...
32 45 200 PKZM0 + DILM17 BBA0-32 82.30

PKZM0 + DILM25
PKZM0 + DILM32
MSC-D-16-M17... to
MSC-D-32-M32...
63 55 260 PKZM4 + DILM17 BBA4L-63 101.80

PKZM4 + DILM25
PKZM4 + DILM32
PKZM4 + DILM40
PKZM4 + DILM50
PKZM4 + DILM65
63 72 260 PKZ2 + DILM7 BBA2L-63 122.80
PKZ2 + DILM9
PKZ2 + DILM12
PKZ2 + DILM15
PKZ2 + DILM17
PKZ2 + DILM25
PKZ2 + DILM32
PKZ2 + DILM40
For reversing starters
25 90 200 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM7-01 BBA0R-25 122.80
PKZM0 + 2 x DILM9-01
MSC-R-0,25-M7... to MSC-R-12-M12...
32 90 200 PKZM0 + 2 x DILM17-01 BBA0R-32 136.30

MSC-R-16-M17... to MSC-R-32-M32...
GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2 8/11
Busbar adapters
Rated operational Adapter width Adapter length For use with Part no. Price ($)
current Product
Ie group 1
A mm mm
Busbar adapter, 3 pole

Rated operational voltage Ue = 690 V
For mounting on CU flat busbars with 60 mm interval between busbar centres,
suitable for 5 mm and 10 mm busbar thickness.
For starters with springloaded terminals
16 45 200 PKZM0-C + DILMC7 BBA0C-16 71.50
PKZM0-C + DILMC9
PKZM0-C + DILMC12
16 90 200 PKZM0-C + 2 x DILMC7-01 BBA0RC-16 122.80

PKZM0-C + 2 x DILMC9-01
PKZM0-C + 2 x DILMC12-01
63 54 200 PKZM4 BBA4-63 88.30
63 72 200 PKZ2 BBA2-63 105.20
Universal adapter
For universal use
25 45 200 – BBA0-25/2TS 65.00
Empty module
Without electrical contacts
– 45 200 – BBA0/2TS-L 48.80
– 54 200 – BBA4/2TS-L 67.30
Side mounted module

Can be plugged into both sides
– 9 200 – BBA-XSM 20.90
GST not included

8/12 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0, PKZM4
Wiring sets

Product
group 0
Wiring set
DOL starters
PKZM0 + DILM7 PKZM0-XDM12 18.20
PKZM0 + DILM9
PKZM0 + DILM12
PKZM0 + DILM15

PKZM0 + DILM25
PKZM0 + DILM32
PKZM4 + DILM50
PKZM4 + DILM65
Reversing starters
PKZM0 + DILM7-01 PKZM0-XRM12 61.50
PKZM0 + DILM9-01
PKZM0 + DILM12-01
PKZM0 + DILM17 PKZM0-XRM32 69.60

PKZM0 + DILM25
PKZM0 + DILM32
Star-delta starter
PKZM0 + DILM7 PKZM0-XSM12 115.00
PKZM0 + DILM9
PKZM0 + DILM12
PKZM0 + DILM15
PKZM0 + DILM17 PKZM0-XSM32 98.40

PKZM0 + DILM25
PKZM0 + DILM32
Electric contact module

PKZM0 + DILM17 PKZM0-XM32DE 9.70
PKZM0 + DILM25
PKZM0 + DILM32
PKZM4 + DILM40 PKZM4-XM65DE 37.80

PKZM4 + DILM50
PKZM4 + DILM65
GST not included

Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM0 8/13
Accessories
Circuit-breaker/compact starter Part no. Price ($)
Number Product
group 0
Three phase commoning link, power feed to terminals 1, 3, 5

Protection against direct contact (touch-proof),
Ue = 690 V, Iu = 63 A
can be lengthened by rotated mounting
For PKZM0-... without side mounted auxiliary contacts or voltage releases
2 B3.0/2-PKZ0 30.00
3 B3.0/3-PKZ0 35.20
4 B3.0/4-PKZ0 40.50
5 B3.0/5-PKZ0 45.70
For motor-protective circuit-breaker each with an auxiliary contact or

trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on the right
2 B3.1/2-PKZ0 30.00
3 B3.1/3-PKZ0 35.20
4 B3.1/4-PKZ0 40.50
5 B3.1/5-PKZ0 44.30
For PKZM0-... with one auxiliary contact each and a trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on right or a voltage release
fitted on left
2 B3.2/2-PKZ0 32.70
4 B3.2/4-PKZ0 43.00
Shroud for unused terminals

Protection against direct contact.
For closing off non-used connections on the three phase commoning link
B3...-PKZ0
– H-B3-PKZ0 4.60
Incoming terminal
– BK25/3-PKZ0 28.80
GST not included

8/14 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZM4
Accessories
Circuit-breaker/compact starter Part no. Price ($)

Number Product
group 0
Three-phase commoning link

Protection against direct contact (touch-proof), Ue = 690 V, Iu = 128 A
For motor-protective circuit-breakers/(high-capacity) compact starters without side-fitted
auxiliary contact or voltage releases
2 B3.0/2-PKZ4 55.70
3 B3.0/3-PKZ4 73.00
4 B3.0/4-PKZ4 90.10
For motor-protective circuit-breakers/starters each with an auxiliary contact or

trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on the right, and with a DIL1(A)M contactor
2 B3.1/2-PKZ4 53.40
3 B3.1/3-PKZ4 65.70
4 B3.1/4-PKZ4 78.20
For PKZM4 with one auxiliary contact each or

trip-indicating auxiliary contact fitted on right or a voltage release fitted on left
2 B3.2/2-PKZ4 63.80
4 B3.2/4-PKZ4 97.40

To cover unused terminals on three-phase commoning link
– H-B3-PKZ4 10.50
GST not included

System overview 8/15
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2
Motor protection, system protection, line and cable protection
Insulated enclosure
Clip plate
PKZ2
Auxiliary
contacts
Voltage release
Door coupling
rotary handle
IP65
Remote operator
Current limiter
High-capacity
contact module
Contact module
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2
Motor and system protection: All the options in one range

Various plug-in trip blocks allow the PKZ2 to be converted in a single
action. 3-pole and 4-pole trip blocks are available for motor and system
protection. Differential signalling clearly indicates the switching state of
the circuit-breaker. Auxiliary contact modules, voltage releases or
trip-indicating auxiliary contacts can be fitted quickly and easily.
Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2 8/17
Motor protection modules
Max. motor rating Setting range Part no. Price ($)
AC-3 Overload release Short-circuit release Product
group 0
415 V
P Ir Irm
kW A A
Basic unit, 3-pole

– – – PKZ2 320.00
Motor protective trip blocks, 3-pole

With overload release
0.12 0.4 – 0.6 5–8 ZM-0,6-PKZ2 141.80
0.25 0.6 – 1 8 – 14 ZM-1-PKZ2 141.80
0.55 1 – 1.6 14 – 22 ZM-1,6-PKZ2 141.80
0.75 1.6 – 2.4 20 – 35 ZM-2,4-PKZ2 141.80
1.5 2.4 – 4 35 – 55 ZM-4-PKZ2 141.80
2.2 4–6 50 – 80 ZM-6-PKZ2 141.80
4 6 – 10 80 – 140 ZM-10-PKZ2 141.80
7.5 10 – 16 130 – 220 ZM-16-PKZ2 141.80
12.5 16 – 25 200 – 350 ZM-25-PKZ2 188.70
15 24 – 32 275 – 425 ZM-32-PKZ2 248.60
20 32 – 40 350 – 500 ZM-40-PKZ2 369.50
With overload/relay function, with manual/automatic position
0.12 0.4 – 0.6 5–8 ZMR-0,6-PKZ2 212.10
0.25 0.6 – 1 8 – 14 ZMR-1-PKZ2 212.10
0.55 1 – 1.6 14 – 22 ZMR-1,6-PKZ2 212.10
0.75 1.6 – 2.4 20 – 35 ZMR-2,4-PKZ2 212.10
1.5 2.4 – 4 35 – 55 ZMR-4-PKZ2 212.10
2.2 4–6 50 – 80 ZMR-6-PKZ2 212.10
4 6 – 10 80 – 140 ZMR-10-PKZ2 212.10
7.5 10 – 16 130 – 220 ZMR-16-PKZ2 212.10
12.5 16 – 25 200 – 350 ZMR-25-PKZ2 270.60
15 24 – 32 275 – 425 ZMR-32-PKZ2 361.70
20 32 – 40 350 – 500 ZMR-40-PKZ2 460.50
Trip block for distribution circuit protection, 3-pole
With overload release
6 – 10 50 – 80 ZM-10-8-PKZ2 141.80
10 – 16 80 – 140 ZM-16-8-PKZ2 141.80
16 – 25 130 – 210 ZM-25-8-PKZ2 190.00
24 – 32 160 – 280 ZM-32-8-PKZ2 248.60
32 – 40 200 – 350 ZM-40-8-PKZ2 369.50
GST not included

8/18 Motor-protective circuit-breakers PKZ2
Auxiliary contacts, short-circuit indicators, current limiter
Contacts Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 0
Standard auxiliary contacts

For motor-protective circuit-breakers, circuit-breakers and
(high-capacity) compact starters
1 N/O, 1 N/C NHI11-PKZ2 53.50
2 N/O, 2 N/C NHI22-PKZ2 84.60
For (high-capacity) compact starters

1 N/O, 1 N/C NHI11S-PKZ2 73.00
2 N/O, 2 N/C NHI22S-PKZ2 106.80
2 x (1 N/O, 1 N/C) NHI2-11S-PKZ2 110.70
Trip-indicating auxiliary contact with short-circuit indicator

2 x (1 N/O, 1 N/C) AGM2-11-PKZ2 89.90
Short-circuit indicators
– K-AGM-PKZ2 32.70
Current limiter
To increase the switching capacity of non-inherently short-circuit proof motor-protective circuit-breakers to 100 kA/500 V
– CL-PKZ2 277.20
GST not included

Shunt releases, undervoltage releases
Part no. Price ($)
Product
group 0
Shunt release
For AC and DC voltage
A-PKZ2-(...)1) 145.70
Undervoltage release, non-delayed

Without auxiliary contact
For AC U-PKZ2(...)2) 145.70
For DC U-PKZ2(...)2) 145.70
With auxiliary contact
For AC
U-HI20-PKZ2(...)2) 160.10
Notes 1) Insert
A, B, or C:
A = 24 – 60 V AC/DC
B = 110 – 250 V AC/DC
C = 380 – 415 V AC
2) Specify
voltage and frequency when ordering.
Non-standard voltages: V AC: up to 500 V at 50 Hz
V DC, shunt release: up to 250 V
V DC, undervoltage release: up to 125 V
GST not included

Remote release, contact modules
Max. motor rating Auxiliary contacts Part no. Price ($)

AC-3 Product
group 0
415 V
P
kW
RE-PKZ2 remote operator, for AC and DC voltage

Actuation via auxiliary contact
– – RE-PKZ2(...)1) 389.00
Actuation from PLC semiconductor outputs

– – RS-PKZ2(...)1) 389.00
Contact modules
20 1 N/O, 1 N/C SE1A/11-PKZ2(...)2) 352.70
20 2 N/O SE1A/20-PKZ2(...)2) 352.70
20 1 N/O SE1A-G-10-PKZ2(24VDC) 467.10
High-capacity contact modules with current limiting contacts

20 1 N/O, 1 N/C S-PKZ2(...)2) 426.80
20 2 N/O S/HI20-S-PKZ2(...)2) 426.80
20 1 N/O S-G-PKZ2(24VDC) 546.40

Non-standard voltages: V AC: up to 500 V at 50 Hz
V DC, shunt release: up to 250 V
2) Specify voltage and frequency when ordering.
Non-standard voltages: Please enquire
GST not included

Accessories
Product
group 0
Suppressor, Varistor suppressors

24 – 48 V AC VGSPKZ48 23.50
110 – 250 V AC VGSPKZ250 23.50
380 – 415 V AC VGSPKZ415 23.50
Base for separate mounting

– EZ-PKZ2 80.70
Control circuit terminal

– ST-PKZ2 8.10
Auxiliary contact for (high-capacity) contact module, separate mounting

Can be fitted on side of base for separate mounting
1 N/O, 1 N/C HI11-S/EZ-PKZ2 52.80
Auxiliary contacts for (high-capacity) contact module

Auxiliary contact for exchange of integrated auxiliary contact in (high-capacity) contact module
Exchange not possible with SE1A-G-10-PKZ2 contact module or S-G-PKZ2 high-capacity contact module
1 N/O, 1 N/C HI11-S-PKZ2 46.90
2 N/O HI20-S-PKZ2 46.90
Single coil for (high-capacity) contact module

RC suppressor on request
– J-S-PKZ2(...)1) 54.70
Clip plates
For optional snap-fitting and M4 screw fixing of circuit-breaker with
(high-capacity) contact module or current limiter.
For use with AD busbar adapter C-PKZ2 15.70
For mechanically interlocking two separately mounted (high-capacity) contact modules or two (high-capacity) compact
starters.
4 end brackets are included
Can be combined with S-PKZ2 high-capacity contact module serial no. 01
– MV-PKZ2 68.40

Non-standard voltages: Please enquire
GST not included

Insulated enclosures, accessories

Product
group 0
Insulated enclosures for flush mounting

For motor-protective circuit-breaker, 3 or 4-pole circuit-breaker
IP41 degree of protection, grey front plate with PKZ2/ZM-... E-PKZ2 113.20
retaining frame, integral PE(N) terminal + NHI + AGM
PKZ2/ZM-...
+U or A (undervoltage or shunt release)
PKZ24/ZM-...
IP54 degree of protection PKZ2/ZM-... E54-PKZ2 121.00
(R)H-PKZ2 door coupling handle additionally + NHI + AGM
required PKZ2/ZM-...
+U or A (undervoltage or shunt release)
PKZ24/ZM-...
Neutral terminal
For connection of a 5th conductor
E-PKZ2E54-PKZ2 N-PKZ2 8.00
Door coupling handle

Degree of protection IP65
For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204, – PKZ2-XH 95.10
handle black
For use as a main switch with Emergency-Stop – PKZ2-XRH 109.30
function, to EN 60204, handle red/yellow
Plug-fit extension shaft for door coupling handle

Can be extended as required for mounting depths from 171 – 300 mm
– – PKZ2-XAH 26,10
Three-phase commoning link

– For wiring 3 PKZ2s, space is provided for B3.1/3-PKZ2 59.90
either 1 auxiliary contact or 1 voltage
release
Incoming terminal
For three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact
Ue = 690 V, Iu = 120 A
– – BK50/3-PKZ2 46.90

To cover unused terminals on three-phase commoning link
– – H-B3-PKZ2 9.20
Padlocking feature
For locking of the circuit-breaker in 0-position with open control panel door (intermediate fitting)
– – SVB-PKZ2 40.50
Coding pins
For coding (in dual coding system) the devices assigned from trip block to PKZ2(4) basic unit
– – CS-PKZ2 8.00
GST not included

Content 9/1
Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors
up to 1600 A
Page
System overview 9/2
Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors 9/2
Moulded case circuit-breakers 9/3
Circuit-breakers 9/4
Thermomagnetic releases, 3 pole 9/4
Electronic releases, 3 pole 9/6
For 1000 V, 3 pole 9/10
3 pole 9/12
Thermomagnetic releases, 4 pole 9/13
Electronic releases, 4 pole 9/14

Auxiliary contacts, with screw terminal 9/16
Undervoltage and shunt releases, with screw terminal 9/17
Door coupling rotary handles, rotary handles 9/18
Accessories, mechanical interlock 9/19
Paralleling mechanisms, terminals, covers 9/20
Remote operators 9/21
Accessories 9/22
Earth-fault release 9/23
High current chassis, NZM busplugs 9/24
Residual current relay, ring-type transformer 9/25
Dimensions 9/26
High current chassis 9/26
9/2 System overview
Tunnel terminals
Control circuit
Delay unit for Terminal terminal
undervoltage tripping cover
up to 1600 A
Plug-in and
withdrawable unit
Clip plate
IPX2 protection
against contact
with a finger
Early-make
auxiliary
contact/voltage
trip
Moulded case
circuit-breaker
Data management interface
EASY-LINK-DS Rear connection

data plug
Mounting
PROFIBUS-DP spacer
interface
Side operator Standard auxiliary contact/

handle trip-indicating auxiliary contact
Toggle lever
interlock
device
Remote
operator
Rotary handle
Door coupling
rotary handle
Extension shaft
External warning plate/ Main switch rotary
designation handle for side panel
Insulating mounting
surround
Door coupling
rotary handle
Moulded case circuit-breakers 9/3
Moeller's NZM1, 2, 3 & 4 moulded case circuit-breakers and PN & N main

switches have a uniquely uniform approach to mounting, operation and
switching, with accessories saving time and money.
Available in four frame sizes, with toggle or rotary handle options, the
NZM1 – 4 are suitable for a wide variety of applications. Contacts from the
RMQ-Titan range of control circuit devices simply clip in from the front of
the circuit-breakers to provide remote status indication.
up to 1600 A
The optional data management interface for the breakers with electronic
trips improves diagnostics and allows rapid fault analysis, so minimising
downtime.
• Common base plate on all rotary handles for simplified engineering
• Compact size saves panel space.
• Choice of toggle actuator or rotary handle offers adaptability.
• Identical operation, function, mounting and fitting for every frame size
with standard mounting spacers for user-friendly installation.
• Uniform range of auxiliary contacts and releases with simple screw or
spring-loaded connections speeds assembly and reduces inventory
costs.
• Innovative double-break contact system (on sizes 2 and 3) offers
enhanced breaking capacity.
9/4 Circuit-breakers Circuit-breakers 9/5
Thermomagnetic releases, 3 pole Thermomagnetic releases, 3 pole
Rated current Setting range Motor rating Rated Basic switching capacity Normal switching capacity High switching capacity
= rated uninterrupted Overload releases Short-circuit releases AC-3 at 400 V operational current 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA
current 50/60 Hz AC-3 at 400 V at 415 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz
50/60 Hz Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
In = Iu Ir Ii P Ie Product Product Product
group 1 group 1 group 1
A A A kW A
I
up to 1600 A
up to 1600 A
Protection of systems and cables
3 pole
Terminals standard,
terminal screws as accessories
NZMB1-A40 392.80 NZMN1-A40 514.10 NZMH1-A40 607.10
Terminals standard,
NZMH2-A40 817.70
NZMH2-A50 817.70
NZMH2-A63 817.70
NZMH2-A80 879.70
NZMH2-A100 879.70
NZMH2-A125 879.70
NZMB2-A160 879.70 NZMN2-A160 1,015.90 NZMH2-A160 1,251.30
NZMB2-A200 1,158.30 NZMN2-A200 1,214.10 NZMH2-A200 1,362.70
NZMB2-A250 1,226.50 NZMN2-A250 1,375.20 NZMH2-A250 1,424.70
Motor protection
3 pole
Terminals standard,
NZMB1-M40 470.80 NZMN1-M40 644.30
NZMB1-M50 470.80 NZMN1-M50 644.30
NZMB1-M63 470.80 NZMN1-M63 644.30
NZMB1-M80 489.40 NZMN1-M80 644.30
NZMB1-M100 489.40 NZMN1-M100 644.30
Terminal screws standard
terminals as accessories
NZMH2-M40 761.90
NZMH2-M50 761.90
NZMH2-M63 761.90
NZMH2-M80 1,022.10
NZMH2-M100 1,127.40
NZMB2-M125 854.80 NZMN2-M125 910.60 NZMH2-M125 1,164.60
NZMB2-M160 966.40 NZMN2-M160 978.70 NZMH2-M160 1,325.60
NZMB2-M200 1,300.80 NZMN2-M200 1,276.00 NZMH2-M200 1,412.30
Note concerning the product Notes for terminals a 9/20
GST not included

Electronic releases, 3 pole Electronic releases, 3 pole
Rated current = rated Setting range Normal switching capacity 50 kA High switching capacity 100 kA
uninterrupted current Overload releases Short-circuit releases at 415 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz
Non-delayed Delayed short-circuit Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
In = I u Ir Ii Isd Product Product
group 1 group 1
A A A A
I I
up to 1600 A
up to 1600 A
3-pole
NZMN3-AE250 1,660.10 NZMH3-AE250 2,019.30
NZMN3-AE400 1,660.10 NZMH3-AE400 2,019.30
NZMN3-AE630 2,403.40 NZMH3-AE630 2,613.90
NZMN4-AE630 2,861.70 NZMH4-AE630 3,159.00

NZMN4-AE800 3,159.00 NZMH4-AE800 3,493.40
NZMN4-AE1000 4,967.60 NZMH4-AE1000 6,132.00
NZMN4-AE1250 6,701.90 NZMH4-AE1250 6,999.20
NZMN4-AE1600 7,544.20 NZMH4-AE1600 7,990.20
Systems protection, cable protection, selectivity, generator protection

3-pole
NZMN2-VE100 1,214.10 NZMH2-VE100 1,288.50
NZMN2-VE160 1,214.10 NZMH2-VE160 1,288.50
NZMN2-VE250 1,486.60 NZMH2-VE250 1,499.00
NZMN3-VE250 2,465.20 NZMH3-VE250 2,651.10

NZMN3-VE400 2,465.20 NZMH3-VE400 2,651.10
NZMN3-VE630 3,419.10 NZMH3-VE630 3,988.90
NZMN4-VE630 3,604.90 NZMH4-VE630 3,902.20

NZMN4-VE800 3,704.00 NZMH4-VE800 4,013.70
NZMN4-VE1000 5,710.90 NZMH4-VE1000 6,478.80
NZMN4-VE1250 7,420.30 NZMH4-VE1250 7,606.20
NZMN4-VE1600 8,275.10 NZMH4-VE1600 8,795.30
Notes Notes for terminals a 9/20
GST not included

Rated current = rated Setting range Motor rating AC-3 Rated operational current Normal switching capacity 50 kA High switching capacity 100 kA
uninterrupted current Overload releases Short-circuit releases at 400 V 50/60 Hz AC-3 at 400 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz
In = Iu Ir Ii P Ie Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
A A A kW A Product Product
group 1 group 1
I
Motor protection
up to 1600 A
up to 1600 A
3-pole
Terminal screws standard,
NZMN2-ME90 1,003.50 NZMH2-ME90 1,046.80
NZMN2-ME140 1,114.90 NZMH2-ME140 1,139.80
NZMN2-ME220 1,461.90 NZMH2-ME220 1,548.60
NZMN3-ME220 2,397.10 NZMH3-ME220 2,613.90

NZMN3-ME350 2,397.10 NZMH3-ME350 2,613.90
NZMN3-ME450 3,488.50 NZMH3-ME450 2,725.30
NZMN4-ME550 3,561.50 NZMH4-ME550 4,558.80

NZMN4-ME875 5,215.30 NZMH4-ME875 5,723.20
NZMN4-ME1400 8,114.00 NZMH4-ME1400 12,514.20

1) At 690 V AC NZM...4-ME550: P = 560 kW; Ie = 550 A
NZM...4-ME875: P = 600 kW; Ie = 588 A
NZM...4-ME1400: P = 600 kW; Ie = 588 A
GST not included

9/10 Circuit-breakers
For 1000 V, 3 pole
Rated current = rated Setting range Part no. Price ($)

uninterrupted current Overload releases Short-circuit releases Product
group 1
In = Iu Ir Irm
A A A
I
up to 1600 A

3 pole
Basic switching capacity 3 kA ICS at 1000 V 40 32 – 40 320 – 400 NZMH2-A40-S1 1,113.00
50 40 – 50 300 – 500 NZMH2-A50-S1 1,113.00
63 50 – 63 380 – 630 NZMH2-A63-S1 1,113.00
80 63 – 80 480 – 800 NZMH2-A80-S1 1,179.80
100 80 – 100 600 – 1000 NZMH2-A100-S1 1,179.80
125 100 – 125 750 – 1250 NZMH2-A125-S1 1,291.10
160 125 – 160 960 – 1600 NZMH2-A160-S1 1,686.20
200 160 – 200 1200 – 2000 NZMH2-A200-S1 1,875.50
250 200 – 250 1500 – 2500 NZMH2-A250-S1 2,053.50
Basic switching capacity 10 kA ICS at 1000 V 250 125 – 250 500 – 2750 NZMN3-AE250-S1 2,632.30
400 200 – 400 800 – 4400 NZMN3-AE400-S1 2,632.30
630 315 – 630 1260 – 5040 NZMN3-AE630-S1 3,294.50
Basic switching capacity 15 kA ICS at 1000 V 630 315 – 630 1260 – 7560 NZMH4-AE630-S1 4,095.90
800 400 – 800 1600 – 9600 NZMH4-AE800-S1 5,509.40
1000 500 – 1000 2000 – 12000 NZMH4-AE1000-S1 6,956.30
1250 630 – 1250 2500 – 15000 NZMH4-AE1250-S1 8,069.30
1600 800 – 1600 3200 – 19200 NZMH4-AE1600-S1 9,983.70
Notes Accessories a Plug in and withdrawable units on request
GST not included

For 1000 V, 3 pole
Rated current = Setting range Part no. Price ($)

rated uninterrupted Overload Short-circuit Delayed Product
current releases releases short-circuit releases group 1
In = Iu Ir Iirm Isd
A A A
I
A
I
Systems and cable protection, selectivity and generator protection

3 pole
up to 1600 A
Basic switching capacity 3 kA ICS at 1000 V 100 50 – 100 1200 100 – 1000 NZMH2-VE100-S1 1,710.70
160 80 – 160 1920 160 – 1600 NZMH2-VE160-S1 2,445.10
250 125 – 250 3000 250 – 2500 NZMH2-VE250-S1 2,977.70
Basic switching capacity 15 kA ICS at 1000 V 630 315 – 630 1260 – 7560 630 – 6300 NZMH4-VE630-S1 4,505.50
800 400 – 800 1600 – 9600 800 – 8000 NZMH4-VE800-S1 6,060.30
1000 500 – 1000 2000 – 12000 1000 – 10000 NZMH4-VE1000-S1 7,651.90
1250 630 – 1250 2500 – 15000 1250 – 12500 NZMH4-VE1250-S1 8,876.20
1600 800 – 1600 3200 – 19200 1600 – 16000 NZMH4-VE1600-S1 10,982.00
Motor protection
3 pole
Basic switching capacity 10 kA ICS at 1000 V 220 110 – 220 220 – 3080 NZMN3-ME220-S1 3,027.20
350 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350-S1 3,027.20
450 225 – 450 450 – 6300 NZMN3-ME450-S1 3,789.80
Basic switching capacity 15 kA ICS at 1000 V 550 275 – 550 550 – 7700 NZMH4-ME550-S1 4,710.30
875 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMH4-ME875-S1 7,999.70
1400 700 – 1400 1400 – 19600 NZMH4-ME1400-S1 11,481.20
Notes Accessories a Plug in and withdrawable units on request
GST not included

9/12 Switch-disconnectors
3 pole
Rated current = rated Short-circuit protection 2 switch positions Ι, 0; 3 switch positions Ι, +, 0 ;

uninterrupted current max. fuse gL-characteristic cannot be tripped remotely. can be tripped remotely
with undervoltage and shunt
release.
In = I u A gL Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
Product Product
A group 1 group 1
Switch-disconnectors
up to 1600 A
3 pole
Terminals standard,
PN1-63 294.60 N1-63 390.30
PN1-100 351.40 N1-100 408.90
PN1-125 451.40 N1-125 433.70
PN1-160 501.80 N1-160 520.40

PN2-160 510.40 N2-160 526.60
PN2-200 607.90 N2-200 582.40
PN2-250 904.50 N2-250 607.10
PN3-400 1,141.20 N3-400 1,598.10

PN3-630 1,397.60 N3-630 1,920.20
N4-800 2,960.70
N4-1000 3,691.70
N4-1250 3,840.20
N4-1600 6,132.00
Notes Main switch characteristics including positive drive to IEC/EN 60204 and VDE 0113
Isolating characteristics to IEC/EN 60947-3 and VDE 0660
Protection against accidental contact according to IEC 100
With the switch-disconnector N additional voltage releases NZM...-XU, NZM...-XA and trip-indicating auxiliary contacts (HIA) can
be used.
N2..., N3... and N4... can also be combined with the NZM...-XR... remote operator.
Notes for terminals a 9/20
GST not included

Thermomagnetic releases, 4 pole
Rated current = rated Setting range Normal switching capacity High switching capacity
uninterrupted current Overload releases Short-circuit 50 kA 100 kA
releases at 415 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz
Main pole Neutral
conductor Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
In = Iu Ir Ir Ii Product Product
group 1 group 1
A A A A
I
up to 1600 A
4-pole
Terminals standard
terminal screw as accessories
40 32 – 40 32 – 40 320 – 400 NZMN1-4-A40 653.90 NZMH1-4-A40 692.80
50 40 – 50 40 – 50 300 – 500 NZMN1-4-A50 653.90 NZMH1-4-A50 692.80
63 50 – 63 50 – 63 380 – 630 NZMN1-4-A63 653.90 NZMH1-4-A63 692.80
80 63 – 80 63 – 80 480 – 800 NZMN1-4-A80 720.60 NZMH1-4-A80 768.40
100 80 – 100 80 – 100 600 – 1000 NZMN1-4-A100 897.60 NZMH1-4-A100 993.50
125 100 – 125 100 – 125 750 – 1250 NZMN1-4-A125 1,046.80 NZMH1-4-A125 1,235.30
160 125 – 160 125 – 160 1280 NZMN1-4-A160 1,292.50 NZMH1-4-A160 1,525.20
40 32 – 40 32 – 40 320 – 400 NZMH2-4-A40 723.20
50 40 – 50 40 – 50 300 – 500 NZMH2-4-A50 723.20
63 50 – 63 50 – 63 380 – 630 NZMH2-4-A63 723.20
80 63 – 80 63 – 80 480 – 800 NZMH2-4-A80 800.20
100 80 – 100 80 – 100 600 – 1000 NZMH2-4-A100 1,089.90
125 100 – 125 100 – 125 750 – 1250 NZMH2-4-A125 1,607.90
160 125 – 160 125 – 160 960 – 1600 NZMN2-4-A160 1,564.30 NZMH2-4-A160 1,607.90
160 125 – 160 80 – 100 960 – 1600 NZMN2-4-A160/100 1,564.30 NZMH2-4-A160/100 1,825.80
200 160 – 200 160 – 200 1200 – 2000 NZMN2-4-A200 1,849.00 NZMH2-4-A200 2,195.10
200 160 – 200 100 – 125 1200 – 2000 NZMN2-4-A200/125 1,849.00 NZMH2-4-A200/125 2,195.10
250 200 – 250 200 – 250 1500 – 2500 NZMN2-4-A250 2,179.70 NZMH2-4-A250 2,564.40
250 200 – 250 125 – 160 1500 – 2500 NZMN2-4-A250/160 2,179.70 NZMH2-4-A250/160 2,564.40
GST not included

Rated current = rated Setting range Normal switching capacity High switching capacity
uninterrupted current Overload releases Short-circuit releases Short-circuit releases 50 kA 100 kA
at 415 V 50/60 Hz at 415 V 50/60 Hz
Main pole Neutral conductor Non-delayed Delayed short-circuit release
Product Product
group 1 group 1
In = Iu Ir Ir Ii Ii Isd
A A A A A A
up to 1600 A
up to 1600 A
I I I

4-pole
200400 NZMN3-4-AE400 3,205.40 NZMH3-4-AE400 3,933.60
125250 NZMN3-4-AE400/250 3,205.40 NZMH3-4-AE400/250 3,943.60
315630 NZMN3-4-AE630 4,246.50 NZMH3-4-AE630 5,128.60
200400 NZMN3-4-AE630/400 4,246.50 NZMH3-4-AE630/400 5,128.60
400800 NZMN4-4-AE800 6,500.50 NZMH4-4-AE800 7,231.30

250500 NZMN4-4-AE800/500 6,500.50 NZMH4-4-AE800/500 7,231.30
5001000 NZMN4-4-AE1000 8,467.30 NZMH4-4-AE1000 9,744.20
315630 NZMN4-4-AE1000/630 8,467.30 NZMH4-4-AE1000/630 9,744.20
6301250 NZMN4-4-AE1250 10,000.70 NZMH4-4-AE1250 11,085.40
400800 NZMN4-4-AE1250/800 10,000.70 NZMH4-4-AE1250/800 11,085.40
8001600 NZMN4-4-AE1600 13,795.80 NZMH4-4-AE1600 16,093.40
5001000 NZMN4-4-AE1600/1000 13,795.80 NZMH4-4-AE1600/1000 16,093.40
Systems protection, cable protection, selectivity, generator protection
4-pole
Terminals standard,
100 50 – 100 50 – 100 1200 100 – 1000 NZMN2-4-VE100 1,333.50 NZMH2-4-VE100 1,723.30
160 80 – 160 80 – 160 1920 160 – 1600 NZMN2-4-VE160 1,795.10 NZMH2-4-VE160 2,384.90
160 80 – 160 50 – 100 1920 160 – 1600 NZMN2-4-VE160/100 1,795.10 NZMH2-4-VE160/100 2,384.90
250 125 – 250 125 – 250 3000 250 – 2500 NZMN2-4-VE250 2,461.80 NZMH2-4-VE250 3,205.40
250 125 – 250 80 – 160 3000 250 – 2500 NZMN2-4-VE250/160 2,461.80 NZMH2-4-VE250/160 3,205.40
400 200 – 400 200 – 400 800 – 4400 400 – 4000 NZMN3-4-VE400 3,513.10 NZMH3-4-VE400 4,551.70
400 200 – 400 125 – 250 800 – 4400 400 – 4000 NZMN3-4-VE400/250 3,513.10 NZMH3-4-VE400/250 4,551.70
630 315 – 630 315 – 630 1260 – 5040 472 – 4410 NZMN3-4-VE630 4,744.00 NZMH3-4-VE630 5,256.90
630 315 – 630 200 – 400 1260 – 5040 472 – 4410 NZMN3-4-VE630/400 4,744.00 NZMH3-4-VE630/400 5,256.90
800 400 – 800 400 – 800 1600 – 9600 800 – 8000 NZMN4-4-VE800 6,795.40 NZMH4-4-VE800 7,308.20
800 400 – 800 250 – 500 1600 – 9600 800 – 8000 NZMN4-4-VE800/500 6,795.40 NZMH4-4-VE800/500 7,308.20
1000 500 – 1000 500 – 1000 2000 – 12000 1000 – 10000 NZMN4-4-VE1000 8,769.80 NZMH4-4-VE1000 9,872.50
1000 500 – 1000 315 – 630 2000 – 12000 1000 – 10000 NZMN4-4-VE1000/630 8,769.80 NZMH4-4-VE1000/630 9,872.50
1250 630 – 1250 630 – 1250 2500 – 15000 1250 – 12500 NZMN4-4-VE1250 10,257.10 NZMH4-4-VE1250 11,154.70
1250 630 – 1250 400 – 800 2500 – 15000 1250 – 12500 NZMN4-4-VE1250/800 10,257.10 NZMH4-4-VE1250/800 11,154.70
1600 800 – 1600 800 – 1600 3200 – 19200 1600 – 16000 NZMN4-4-VE1600 14,103.50 NZMH4-4-VE1600 16,283.10
1600 800 – 1600 500 – 1000 3200 – 19200 1600 – 16000 NZMN4-4-VE1600/1000 14,103.50 NZMH4-4-VE1600/1000 16,283.10
GST not included

9/16 Circuit-breakers, switch-disconnectors
Auxiliary contacts, with screw terminal
For use with Auxiliary contacts: f = safety function, by positive Part no. Price ($)
opening to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Product
N/O = Normally open N/C = Normally closed group 1
Auxiliary contacts
Standard auxiliary contact
Switching with the main contacts
Used for indicating and interlocking tasks
NZM1, 2, 3, 4 1 N/O – M22-K10 8.10
up to 1600 A
PN1, 2, 3 – 1 N/C f M22-K01 8.10

N1, 2, 3, 4
Early-make auxiliary contact

For interlock and load-shedding circuits
NZM1 2 N/O – NZM1-XHIV 74.40
PN1
N1
With clamp terminal on the right-hand 2 N/O – NZM1-XHIVR 74.40

switch side.
With 3 m connection cable instead of 2 N/O – NZM1-XHIVL 74.40
screw termination.
NZM2, 3 2 N/O – NZM2/3-XHIV 86.90
PN2, 3
N2, 3
NZM4 2 N/O – NZM4-XHIV 136.40
N4
Trip-indicating auxiliary contact (HIA)

General trip indication '+', when tripped by voltage release, overload release or short-circuit release
NZM1, 2, 3, 4 1 N/O – M22-K10 8.10
N1, 2, 3, 4 – 1 N/C f M22-K01 8.10
GST not included

Undervoltage and shunt releases, with screw terminal
For use with Rated control voltage Part no. Price ($)
Us Product
group 1
V
Undervoltage releases
Non-delayed disconnection of NZM circuit-breakers or N switch-disconnectors
when the control voltage sinks below 35 – 70% US.
up to 1600 A
For use with Emergency-Stop devices in conjunction with Emergency-Stop button.
With clamp terminal on the left-hand NZM, N1 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU24AC 179.70
switch side. 110 V – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU110-130AC 179.70
208 V 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU208-240AC 179.70
380 V – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM1-XU380-440AC 179.70
24 V DC NZM1-XU24DC 179.70
220 V – 250 V DC NZM1-XU220-250DC 179.70
NZM2, N2 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU24AC 179.70

NZM3, N3 110 V – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU110-130AC 179.70
208 V 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU208-240AC 179.70
380 V – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM2/3-XU380-440AC 179.70
24 V DC NZM2/3-XU24DC 179.70
110 V 130 V DC NZM2/3-XU110-130DC 179.70
220 V – 250 V DC NZM2/3-XU220-250DC 179.70
NZM4, N4 24 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU24AC 223.10
110 V – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU110-130AC 223.10
208 V – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU208-240AC 223.10
380 V – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XU380-440AC 223.10
24 V DC NZM4-XU24DC 223.10
110 V – 130 V DC NZM4-XU110-130DC 223.10
220 V – 250 V DC NZM4-XU220-250DC 223.10
Shunt releases
Switches are tripped by a voltage pulse or by the application of
uninterrupted voltage.
With clamp terminal on the left-hand NZM1, N1 24 V AC/DC NZM1-XA24AC/DC 148.80
switch side. 110 V – 130 V AC/DC NZM1-XA110-130AC/DC 148.80
208 V – 250 V AC/DC NZM1-XA208-250AC/DC 148.80
NZM2, N2 24 V AC/DC NZM2/3-XA24AC/DC 148.80

NZM3, N3 110 V – 130 V AC/DC NZM2/3-XA110-130AC/DC 148.80
208 V – 250 V AC/DC NZM2/3-XA208-250AC/DC 148.80
380 V – 440 V AC/DC NZM2/3-XA380-440AC/DC 148.80
NZM4, N4 24 V AC/DC NZM4-XA24AC/DC 192.20

GST not included

Door coupling rotary handles, rotary handles

Product
group 1
Door coupling rotary handles

Complete including rotary drive and coupling parts
An additional extension shaft is necessary with the NZM...-XT(V)D(V)(R)(-60) types.
Degree of protection IP66/UL/CSA Type 4X
up to 1600 A
Standard, black/grey
Lockable on handle and switch. NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1-XTVDV 173.60
Can be locked in 0 position, with adequate NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM2-XTVDV 173.60
modification also in I position.
With door interlock and lockable in 0 position NZM3, PN3, N3 NZM3-XTVDV 235.40
on circuit-breaker. NZM4, N4 NZM4-XTVDV 235.40
Extension shafts
Max. mounting depth: 400 mm NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1/2-XV4 12.30
NZM2, PN2, N2
NZM3, PN3, N3 NZM3/4-XV4 27.30
NZM4, N4
Max. mounting depth: 600 mm NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1/2-XV6 19.30
NZM2, PN2, N2
NZM3, PN3, N3 NZM3/4-XV6 44.70
NZM4, N4
Rotary handles
Complete with rotary drive
Lockable on the 0 position on the switch NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1-XDV 105.40
using up to 3 padlocks.
NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM2-XDV 105.40
NZM3, PN3, N3 NZM3-XDV 173.60

NZM4, N4 NZM4-XDV 173.60
Notes Circuit-breaker can also be installed in a lying position 90° left/right, with the handle still in the same position.
Other handle solutions are available.
Please enquire.
GST not included

Accessories, mechanical interlock

Product
group 1
Toggle lever locking devices

Off position lockable using up to 3 padlocks
(hasp thickness 4 – 8 mm)
NZM1 NZM1-XKAV 47.10
up to 1600 A
PN1, N1
NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM2/3-XKAV 68.30
NZM3, PN3, N3
Spacers
Enables fast and low-priced adjustment of differing frame sizes with/without rotary handle to the same front depth
NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM1/2-XAB 27.30
NZM2, PN2, N2
NZM3 NZM3-XAB 32.30
PN3, N3
NZM4
N4
Mechanical interlocking of (door coupling) rotary handles
NZM1 NZM1-XMV 297.40
PN1, N1
PN2, N2
PN3, N3
N4
Bowden cables
For mechanical interlocking of (door coupling) rotary handles
NZM1, PN1, N1 NZM-XBZ225 49.70

NZM2, PN2, N2 NZM-XBZ600 80.60
NZM3, PN3, N3
NZM4, N4 NZM-XBZ1000 93.00
Mechanical interlock for remote operator

For 2 switches of the same or next frame size with each other. Mounting beside one another.
Type contains parts for both switches.
NZM2(-4), N2(-4) NZM2-XMVR 629.60
+NZM2(-4), N2(-4)
NZM2(-4), N2(-4) NZM2/3-XMVR 693.40
+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)
NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM3-XMVR 693.40
+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)
NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM3/4-XMVR 789.40
+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)
NZM4(-4), N4(-4) NZM4-XMVR 789.40
+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)
For 2 switches of the same or next frame size with each other. Extra long Bowden cables for mounting in
neighbouring control panel fields. Type contains parts for both switches.
NZM2(-4), N2(-4) NZM2-XMVRL 736.10
+NZM2(-4), N2(-4)
NZM2(-4), N2(-4) NZM2/3-XMVRL 800.10
+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)
NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM3-XMVRL 800.10
+NZM3(-4), N3(-4)
NZM3(-4), N3(-4) NZM3/4-XMVRL 896.00
+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)
NZM4(-4), N4(-4) NZM4-XMVRL 896.00
+NZM4(-4), N4(-4)
GST not included

Paralleling mechanisms, terminals, covers
For use with Part no. Price ($) Notes

Product
group 1
Paralleling mechanisms
Simultaneous actuation of 2 PN switch-disconnectors of the same type
mounted side-by-side.
PN1 + PN1 PN1-XPA 130.20 Rotary handle on switch or door coupling rotary handle
up to 1600 A
PN2 + PN2 PN2-XPA 179.70 per PN... is additionally required.

Combinations as required are also possible.
PN3 + PN3 PN3-XPA1) 278.90 Cannot be combined with mechanical interlock,
insulating surrounds, side wall operators or remote
operators.
PN3-XPA:
Only in conjunction with non lockable rotary handles or
door coupling rotary handles.
• Rotary handle on switch: NZM3...-XD
• Door coupling rotary handle: NZM3...-XTD
Not suitable for use as a main switch.
Terminals
Various connection terminals and systems are available
for the NZM1, 2, 3, 4.
Please enquire.
• Box terminals: NZM... -XKC
• Tunnel terminals: NZM... -XKA
Covers, 3-pole
NZM1, PN1, NZM1-XKSA 47.80
N(S)1
NZM2, PN2, NS2 NZM2-XKSA 47.80
NZM3, PN3, NZM3-XKSA 105.40
N(S)3
NZM4, NZM4-XKSA 105.40
N(S)4
Notes 1) A non-lockable rotary handle is supplied (necessary due to the double torque).
GST not included

Remote operators
For use with Rated control voltage Part no. Price ($)
Us Product
group 1
V
Remote operators
For remote switching of circuit-breakers and switch-disconnectors.
ON and OFF switching and resetting by means of 2-wire or 3-wire control.
Can be synchronized.
up to 1600 A
Local switching by hand possible
Lockable in the 0 position of the remote operator with up to 3 padlocks (hasp thickness: 4 – 8 mm)
NZM2 110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR110-130AC 619.40
N2 208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR208-240AC 619.40
380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM2-XR380-440AC 619.40
24 – 30 V DC NZM2-XR24-30DC 693.80
NZM3 110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM3-XR110-130AC 1,232.70
N3 208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM3-XR208-240AC 1,232.70
380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM3-XR380-440AC 1,232.70
24 – 30 V DC NZM3-XR24-30DC 1,468.10
NZM4 110 – 130 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XR110-130AC 2,592.90
N4 208 – 240 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XR208-240AC 2,592.90
380 – 440 V 50/60 Hz NZM4-XR380-440AC1) 2,592.90
24 – 30 V DC NZM4-XR24-30DC 2,592.90
Notes 1) Not UL/CSA approved.
Remote operators are combinable with NZM circuit-breakers and N switch-disconnectors but not with PN switch-disconnectors.
A standard auxiliary contact (HIN) for the switch position detection is supplied.
Switching cycle:
NZM2-XR
60 ms t>3s 60 ms
r r r r
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
NZM3-XR
80 ms t>3s 80 ms
r r r r
NZM4-XR
100 ms t>3s 100 ms
r r r r
The time interval between OFF and ON is 3 seconds.

On commands received during the time interval are ignored within the first 3 seconds after switch off.
GST not included

Accessories

Product
group 1
Diagnostic and configurator software for NZM and DMI (at the machine)
PC software for direct connection to all new NZM circuit-breakers with electronic NZM-XPC-KIT 1,139.80
releases (IEC and UL/CSA devices) or for direct connection to the DMI module,
including the connection cable.
Protection parameters: Online display and characteristic representation, export
up to 1600 A
option to “Moeller CurveSelect” characteristics program.

Warning and trip messages: Read of the diagnostics memory even in a no-voltage
state.
Load currents: Display and trend representation.
Recording and export feature to MS-Excel for load currents and diagnostic
messages.
Configuration of the DMI: motor starter, remote operator, assignment of the
DMI inputs and outputs and displays.
Data Management Interface (DMI Module)
Query of diagnostics and operational data, display of currents, motor starter NZM-XDMI612 1,796.30
function, parameterization and control of the circuit-breaker with electronic
release.
Comprehensive remote diagnostic options and remote operation via fieldbus in
combination with fieldbus connection.
Inclusive NZM-XDMI-CAB connection cable between NZM and DMI (length: 2 m).
Expansion unit, networking
Connection to the DMI module for transfer of the phase currents, parameter-, status- and diagnostics data as well as the position
of the circuit-breaker
(wiring of the auxiliary contact to the DMI inputs).
DMI configuration via field bus.
Actuation of the DMI motor starter function and the NZM remote operator (via DMI output wiring).
Detection of digital inputs and actuation of the outputs via the fieldbus.
Fieldbus interface: to PROFIBUS-DPV1 slave. NZM-XDMI-DPV1 1,552.70
Can be operated with class 1 and class 2 masters.
Addresses available: 1 to 126
Fieldbus connection to CANopen EASY221-CO 717.90
Fieldbus connection to DeviceNet EASY222-DN 712.70
Switched-mode power supply unit
for DMI module
• Rated input voltage: 50/60 HZ: 115/230 V AC EASY400-POW 135.70
• Rated output voltage (residual ripple): 24 V DC (g 3 %)
• Rated output current: 1.25 A
Telescopic adapter
for DMI module
For equalization of the mounting depth when rear mounted in CI-K.. enclosures and cabinets.
With 35 mm top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, adjustable from 75 – 115 mm. M22-TA 41.00
Screw-on and snap fitting.
GST not included

Earth-fault release

Product
group 1
Earth-fault release
not UL/CSA approved
Suitability for use in three- and single-phase systems
Pulse current sensitive acc. to core-balance principle
up to 1600 A
For 3 and 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM1(-4) and switch-disconnectors N1(-4),
dependant on mains power Ue = 200 – 415 V 50/60 Hz, lateral mounting on the right hand side up to 125 A
Rated fault current NZM1 3 pole NZM1-XFI30R1) 772.20
IDn = 0.03 A N1
NZM1-4 4 pole NZM1-4-XFI30R 868.70
N1-4
Rated fault current NZM1 3 pole NZM1-XFI300R1) 772.20
IDn = 0.3 A N1
NZM1-4 4 pole NZM1-4-XFI300R 868.70
N1-4
Rated fault current NZM1 3 pole NZM1-XFIR1) 1,185.10
IDn = 0.03 – 0.1 – 0.3 – 0.5 – 1 – 3 A, N1
delay time NZM1-4 4 pole NZM1-4-XFIR 1,447.90
tv = 10 – 60 – 150 – 300 – 450 ms. N1-4
For 3 and 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM1(-4) and switch-disconnectors N1(-4),
dependant on mains power Ue = 200 – 415 V 50/60 Hz, bottom mounting up to 100 A
Rated fault current NZM1 3 pole NZM1-XFI30U POA
IDn = 0.03 A N1
NZM1-4 4 pole NZM1-4-XFI30U1) POA
N1-4
Rated fault current NZM1 3 pole NZM1-XFI300U1) POA
IDn = 0.3 A N1
NZM1-4 4 pole NZM1-4-XFI300U1) POA
N1-4
Rated fault current NZM1 3 pole NZM1-XFIU POA
IDn = 0.03 – 0.1 – 0.3 – 0.5 – 1 – 3 A, N1
delay time NZM1-4 4 pole NZM1-4-XFIU POA
tv = 10 – 60 – 150 – 300 – 450 ms. N1-4
Pulse current sensitive acc. to core-balance principle
For 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM2-4 and switch-disconnectors N2-4,

independent of mains voltage Ue = 280 – 690 V 50/60 Hz,
bottom mounting up to 250 A
Rated fault current NZM2-4 4 pole NZM2-4-XFI30 1,725.80
IDn = 0.03 A N2-4
Rated fault current NZM2-4 4 pole NZM2-4-XFI 1,725.80
IDn 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 - 3 A, N2-4
delay time
tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms
Core-balance principle with AC/DC current sensitivity (in range 0 – 100 kHz)
For 4 pole circuit-breakers NZM2-4 and switch-disconnectors N2-4, internal power supply Ue = 50 – 400 V,
bottom mounting up to 250 A
Rated fault current NZM2-4 4 pole NZM2-4-XFIA30 3,324.20
IDn = 0.03 A N2-4
Rated fault current NZM2-4 4 pole NZM2-4-XFIA 3,324.20
IDn 0.1 - 0.3 - 1 A, N2-4
delay time
tv = 60 - 150 - 300 - 450 ms
Notes 1) on request
GST not included

High current chassis, NZM busplugs
No. of poles For use with Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 3
High current chassis

Tested to:
• 50 kA for 0.1 second
• 40 kA for 1 second
up to 1600 A
630 A
Certificate no. 1321/1
12 NZM1 CH163-12 364.40
18 CH163-18 461.70
24 CH163-24 570.90
30 CH163-30 685.10
36 CH163-36 818.70
42 CH163-42 947.40
48 CH163-48 1,081.10
60 CH163-60 1,260.80
72 CH163-72 1,501.30
800 A
12 NZM2 CH280-12 461.70
18 CH280-18 612.20
24 CH280-24 745.80
30 CH280-30 918.30
36 CH280-36 1,081.10
42 CH280-42 1,209.80
48 CH280-48 1,360.40
60 CH280-60 1,525.60
72 CH280-72 1,741.80
1000 A
12 NZM2 CH210-12 801.70
18 CH210-18 1,044.70
24 CH210-24 1,275.40
30 CH210-30 1,603.30
36 CH210-36 1,824.40
42 CH210-42 2,077.00
48 CH210-48 2,332.00
60 CH210-60 2,599.30
72 CH210-72 3,073.00
NZM busplugs
For connection of NZM MCCB to busbar droppers:
60 mm centres, 6.3 mm thick
NZM2 UPCM3250 268.20
UPCM3400 320.70
UPCM3630 612.20
UPCM3800 787.10
GST not included

Residual current relay, ring-type transformer
Description Max. rated Part no. Price ($)

current Product
group 1
Power Motor/capacitor
distribution
A A
Residual current relay
up to 1600 A
Pulse current sensitive
Rated control voltage: Us = 230 V AC (50/60Hz)
Integrated auxiliary contact (1 C/O)
Rated fault current IdN = 0.03 A – – PFR-003 473.10
Rated fault current IdN = 0.3 A – – PFR-03 473.10
Rated fault current IdN = 0.03 – 5 A – – PFR-5 528.70
Adjustable fault current and delay time
Fault current early warning by flashing, red LED
Ring-type transformer
Rated operational voltage: 690 V (50/60 Hz)
Internal diameter: 20 mm 50 50 PFR-W-20 211.50

Magnetic shielding
PFR-W-35 – – PFR-WMA-35 116.90
PFR-W-70 – – PFR-WMA-70 194.80
PFR-W-105 – – PFR-WMA-105 272.70
PFR-W-140 – – PFR-WMA-140 417.40
PFR-W-210 – – PFR-WMA-210 528.70
Fixing clip
for the DIN rail mounting of the PFR-W-35 current – – PFR-WC 7.80
transformer and all larger
GST not included

9/26 Dimensions
High current chassis
NZM1 630 A
Escutcheon cutout details
up to 1600 A
NZM2 800 & 1000 A


Rating NZM1 610 A [630 A]
Ref. no A A2 B C D E F G H I J K L M A A2 N O N O
12 way 465 425 190 385 40 87 51.5 345 315 57.5 149.5 73 65 84.5 204 183
18 way 281 178 436 406 273
24 way 371 268 526 496 363
30 way 462 359 617 587 455
36 way 552 449 707 677 546
42 way 643 540 798 768 637
48 way 733 630 888 858 728
60 way 912 809 1070 1040 910
72 way 1093 990 1251 1221 1092
Rating [800 A] NZM2 800 & 1000 A typical [1000 A] [800 A] [1000 A]
12 way 518 498 218 480 19 115 51.5 374 344 63.5 170 103 30 149 559 498 160 208 198 208
18 way 323 220 479 449 313 313
24 way 428 325 584 554 418 418
30 way 533 430 689 659 523 523
36 way 638 535 794 764 628 628
42 way 743 640 899 869 733 733
48 way 848 745 1004 974 830 838
60 way 1058 955 1214 1184 1048 1048
72 way 1268 1165 1424 1394 1258 1258
Content 10/1
from 630 to 6300 A

Page
System description 10/2
IZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors 10/2
Technical overview 10/3

IZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors 10/3
Options overview for the electronic overcurrent releases 10/4

IZM58 circuit-breakers 10/4
IZM circuit-breakers, basic units 10/6

3-pole 10/6
IN switch-disconnectors 10/7
3-pole 10/7
Accessories for IZM and IN 10/7

10/2 System description
IZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors
from 630 A to 6300 A
The new IZM58 circuit-breaker series offers complete coverage of the Some of the design philosophies involved:
range from 630 – 6300 A. They are a highly modular system born out of • Innovative pole design which generates minimum heat.
intensive market feedback. • Extra safe engineering plastics chosen carefully so as to meet glow wire
E.g. even while the circuit-breaker is in the "service" position in a panel, a test requirement as per IEC 60695-2-1.
great deal of information is obtainable about the accessories mounted. • Avoiding use of more than one material in moulded components so that
This is due to its unique design. recycling is easier.
At a glance, the users can determine the fitted electrical accessories and • Avoiding use of non-environmentally friendly materials right from the
the respective voltage ratings at the IZM58 circuit-breaker. main contacts to pigments to packing.
• Minimising component & hardware variety while maximising
modularity, making maintenance easier.
Technical overview 10/3
IZM58 circuit-breakers, IN58 switch-disconnectors
Circuit-breakers Basic switching capacity (B) Normal switching capacity (N) High switching capacity (H)
suitable for isolation 630 – 6300 A
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu with operational voltage Ue
from 630 to 6300 A

Rated current 400/415 V AC 400/415 V AC 400/415 V AC
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
In Icu = Ics
A kA
IZM58
IZM...5-...
630 – 1600 50 65 –
IZM...6-...
800 – 1600 – 80 100
2000 – 3200 55 80 100
IZM...7-...
3200 – 4000 – 80 100
IZM...8-...
5000 – 6300 – 80 100
Switch-disconnectors Basic switching capacity (B) Normal switching capacity (N) High switching capacity (H)
suitable for isolation 630 – 6300 A
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (415 V AC)

Rated short-circuit withstand current Icw t = 1 s
Rated current In
IN58
IN5-...
630 – 1600 Icm/kA 105 143 –
Icw /kA 50 50 –
IN6-...
800 – 1600 Icm/kA – 176 220
Icw/kA – 65
2000 – 3200 Icm/kA 143 176 220
Icw/kA 55 65 70
IN7-...
3200 – 4000 Icm/kA – 176 220
Icw/kA – 65 70
IN8-...
5000 – 6300 Icm/kA – 176 220
Icw/kA – 70 85
10/4 Options overview for the electronic overcurrent releases Options overview for the electronic overcurrent releases 10/5
IZM58 circuit-breakers IZM58 circuit-breakers
IZM58-XZA IZM58-XZV IZM58-XZU IZM58-XZD

Circuit-breakers for distribution Selectively-operating Universal circuit-breakers Digital circuit-breakers
circuit protection circuit-breakers 630 – 6300 A 630 – 6300 A
630 – 6300 A 630 – 6300 A
IZM58-XZA IZM58-XZV IZM58-XZU-T-COM IZM58-XZD
from 630 to 6300 A
from 630 to 6300 A

POWER POWER LOAD POWER
ON ON 50 60 70 80 90 100% ON
x Ir
Ir Ir Ir delay tr/s
L 1.0
0.4
0.5
OVER
LOAD L 1.0
0.4
0.5
OVER
LOAD L 1.0
0.4
0.5 30 0.5 1
OVER
LOAD POWER
ON
0.95 0.6 0.95 0.6 0.95 0.6 24 2
0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.7 18 4
0.85 0.75 0.85 0.75 0.85 0.75 12 6
0.8 x In 0.8 x In 0.8 x In 8 @ 6 x Ir
Isd SHORT Isd delay tsd/ms SHORT Isd delay tsd/ms SHORT
S 10
0.6
1
CIRCUIT S 10
0.6
1
I2 t
OFF 400
20
100 ON
I2 t CIRCUIT S 10
0.6
1
I2 t
OFF 400
20
100 ON
I2 t CIRCUIT
9 1.5 9 1.5 300 200 9 1.5 300 200
8 2 8 2 200 300 8 2 200 300
6 3 6 3 100 400 6 3 100 400

4 x In 4 x In 20 @ 10 x In 4 x In 20 @ 10 x In
Ii
INST.
I MAX
1.5
2
INST.
12 3
10 4
8 5
6 x In
G Ig
0.2
I2 t
OFF 1.0
delay tg/s
OFF
0.1 ON
I2 t
EARTH
FAULT
0.4 0.2 L
0.6 0.3
0.3 0.3
S
0.5 0.4 0.2 0.4
x In 0.1 @ 4 x Ig
THERMAL THERMAL
TEST PROTOCOL TEST REFLECTIVITY PROTOCOL TEST REFLECTIVITY PROTOCOL I
CLEAR
ACTIVE ON 6 x Ir ADDRESS ACTIVE ON 50% Ir ADDRESS
OFF OFF
ON ON
BLOCKED OFF 12 x In A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 BLOCKED OFF 100% Ir A1 A2 A3 A4 A5
ALARM TEST
INSTANTANEOUS NEUTRAL PROTECTION
TRIP
TEST CLEAR TEST CLEAR TEST CLEAR
PROTOCOL
TEMP
TEST
In Multiplier : 0.5
Standard functions System protection Selective protection Universal protection Digital overcurrent release
Equipped with microcontrollers K K K K
Overcurrent protection independent of external power supply K K K K
Fault indication independent of control supply K K K K
Firmly mounted on circuit-breaker K K K K
Test kit for diagnostics available K K K K
True RMS measurement K K K K
Auto/Manual resetting option K K K K
Common fault signal K K K K
Sealable front cover K K K K
Overload protection with adjustable current & fixed time K K – –
Overload, short circuit, earthfault protection with adjustable current & time – – K K
Neutral protection against overload – – K K
Short circuit protection with adjustable current & fixed time K – – –
Short circuit protection with adjustable current & adjustable time – K – –
Instantaneous protection – K K K
Additional functions
With finer setting flexibilty – – – –
Thermal memory K K K K
Thermal memory switchable – K K K
Options – • with +IZM58-XAM: • with +IZM58-XAM: ammeter function Options of IZM58-XZU are included
ammeter function • with +IZM58-XRS: segregated fault signal
(remote indication)
• with +IZM58-XT: earth fault protection
• with +IZM58-XI: i discrimination
• with +IZM58-XCOM-MOD: communication
capable on MODBUS RTU protocol using
RS485 serial port
Can store two protection settings – – – K
Additional protections (switchable): – – – Undercurrent, reverse power
undervoltage/overvoltage
underfrequency/overfrequency
Metering – current, voltage, frequency, power factor, harmonics, power, energy – – – k
Rating plug – – – K
Maintenance indication – – – K
Breaker failure feedback – – – K
Trip circuit supervision – – – K
Thermistor input processing – – – K
Fault history – – – K
True graphical representation of protection settings on – – – K
high resolution display
Remotely programmable – – – K
Accessory modules
I/O modules to add up to 12 inputs & 8 outputs – – – k
Trip circuit supervision (TCS) module – – – k
Auxiliary power supply suitable for 40 – 300 V AC/DC – – – k
Thermistor modules (mounted inside the ACB) for terminal temperature – – – k
monitoring
Notes K: standard k: option –: not available
10/6 IZM circuit-breakers, basic units
3-pole
Rating data Normal switching capacity (N)

Rated current = rated Setting range
uninterrupted current Overload release Short-circuit release Part no. Price ($)
Delayed
from 630 to 6300 A
In = Iu Ir Isd
A A A
I
Circuit-breakers for distribution circuit protection (A)

IZM...5-...
Icu = Ics = 65 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz
630 252 – 630 0.6 – 10 x In, IZMN5-A630 POA
800 320 – 800 tsd = 25 ms fixed IZMN5-A800 POA
1000 400 – 1000 IZMN5-A1000 POA
1250 500 – 1250 IZMN5-A1250 POA
1600 640 – 1600 IZMN5-A1600 POA
IZM...6-A...
Icu = Ics = 80 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz
800 320 – 800 0.6 – 10 x In, IZMN6-A800 POA
1250 500 – 1250 IZMN6-A1250 POA
1600 640 – 1600 IZMN6-A1600 POA
2000 800 – 2000 IZMN6-A2000 POA
2500 1000 – 2500 IZMN6-A2500 POA
3200 1280 – 3200 IZMN6-A3200 POA
IZM...7-A...
Icu = Ics = 80 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz
3200 1280 – 3200 0.6 – 10 x In, IZMN7-A3200 POA
IZM...8-A...
Icu = Ics = 80 kA at 415 V 50/60 Hz
5000 2000 – 5000 0.6 – 10 x In, IZMN8-A5000 POA
GST not included

IN switch-disconnectors, accessories for IZM and IN 10/7
3-pole
Rated current = rated Rated short-circuit making Rated short-time withstand Part no. Price ($)
uninterrupted current capacity at 415 V 50/60 Hz current
t=1s
In = Iu Icm Icw
from 630 to 6300 A

A kA kA
INN5(-4)-...
630 143 50 INN5-630 POA
800 INN5-800 POA
1000 INN5-1000 POA
1250 INN5-1250 POA
1600 INN5-1600 POA
INN6(-4)-...
2000 176 65 INN6-2000 POA
2500 INN6-2500 POA
3200 INN6-3200
INN7(-4)-...
3200 176 65 INN7-3200 POA
4000 220 70 INN7-4000 POA
Test device
Trip simulation kit to test the functioning of the
overcurrent releases
IZM...-A..., IZM...-V... and IZM...-U.. IZM58-XSIM-KIT POA
IZM...-D... IZM58-XSIM-KIT-D POA
Current sensors for external neutral

IZM...7-...
3200 A IZM7-XCTN3200 POA
IZM...8-...
Auxiliary contacts/microswitches, 1 CO
Microswitch common fault indication IZM58-XHIA POA
Microswitch ready-to-close indication IZM58-XHIB POA
Microswitch for shunt release IZM58-XHIS POA
Microswitch for undervoltage release IZM58-XHIU POA
GST not included

10/8 Accessories for IZM and IN
Voltage range Part no. Price ($)
Motor operator
from 630 to 6300 A
to charge the main spring electrically.

24 – 30 V DC IZM58-XM24/30DC POA
110 V AC 50/60 Hz, IZM58-XM110AC/125DC POA
100 – 125 V DC
230 – 240 V AC 50/60 Hz, IZM58-XM230AC/250DC POA
250 V DC
380 V – 415 V AC 50/60 Hz, IZM58-XM415AC/400DC POA
400 V DC
Operation counter
counts the number of ON/OFF operations
seen by the breaker.
– IZM58-XSZ POA
Closing release
to remotely close the breaker
24 – 30 V DC IZM58-XE24/30DC POA
110 V AC 50/60 Hz, IZM58-XE110AC/DC POA
110 V DC
230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, IZM58-XE230AC/250DC POA
220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz,
220 – 250 V DC
415 V AC 50 Hz, IZM58-XE415AC POA
380 V – 415 V AC 60 Hz
Shunt release
to trip the breaker from a remote location.
24 – 30 V DC IZM58-XA24/30DC POA
110 V AC 50/60 Hz, IZM58-XA110AC/DC POA
110 V DC
230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, IZM58-XA230AC/250DC POA
220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz,
220 – 250 V DC
415 V AC 50 Hz, IZM58-XA415AC POA
380 V – 415 V AC 60 Hz
Shunt release,
wide range 10 – 130%
230 V AC 50 Hz IZM58-XA230AC/05 POA
415 V AC 50 Hz IZM58-XA415AC/05 POA
Undervoltage release
to trip the breaker in case of system voltage drop.
24-30 V DC IZM58-XU24/30DC POA
110 V AC 50/60Hz, 110V DC IZM58-XU110AC/DC POA
230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, IZM58-XU230AC/220DC POA
220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz,
220 V DC
380 V – 415 V AC 50/60 Hz IZM58-XU415AC POA
Undervoltage release
with time delay 0.5 – 5 s
110 V AC 50/60Hz, 110V DC IZM58-XUV110AC/DC POA
230 – 240 V AC 50 Hz, IZM58-XUV230AC/220DC POA
220 – 240 V AC 60 Hz,
220 V DC
380 V – 415 V AC 50/60 Hz IZM58-XUV415AC POA
GST not included

Accessories for IZM and IN 10/9
Locking facilities
from 630 to 6300 A

Shroud for ON/OFF buttons
to prevent unauthorized access to ON & OFF buttons.
– IZM58-XVD POA
Locking arrangement for OFF button

to prevent undesirable closing of breaker in an interlocked
configuration.
Castell lock IZM58-XVDM-C POA
Ronis lock IZM58-XVDM-R POA
Kirk lock IZM58-XVDM-K POA
Profalux lock IZM58-XVDM-P POA
Door interlock
prevents opening of panel door in Service & Test positions.
– IZM58-XVT-AV POA
Mechanical Interlock (1 set per scheme)

2 Incomers IZM58-XMV2 POA
3 Incomers IZM58-XMV3 POA
2 Incomers & 1 standby IZM58-XMV2+1 POA
2 Incomers & 1 bus coupler IZM58-XMV2+C POA
Locking arrangement for isolated positions

Castell lock IZM58-XVI-AV-C POA
Ronis lock IZM58-XVI-AV-R POA
Kirk lock IZM58-XVI-AV-K POA
Profalux lock IZM58-XVI-AV-P POA
Locking arrangement for all positions
Castell lock IZM58-XV-AV-C POA
Ronis lock IZM58-XV-AV-R POA
Kirk lock IZM58-XV-AV-K POA
Profalux lock IZM58-XV-AV-P POA
Racking interlock +IZM58-XVV POA
Withdrawable units with standard flange connection
3-pole cradle without racking handle
IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XAV POA
Racking handle
– IZM58-XRH POA
Electrical position indication

to signal the position of the breaker in the – IZM58-XHIAV POA
cradle: Disconnected, Test, Connected.
Safety shutter
to prevent inadvertent access to live terminals, IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XIKL POA
for 3-pole cradle
IZM(IN)...6-... IZM6-XIKL POA
GST not included

10/10 Accessories for IZM and IN
Arc chute cover for withdrawable breaker

from 630 to 6300 A
for 3-pole cradle

IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XLKA-AV POA
Terminal adaptor for withdrawable breaker
for line/load side
turnable for horizontal and vertical connection
IZM(IN)...5-.. horizontal/vertical IZM5-XATH/V POA
IZM(IN)...6-... vertical IZM6-XATV POA
IZM(IN)...6-... horizontal IZM6-XATH POA
IZM(IN)...7-... horizontal/vertical IZM7-XATH/V POA
IZM(IN)...8-... vertical IZM8-XATV
IZM(IN)...8-... horizontal IZM8-XATH
Additional equipment
Panel door ingress seal
fixed ACB IZM58-XRT POA
withdrawable breaker IZM58-XRT-AV POA
Set of lifting hooks

– IZM58-XLH POA
Arc chute (spare part)

IZM(IN)...5-... IZM5-XAC POA

GST not included

Content 11/1
Miniature circuit-breakers
Page
System overview 11/2
Miniature circuit-breakers 11/2
PLS miniature circuit-breakers 11/3
PLSM miniature circuit-breakers 11/5
PLHT rated miniature circuit-breakers 11/6
Installation devices 11/7

RCD, RCBO 11/7
Installation relays 11/8
Installation contactors, impulse relays, 11/9
ETR electronic timing relays
Main switches/isolating switches 11/10
Add-on functions 11/11

Time switches, accessories 11/13
PE consumer boards 11/14
Miniature circuit-breaker chassis 11/15
Distribution boards 11/16
Mounting accessories 11/17

Commoning busbars 11/17
Dimensions 11/18
PE consumer boards, Distribution boards 11/18
Voltage trip
Xpole
(4.5 - 10 kA) Range of installation devices
miniature
circuit-breakers
XU
A
Shunt trip
XFApZFAole
Z
XFApZFAo-2le
Z
X FAZ XFApZFAole
-3Z
Remote switching module

X
FA pole
ZFA
-3N
XFApFAole Z
ZZ-2
Xpole
Xpole
XF
SM
XpFAole
Z
Add-on residual
current device modules
XpFoIMle
Auxiliary
contact
Combined RCD/MCB
devices (RCBO)
XFpPKILoleS
NM
XP
M0
Residual current devices
Shunt trip
XFIPI-pFIo4-le
20
Auxiliary contact
XFIP
po
FI le
-
-404
AZ
XA
A
Remote switching
module
XR
HI00
2
AZ
Add-on residual
current device module AZ
-2 XF
SM
AZ
-3
Auxiliary
contact
AZ
-3N
AZ (15 - 25 kA)
AZ
FIM
-4-1
25
-0,3
miniature circuit-breakers
AZ
XH
I11
PLS miniature circuit-breakers 11/3
The comprehensive range of Xpole miniature circuit-breakers includes

switching capacity 4.5, 6 and 10 kA in single-pole and multi-pole versions.
The range offers the following tripping characteristics:
Type B – for domestic/commercial installations without power surges e.g.
filament lamps and wall sockets
Type C – for commercial/light industrial installations with switching
surges such as fluorescent lighting or small motors
Type D – for abnormally high inrush currents e.g. motors with heavy
starting duty
In addition, the range includes components for residual current protection
and modular installation devices for remote switching, timing and
signalling.
• High-quality miniature circuit-breakers for domestic, commercial and
industrial applications
• Xpole range offers worldwide approvals
• Australian approval no. 16860, Standard AS/NZS 4898: 1997
• Contact position indicator red/green
• DIN rail clip mounting, and snap-fitting accessories reduce installation
time and simplify fitting and removal of components.
• Busbar clamps and high-capacity box terminals provide increased
connection options.
• Single design concept improves panel appearance.
Rated current In 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

A Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
Product Product Product
group 1 group 1 group 1
4.5 kA, trip curve C

• Rated current up to 40 A
• Rated breaking capacity 4.5 kA to IEC/EN 60898
6 PLS4-C6 13.70 PLS4-C6/2 50.90 PLS4-C6/3 75.60
10 PLS4-C10 13.70 PLS4-C10/2 50.90 PLS4-C10/3 75.60
16 PLS4-C16 13.70 PLS4-C16/2 50.90 PLS4-C16/3 75.60
20 PLS4-C20 13.70 PLS4-C20/2 50.90 PLS4-C20/3 75.60
25 PLS4-C25 13.70 PLS4-C25/2 50.90 PLS4-C25/3 75.60
32 PLS4-C32 13.70 PLS4-C32/2 50.90 PLS4-C32/3 75.60
40 PLS4-C40 13.70 PLS4-C40/2 50.90 PLS4-C40/3 75.60
GST not included

11/4 PLS miniature circuit-breakers
Rated current In 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole

A Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
6 kA, trip curve B

• Rated breaking capacity 6 kA
to IEC/EN 60898
6 PLS6-B6 18.40 PLS6-B6/2 55.80 PLS6-B6/3 84.30 PLS6-B6/4 167.30
6 kA, trip curve C
to IEC/EN 60898
1 PLS6-C1 15.70 PLS6-C1/2 53.40 PLS6-C1/3 78.70 PLS6-C1/4 156.20
DC rated, 6 kA, trip curve C
to IEC/EN 60898
• Colour-coded toggle switch
indicates current rating
6 PLS6-C6-DC 42.20 PLS6-C6/2-DC 94.20
10 PLS6-C10-DC 42.20 PLS6-C10/2-DC 94.20
16 PLS6-C16-DC 42.20 PLS6-C16/2-DC 94.20
20 PLS6-C20-DC 42.20 PLS6-C20/2-DC 94.20
25 PLS6-C25-DC 42.20 PLS6-C25/2-DC 94.20
32 PLS6-C32-DC 42.20 PLS6-C32/2-DC 94.20
40 PLS6-C40-DC 42.20 PLS6-C40/2-DC 94.20
50 PLS6-C50-DC 42.20 PLS6-C50/2-DC 94.20
GST not included

PLSM miniature circuit-breakers 11/5
Rated current In 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole 4-pole
A Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
10 kA, trip curve B

to IEC/EN 60898
1 PLSM-B1 48.50 PLSM-B1/2 120.30 PLSM-B1/3 155.00 – –
10 PLSM-B10 48.50 PLSM-B10/2 120.30 PLSM-B10/3 155.00 PLSM-B10/4 220.00
10 kA, trip curve C
to IEC/EN 60898
1 PLSM-C1 34.80 PLSM-C1/2 105.40 PLSM-C1/3 136.40 PLSM-C1/4 209.40
10 kA, trip curve
to IEC/EN 60898
1 PLSM-D1 48.50 PLSM-D1/2 120.30 PLSM-D1/3 155.00 PLSM-D1/4 220.00
GST not included

11/6 PLHT rated miniature circuit-breakers
Rated current In Rated breaking capacity 1-pole 3-pole

A kA Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
Product Product
group 1 group 1
15 – 25 kA, trip curve C

• Rated breaking capacity
15 – 25 kA to IEC/EN 60947-2
• Colour-coded toggle switch indicates current rating
• Trip curves B and D:
Please enquire.
• Other pole configurations (including 1+N, 1+3N):
Please enquire.
20 25 PLHT-C20 111.60 PLHT-C20/3 384.20
25 25 PLHT-C25 111.60 PLHT-C25/3 384.20
32 25 PLHT-C32 111.60 PLHT-C32/3 384.20
40 25 PLHT-C40 111.60 PLHT-C40/3 384.20
50 25 PLHT-C50 111.60 PLHT-C50/3 384.20
63 – PLHT-C63 111.60 PLHT-C63/3 384.20
80 20 PLHT-C80 111.60 PLHT-C80/3 384.20
100 20 PLHT-C100 111.60 PLHT-C100/3 384.20
125 15 PLHT-C125 111.60 PLHT-C125/3 384.20
GST not included

RCD, RCBO
Rated Tripping current 2-pole 4-pole

uninterrupted Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
current Iu Product Product
group 1 group 1
A mA
Standard AC residual current devices

• Number of poles: 1+N
• 18 mm modules: 2 and 4
• Australian approval no. JM85A, Standard AS/NZS 61009
40 30 PFIM-40/2/003 130.20 PFIM-40/4/003 162.40
63 30 PFIM-63/2/003 143.20 PFIM-63/4/003 175.70
80 30 PFIM-80/2/003 171.00 PFIM-80/4/003 245.40
Rated current In Tripping current Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
Product Product
group 1 group 1
...003 ...001 ...003 ...001
A mA mA
Combined RCD/MCB devices (RCBO), single-phase and neutral

• 10 kA, trip curve C
• 18 mm modules: 2
• Australian approval no. JM85A, Standard AS/NZS 61009
6 30 – PKNM-6/1N/C/003 105.40
10 PKNM-10/1N/C/003 105.40
16 PKNM-16/1N/C/003 105.40
20 PKNM-20/1N/C/003 105.40
25 PKNM-25/1N/C/003 105.40
32 PKNM-32/1N/C/003 105.40
40 PKNM-40/1N/C/003 105.40
• Australian approval no. 10750, Standard AS/NZS 61009
• Permanently connected neutral conductor, 950 mm long
• Suitable for our distribution boards
• Other trip curves available on indent only
6 30 10 PKS6-6/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-6/1N/C/001 183.50
10 PKS6-10/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-10/1N/C/001 183.50
16 PKS6-16/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-16/1N/C/001 183.50
20 PKS6-20/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-20/1N/C/001 183.50
25 PKS6-25/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-25/1N/C/001 183.50
32 PKS6-32/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-32/1N/C/001 183.50
40 PKS6-40/1N/C/003 157.40 PKS6-40/1N/C/001 183.50

• Australian approval no. 10750, Standard AS/NZS 61009
• Suitable for our distribution boards
• Other trip curves available on indent only
6 30 10 PKSM-6/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-6/1N/C/001 233.80
10 PKSM-10/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-10/1N/C/001 233.80
16 PKSM-16/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-16/1N/C/001 233.80
20 PKSM-20/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-20/1N/C/001 233.80
25 PKSM-25/1N/C/003 194.80 PKSM-25/1N/C/001 233.80
GST not included

11/8 Installation devices
Installation relays
Rated current In Tripping current Part no. Price ($) Part no. Price ($)
Product Product
group 1 group 1
...003 ...001 ...003 ...001

A mA mA
Combined RCD/MCB devices (RCBO), single-phase and neutral

• 6 kA, trip curve C, NEMA style
• Electronically combined RCD/MCB device
• Standard AS/NZS 61009
• Suitable for metal load centres by Heinemann and Cutler-Hammer
• Other tripping currents available: Please enquire.
10 30 10 PKA6-10/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-10/1N/C/001 353.20
16 PKA6-16/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-16/1N/C/001 353.20
20 PKA6-20/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-20/1N/C/001 353.20
25 PKA6-25/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-25/1N/C/001 353.20
32 PKA6-32/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-32/1N/C/001 353.20
40 PKA6-40/1N/C/003 303.60 PKA6-40/1N/C/001 353.20
Accessories
Adapter for PKA6 – – – ADP-PKA 18.60
• Suitable for metal load centres by
Heinemann
Rated current In Contacts Actuating Part no. Price ($)

voltage Product
group 1
A (AC1) A (AC3) V AC
Installation relays for light and power distribution

• Rated current 20 A AC1
• Finger and hand touch safe to VGB 4
• Low switching noise, no humming
• Easy coil feed connection with Pozidrive screws
20 – 1 N/O 240 Z-R230/S 55.80
2 N/O Z-R230/SS 55.80
1 N/O, 1 N/C Z-R230/SO 55.80
2 N/C Z-R230/OO 55.80
20 – 1 N/O 24 Z-R24/S 55.80
2 N/O Z-R24/SS 55.80
1 N/O, 1 N/C Z-R24/SO 55.80
2 N/C Z-R24/OO 55.80
• Suitable for auxiliary contacts Z-SC
25 9 3 N/O, 1 N/C 240 Z-SCH230/25-31 80.60
2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/25-22 80.60
4 N/O Z-SCH230/25-40 81.90
4 N/C Z-SCH230/25-04 81.90
4 N/O 24 Z-SCH24/25-40 110.40
2 N/O, 2 N/C 24 Z-SCH24/25-22 110.40
GST not included

Installation contactors, impulse relays, ETR electronic timing relays

voltage Product
A (AC1) A (AC3) V AC group 1
Installation contactors for light and power distribution
• Suitable for auxiliary contacts Z-SC
40 27 3 N/O, 1 N/C 240 Z-SCH230/40-31 142.50
2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/40-22 142.50
4 N/O Z-SCH230/40-40 142.50
2 N/O Z-SCH230/40-20 142.50
63 30 4 N/O 240 Z-SCH230/63-40 210.70
3 N/O, 1 N/C Z-SCH230/63-31 210.70
2 N/O, 2 N/C Z-SCH230/63-22 210.70
2 N/O Z-SCH230/63-20 210.70
Accessories
Sealing cover 25 A, 2 modules wide Z-SCHAK-2TE 2.40
Sealing cover 40, 63 A, 3 modules wide Z-SCHAK-3TE 2.60
Auxiliary switch Z-SC 62.00
Spacer Z-DST 3.80

voltage Product
AC 1 group 0
Impulse relays
• Rated current 16 A AC1
16 1 N/O 240 V AC Z-S230/S 55.80
16 1 N/O 1 N/C Z-S230/SO 55.80
16 2 N/O Z-S230/SS 55.80
16 1 N/O 24 V AC Z-S24/S 55.80
16 1 N/O 1 N/C Z-S24/SO 55.80
16 2 N/O Z-S24/SS 55.80
Accessories
Twin diode block
Z-SC/GP 55.80
Rated operational current Conventional Time range Part no. Price ($)
AC–15 thermal current Product
230 V group 1
Ie Ith
A A

• Voltage range: 24 – 48 V DC, 24 – 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz
• Excellent repetition accuracy
• Very high resistance to interference voltages
On-delayed 3 5 0.05 – 1 s ETR2-11 158.10
Off-delayed 3 5 0.5 – 10 s ETR2-12 158.10
5 – 100 s
Fleeting contact on energization 3 5 0.5 – 10 min ETR2-21 158.10
Flashing, pulse initiating 3 5 5 – 100 min ETR2-42 158.10
0.5 – 10 h
5 – 100 h
Flashing, 2 speeds 3 5 ETR2-44 158.10
Multi-function relay 3 5 ETR2-69 195.80
GST not included

11/10 Installation devices
Main switches/isolating switches
Rated uninterrupted Poles Part no. Price ($)

current Product
Iu group 1
Main switches/isolating switches IS

63 1 IS-63/1 13.70
80 1 IS-80/1 17.40
100 1 IS-100/1 33.60
125 1 IS-125/1 52.10
63 2 IS-63/2 43.50
80 2 IS-80/2 55.80
100 2 IS-100/2 80.60
125 2 IS-125/2 80.20
63 3 IS-63/3 62.00
80 3 IS-80/3 80.60
100 3 IS-100/3 111.60
125 3 IS-125/3 122.80
63 4 IS-63/4 102.30
80 4 IS-80/4 108.20
100 4 IS-100/4 138.60
125 4 IS-125/4 173.90
GST not included

Add-on functions 11/11

push button Product
group 1
Auxiliary switch
For miniature circuit-breakers PLS..., PKNM...
1 N/O + 1 N/C – Z-AHK 28.00
Tripping signal switch

For miniature circuit-breakers PLS..., PKNM...
2 C/O – Z-NHK 28.00
Transformers 230 V
12 – 24 V, 2 – 1 A – TR-G2/24 104.00
Terminal cover
3 MU – Z-TR/AP-3TE 10.50
Shunt trip
Operational voltage 110 – 240 V AC – Z-ASA/230 39.80
Under voltage release

Operational voltage 230 – 240 V AC – Z-USA/230 43.50
Signal lamps
Clear – Z-EL/OR230 21.20
Red – Z-EL/R230 21.20
Green – Z-EL/G230 21.20
Pushbuttons
16 A, 1 N/O Z-PU/S 21.20
16 A, 2 N/O Z-PU/SS 26.80
16 A, 1 N/O + 1 N/C Z-PU/SO 26.80
16 A, 1 N/C Z-PU/OO 21.20
Illuminated pushbuttons
16 A, 2 N/O Z-PUL230/SS 54.00
16 A, 1 N/O + 1 N/C Z-PUL230/SO 54.00
GST not included

11/12 Add-on functions

Product
group 1
Changeover switch
2 C/O, I – O – II Z-S/WM 31.10
2 C/O, DAY – O – NIGHT Z-S/WTN 31.10
Kilowatt hour meter
Display 5 + 1 digit
230 V, 50 Hz, 16 A Z-KWZ-230 165.00
400 V, 50 Hz, 5 A Z-KWZ-3PH-25 807.20
Hour run counter

Display 5 + 2 digit
230 V, 50 Hz BSZ-230 99.20
Signalling devices
Buzzer, 230 V, 50 Hz Z-SUM230 34.80
Bell, 230 V, 50 Hz Z-GLO230 39.10
Emergency lighting test kit

Enclosed Z-EMER-E 322.10
DIN rail mounting Z-EMER-DIN 285.00
Surge arrestor
Lightning current arrestor, Class B
Single pole, 35 kA, capsulated SPI-35/440 192.20
Overvoltage arrestor, Class C

Single pole, 20 kA, complete SPC-E-280 105.40
Single pole, 20 kA, insert SPC-S-20/280 68.30
Single pole, base SPC-S-S1 37.20
GST not included

Time switches, accessories
Actuating Part no. Price ($)

voltage Product
group 1
Time switches
Analog
Synchronous Day 1 channel Z-SGS/TA 109.10
Quartz Day + week 2 channels SU-GQ/2W-TW 246.00
Digital
Quartz Day + week 1 channel Z-SDM/1K-WO 252.801)
Quartz Day + week 2 channel Z-SDM/2K-WO 303.601)
Quartz 365 days 4 channels EASY512-AC-RC 336.301)
Accessories
Padlocking attachment
For Xpole MCB
IS/SPE-1TE 8.70
Pole filter
1 strip = 6 poles
AP-45-W 2.40
Automatic restart modules

230 V AC Z-FW-LP 1,235.80
24 V DC Z-FW-LPD 1,235.80
GST not included

11/14 PE consumer boards
No. of poles Type of mounting Type of door Part no. Price ($)
Product
group 0
PE consumer boards
Protection rating IP40
12 Flush Transparent PE12FT 72.00
18 PE18FT 109.10
24 PE24FT 142.50
36 PE36FT 179.70
12 Flush Opaque PE12FW 72.00

18 PE18FW 109.10
24 PE24FW 142.50
36 PE36FW 179.70
1 Flush Opaque PE1E 7.30

2 PE2E 8.50
4 PE4E 10.60
8 PE8E 20.50
12 Surface Transparent PE12ST 72.00

18 PE18ST 109.10
24 PE24ST 142.50
36 PE36ST 179.70
12 Surface Opaque PE12SW 72.00
18 PE18SW 109.10
24 PE24SW 142.50
36 PE36SW 179.70
Notes Available complete with MCCBs and RCDs fitted
GST not included

Miniature circuit-breaker chassis 11/15
No. Pitch Width Length Height No. of poles Part no. Price ($)
of poles between with Product
fingers MCB group 2
mm mm 18 mm 27 mm
Miniature circuit-breaker chassis

• Rated current 250 A
• Fault rating 20 kA for 0.1 s
• Hybrid versions accomodate MCB from 0.5 A to 125 A
• Suits PLS and PLHT MCB
• Suits PFIM/PKNM RCD and RCBO
3-phase, 250 A, 1 module, suits 6 and 10 kA
miniture circuit breakers
12 18 230 258 95 XCH3/12 136.40
18 312 XCH3/18 154.50
24 366 XCH3/24 181.20
30 420 XCH3/30 203.30
36 474 XCH3/36 238.30
42 528 XCH3/42 260.40
48 582 XCH3/48 291.50
60 690 XCH3/60 342.60
72 798 XCH3/72 453.60
84 852 XCH3/84 583.20
3-phase hybrid, 1 and 1.5 module, suits 6, 10, 15,
20 and 25 kA miniture circuit breakers
12 18 + 27 230 282 95 6 6 XCHE3/12 POA
18 336 12 6 XCHE3/18 POA
24 390 18 6 XCHE3/24 POA
30 444 24 6 XCHE3/30 POA
36 498 30 6 XCHE3/36 POA
42 581 30 12 XCHE3/42 POA
48 635 36 12 XCHE3/48 POA
60 743 48 12 XCHE3/60 POA
72 851 60 12 XCHE3/72 POA
3-phase and neutral, 250 A, suits 2-pole
combinations RCD/MCB
12 18 + N 230 258 95 XCHA4/12 POA
20 330 XCHA4/20 POA
24 366 XCHA4/24 POA
32 438 XCHA4/32 POA
36 474 XCHA4/36 POA
48 582 XCHA4/48 POA
60 690 XCHA4/60 POA
72 798 XCHA4/72 POA
3-phase, 250 A, 1.5 module, suits 15, 20 and 25
kA miniature circuit-breakers
12 27 230 306 95 XCHC3/12 POA
18 388 XCHC3/18 POA
24 471 XCHC3/24 POA
30 553 XCHC3/30 POA
36 636 XCHC3/36 POA
42 718 XCHC3/42 POA
48 801 XCHC3/48 POA
60 966 XCHC3/60 POA
72 1131 XCHC3/72 POA
GST not included

11/16 Distribution boards
No. of poles Height Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 2
mm
Distribution boards
• 250 A type tested chassis, earth and neutral 2 screw fixing
• Hybrid versions available
– suits PLS and AZ/PLHT MCB
– suits PFIM/PKNM, RCD and RCBO
• Welded construction, removable hinged escutcheon
• Left and right hinged door, 3 mm aluminium gland plate
• Tough paint finish, stipple grey RAL 7032
• For orange X15 stipple paint finish – use suffix ‘-X15‘ for all part numbers
• Fixing template and dimensions supplied
With 250 main switch
18 700 XDB250-18 1,181.10
24 700 XDB250-24 1,271.90
36 1000 XDB250-36 1,427.60
48 1200 XDB250-48 1,674.20
60 1200 XDB250-60 1,881.90
72 1500 XDB250-72 2,011.60
84 1500 XDB250-84 2,336.00
Without main switch

18 700 XDB-18 895.50
24 700 XDB-24 1,018.90
36 1000 XDB-36 1,051.30
48 1200 XDB-48 1,265.40
60 1200 XDB-60 1,414.60
72 1500 XDB-72 1,648.30
84 1500 XDB-84 1,881.90
Accessory modules
200 XAM-200 551.70
300 XAM-300 597.00
500 XAM-500 694.40
Empty panelboard
700 XDB-1 673.40
1000 XDB-2 808.10
1200 XDB-3 973.40
1500 XDB-4 1,040.70
GST not included

Mounting accessories 11/17
Commoning busbars
No. No. Rated Part no. Price ($)

of poles of MCB operational Product
current group 1
Ie
A
Commoning busbars, 1.25 mm thick

For miniature circuit-breakers without auxiliary contacts
With fork connectors, for combination box terminal
1 – 2 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/2MODUL 2.80
1 – 6 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/6MODUL 5.30
1 – 12 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/12MODUL 8.70
2 2- and 4-pole 4 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/4MODUL 9.10
2 version can also be 6 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/6MODUL 10.70
used for FI switches
2 12 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/12MODUL 20.60
3 – 6 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/6MODUL 12.70
3 – 12 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/12MODUL 22.60
4 2- and 4-pole 8 100 EVG-16/4PHAS/8MODUL 22.00
4 version can also be 12 100 EVG-16/4PHAS/12MODUL 41.20
used for FI switches
For miniature circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts
1 – 2 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/2MODUL/HI 4.90
1 – 6 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/6MODUL/HI 11.40
1 – 9 85 EVG-16/1PHAS/9MODUL/HI 15.50
2 – 4 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/4MODUL/HI 10.10
2 – 6 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/6MODUL/HI 14.50
2 – 10 100 EVG-16/2PHAS/10MODUL/HI 22.30
3 – 6 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/6MODUL/HI 15.50
3 – 12 100 EVG-16/3PHAS/12MODUL/HI 28.20
3 1 auxiliary contact 6 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/6MODUL/HI 15.50
3 per pole 8 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/8MODUL/HI 28.20
3 9 100 EVG-16/3X1PHAS/9MODUL/HI 28.20
GST not included

11/18 Dimensions
PE consumer boards, Distribution boards
PE consumer boards
Surface mounting
A B C
PE-12S 200 255 94

PE-18S 221 364 94
A
PE-24S 326 272 94
PE-36S 451 300 94
C B B
Flush mounting
A B C D E F
PE-12F 245 305 92 200 256 66
PE-18F 267 415 100 222 368 66
A
PE-24F 362 305 100 312 260 66
D
PE-36F 470 300 100 435 435 75
F E B
C
Distribution boards
XDB panel board XAM accessory module
50
50
A
B
A
B
480 50
580
200
20
480 50
580 A B
XDB250-18/XDB18 700 600
XDB250-24/XDB24 700 600
XDB250-36/XDB36 1000 900
XDB250-48/XDB48 1200 1100
200
XDB250-60/XDB60 1200 1100

XDB250-72/XDB72 1500 1400
XDB250-84/XDB84 1500 1400
20
XDB250-96/XDB96 1500 1400

XAM-200 200 100
XAM-300 300 200
XAM-400 200 400
Content 12/1
GKW sheet steel enclosures

Page Page
Mild steel enclosures 12/2 Small insulated enclosures 12/4
GKW series 12/2 CI-K series 12/4
Accessories 12/3 Accessories 12/5
Stainless steel enclosures 12/3

GKWS series 12/3
Accessories 12/3
Page
Totally insulated enclosures 12/6
CI series 12/6
CI series, bases and covers 12/7
Accessories 12/8
12/2 Mild steel enclosures
GKW series
• IP rating single door version IP66 and double door IP56.

• There are perforated mounting strips vertically spot-welded on both
sides of the door.

• The foamed-in PU seal ensures a reliable seal.
• Door opening angle approx. 130º.

• An extra-narrow edge fold provides a more generous enclosure opening,
which in turn means a larger mounting plate and more
• usable space with the same sized enclosure.
• Multi-folded enclosure protection channel prevents the ingress of dirt
and water when the door is opened.
• Mounting plate is depth-adjustable on studs.
• Electrophoretic dipcoat priming and textured powder coating in
RAL 7035.
• The double-bit insert with cam lock or locking and is easily exchanged
for any standard lock insert.
Width Height Depth Part no. Price ($)

mm mm mm Product
group 2
GKW mild steel enclosures

• Mild steel
• Colour beige grey (RAL 7035)
200 300 120 GKW-2312 150.90
200 300 155 GKW-2315 175.40
300 300 210 GKW-3321 204.70
380 300 155 GKW-4315 205.90
380 300 210 GKW-4321 234.70
380 380 210 GKW-4421 247.90
380 600 210 GKW-4621 302.50
400 500 210 GKW-4521 261.70
500 500 210 GKW-5521 363.10
500 700 250 GKW-5725 449.00
600 380 210 GKW-6421 336.50
600 600 210 GKW-6621 426.50
600 760 210 GKW-6821 514.10
600 760 350 GKW-6835 774.80
600 1000 250 GKW-61025 620.80
600 1200 300 GKW-61230 951.80
800 1000 300 GKW-81030 920.80
800 1200 300 GKW-81230 1,164.30
GST not included

Stainless steel enclosures 12/3
GKWS series
• IP rating single door version IP66 and double door IP56.

• Material is stainless steel 316 grade

• Enclosure and door are brushed finished
• Cam lock die-cast zinc, nickel plated.
• Ideal for use in any outdoor environment.
Width Height Depth Part no. Price ($)

mm mm mm Product
group 2
GKWS stainless steel enclosures

• Stainless steel, 316 grade
• Colour beige grey (RAL 7035)
200 300 155 GKWS-2315 544.30
300 380 210 GKWS-3421 689.40
380 300 155 GKWS-4315 636.80
380 380 210 GKWS-4421 735.60
380 600 210 GKWS-4621 957.00
600 600 210 GKWS-6621 1,230.70
600 760 210 GKWS-6821 1,447.40
800 1000 300 GKWS-81030 2,150.80

Product
group 1
Mounting brackets
For mild steel enclosure (4 per pack) GKW-MB1 14.40
For simple mounting directly to wall.
For mild steel enclosure (4 per pack) GKW-MB2 24.80

Permits cable routing behind the enclosure.
For stainless steel enclosure (4 per pack) GKWS-WB 54.60

For simple mounting directly to wall.
GST not included

12/4 Small insulated enclosures
CI-K series
Suitable for housing a wide range of protection and control devices, the
robust CI-K enclosures are rated to IP65 degree of protection. Metric cable
entry knockouts in the top, bottom and rear of the enclosure make instal-
lation easy. A choice of the unique push-through membrane or hard
knockout versions provide added flexibility.
The units are ideal for housing Moeller products including: T rotary
switches, P switch-disconnectors, RMQ-Titan command and signalling
devices, xStart contactors, Xpole miniature circuit-breakers, easy control
relays, ETR4 timing relays, and PKZ motor-protective circuit-breakers. They
also make excellent terminal boxes and can be used to house pneumatic
or hydraulic components.

• Fully insulated with no need to earth, resistant to flaking or rusting
which is particularly important for the food industry.
• Choice of mounting rails and plates, with fixing holes for vertical or
horizontal positioning, simplifies mounting.
• Captive screws, fixing centres printed on the base, rubber feet to
compensate for wall unevenness and optional external fixing brackets
all simplify installation.
• Shallow base depth eases connection to devices mounted in the
enclosure.
• Eyelets on the base and cover mean tie wraps can be used as a simple
hinge when accessing the contents of the enclosure.
Width Height Depth Mounting depth Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 1
mm mm mm mm
• Degree of protection IP65, material: polycarbonate

• With metal mounting plate
• Enclosure base RAL 9005, black, top RAL 7035, light grey
• Metric cable entry knockouts at top, bottom and in back plate
• Cable membrane with CI-K1 and CI-K2
• Control cable entry to CI-K2
• Enclosure CI-K3 to CI-K5 include metric cable grommets
100 160 100 73 CI-K2-100-M 32.70
100 160 145 118 CI-K2-145-M 39.10
120 200 125 98 CI-K3-125-M 45.70
120 200 160 133 CI-K3-160-M 50.80
160 240 125 93 CI-K4-125-M 58.60
160 240 160 128 CI-K4-160-M 65.20
200 280 125 93 CI-K5-125-M 78.20
200 280 160 128 CI-K5-160-M 91.20
GST not included

Small insulated enclosures 12/5
Accessories

Product
group 1

Mounting rails
7.5 mm with fixing screws CI-K2 crosswise, useful length 82 mm TS-CI-K2 5.80
CI-K3 lengthwise and crosswise, useful length 98 mm TS-CI-K3 6.30
CI-K4 crosswise, useful length 133 mm TS-CI-K4 6.60
CI-K5 lengthwise and crosswise, and for TS-CI-K5 8.00
CI-K4 lengthwise, useful length 173 mm
N terminals, PE terminals
Can be screwed into support CI-K3 K-CI-K3 4.10
bosses CI-K4 K-CI-K4 5.30
Insulated individual terminals

• With PE, N adhesive labels 32 A, flexible 1.5 – 6 mm2 K10/1 8.00
• For snap-fitting onto 63 A, flexible 6 – 16 mm2 K25/1 11.20
mounting rail
100 A, flexible 10 – 35 mm2 K50/1 19.60
Metric cable glands

20.5 mm drilled hole diameter 6 – 13 mm external cable diameter V-M20 3.40
GST not included

12/6 Totally insulated enclosures
CI series
Width Height Depth Mounting depth Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 1
mm mm mm mm
E type individual enclosures

• Metric cable entry knockouts on all sides
• Full-area knockouts possible on all sides
• Transparent cover (included in depth)
• Fixing straps for wall mounting
• Cover fasteners can be sealed
187.5 250 150 125 CI23E-125 227.40
187.5 250 175 150 CI23E-150 234.30
375 250 150 125 CI43E-125 280.30
375 250 175 150 CI43E-150 292.80
375 250 225 200 CI43E-200 302.60
375 375 150 125 CI44E-125 429.20
375 375 175 150 CI44E-150 455.60
375 375 225 200 CI44E-200 486.30
375 375 275 250 CI44E-250 512.70
375 500 225 200 CI45E-200 571.10
X type individual enclosures

• Smooth plain sides for easy cleaning
• Fixing straps for wall mounting
187.5 250 150 125 CI23X-125 230.20
187.5 250 175 150 CI23X-150 237.10
375 250 150 125 CI43X-125 288.70
375 250 175 150 CI43X-150 301.10
375 250 225 200 CI43X-200 310.80
375 375 150 125 CI44X-125 437.60
375 375 175 150 CI44X-150 464.00
375 375 225 200 CI44X-200 494.70
375 375 275 250 CI44X-250 521.00
375 500 225 200 CI45X-200 585.60
Panel enclosures
• Sides with full-area knockouts, open top and bottom
375 750 225 200 CI48-200 779.90
375 750 275 250 CI48-250 910.70
GST not included

CI series, bases and covers
Width Height Part no. Price ($)

Product
group 1

mm mm
Bases for E type individual enclosures
• Metric cable entry knockouts on all sides
• Full-area knockouts possible on all sides
• Support bosses in the base to fit mounting plates
or mounting rails
187.5 250 U-CI23E 125.40
375 250 U-CI43E 153.20
375 375 U-CI44E 236.70
375 500 U-CI45E 285.40
Bases for X type individual enclosures

• Smooth plain sides for easy cleaning
• Cable entry drill as required
or mounting rails
187.5 250 U-CI23X 128.20
375 250 U-CI43X 161.60
375 375 U-CI44X 245.00
375 500 U-CI45X 299.80
Bases for panel enclosures

• Sides with full area knockouts
• Open top and bottom
or mounting rails
187.5 250 U-CI23 118.40
375 250 U-CI43 146.30
375 375 U-CI44 222.80
375 500 U-CI45 271.50
375 750 U-CI48 396.70
Mounting depth For use with enclosure base Part no. Price ($)
Product
group 1
mm
Transparent covers only

125 U-CI23 D125-CI23 90.50
150 D150-CI23 97.60
125 U-CI43 D125-CI43 115.60

150 D150-CI43 128.20
200 D200-CI43 137.80
125 U-CI44 D125-CI44 181.00

150 D150-CI44 207.50
200 D200-CI44 238.10

250 D250-CI44 264.50
200 U-CI45 D200-CI45 274.30

200 U-CI48 D200-CI48 371.70
250 D250-CI48 502.60
GST not included

Accessories

Product
group 1
Steel mounting plates

3 mm galvanised steel, including fixing screws

CI 23 M3-CI23 21.80
CI 43 M3-CI43 39.10
CI 44 M3-CI44 59.90
CI 45 M3-CI45 99.00
CI 48 M3-CI48 122.60
Module mounting rails

• Useful length 330 mm for enclosure dimension 375 mm
• 3 mm galvanised steel, including fixing screws
• Pack of 10 rails
– Horizontal CI43, CI44, ML4 19.60
CI45, CI48
Vertical CI44
Mounting rails
Galvanised steel, including fixing screws
7.5 mm high
Useful length 145 mm for enclosure 145 CL2 3.70
dimension 187.5 mm
dimension 250 mm
dimension 375 mm
15 mm high
Useful length 145 mm for enclosure 145 CL2-15 8.80
dimension 187.5 mm
dimension 250 mm
dimension 375 mm
Spacers
To raise by 25 mm, pack of 25 by 25 HS25-CI 4.50
To raise by 50 mm, pack of 25 by 50 HS50-CI 7.10
Insulated individual terminals

• Connections on both sides for round conductors
• Rated current:
32 A – K10/1 8.00
63 A – K25/1 11.20
100 A – K50/1 19.60
160 A – K95/1N/BR 84.60
250 A – K150/1/BR 149.60
400 A – K240/1/BR 161.40
GST not included

Accessories
Description Enclosure width Standard Part no. Price ($)

pack Product
group 1

mm
Fixing strap with screw
For wall mounting of CI enclosures. – 5 BL-CI 11.70
Each kit contains four straps.
Thumb-grip
For fitting to cover fasteners on – 20 HG-CI 3.50
CI enclosures.
Set of four
Clip
For enclosure assembly – 25 KD4-CI 1.00
Wedge lock
For enclosure assembly and flange fitting – 100 K-CI 1.00
Assembly kits
To connect enclosures to one another, 187.5 10 BS-2-CI 12.00
wedge-lock fasteners included 250 (500: use 2 off) 10 BS-3-CI 13.30
375 (750: use 2 off) 10 BS-4-CI 15.40
Flange adapter
For connecting enclosures with sides of – 10 FT-CI 26.20
different lengths
Gaskets
To seal faces between enclosures 187.5 20 D2-CI 5.70
250 20 D3-CI 6.40
375 20 D4-CI 8.40
Connecting pieces
Wedge lock K-CI required
For enclosure assembly and flange fitting – 100 VS-CI 1.00
For attaching gland plates – 25 VS-KS-CI 1.00
– 25 VS-TR-CI 5.50
Flange plates
Captive, sponge-rubber gasket. 375 10 FL4-X 47.50
Cable entry drill as required 250 10 FL3-X 31.30
187.5 10 FL2-X 25.80
125 10 FL1-X 19.60
GST not included

Accessories
Description Enclosure width Standard Part no. Price ($)

pack Product
group 1
Gland plates (including cable grommets)

For two cables 14 – 54 mm 250 1 KS3-CI 138.40

For three cables 14 – 68 mm 375 1 KS4-CI 174.10
Cover hinge
For CI...E and CI...X individual enclosures. – 5 DSCH-CI 45.10
One set consists of 2 hinges.
GST not included

Content 13/1
Soft starters, frequency inverters

Softstarters DS... Frequency inverters DF..., DV...
Page Page
Description Description
DS4, DS6 soft starters 13/2 Frequency inverters DF51 13/5
DS4 soft starters 13/3 Frequency inverters DF51 13/6
DS6 soft starters 13/4 Description

Accessories 13/4 Vector frequency inverters DV51 13/7
Vector frequency inverters DV51 13/8
DF6 frequency inverters, DV6 vector frequency inverters 13/9
Accessories
Radio interference suppression filters 13/10
Keypads, connection cables, interfacing modules 13/11
13/2 Description
DS4, DS6 soft starters
The three-phase motor is currently the optimum drive for simple and application for judder free and power network protected motor starts. They
economic implementation of machine and system concepts. Nevertheless, also reduce the operating costs in the company in more ways than one.
a DOL start or a star-delta start is not always the best solution in many Both the DS4 and DS6 series offer a complete product spectrum in the
cases. If you want to avoid pressure hammers in pump systems, reduce power range from 2.2 kW to 110 kW. Approvals with global standards
starting currents with high inertias or judder free starting in conveyor make the devices suitable for world markets.
systems, soft starters offer the gentle alternative for almost every
DS4 semiconductor contactors and soft starters 13/3

For use with Rated Rated operational current Rated power for Part no. Price ($)
operational three-phase
voltage motors at Product
at 50/60 Hz 3 AC 400 V group 3
AC–-51 AC–-53
Ue G 10 % Ie Ie P
V AC A A kW
DS4 soft starters

600 switching operations/h at 6 x In for 0.5 s
300 switching operations/h at 6 x In for 0.1 s
20 starts/h at 6 x In for 5 s
Soft starters for 110 – 500 11 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-M 589.90
three-phase motors 17 9 4 DS4-340-4K0-M 696.10
22 12 5.5 DS4-340-5K5-M 731.50
29 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-M 808.20
41 23 11 DS4-340-11K-M 1,083.00
for three-phase 11 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-M-DC 699.60
motors, fast control
inputs, DC actuation
only
Soft starter with – 6 2.2 DS4-340-2K2-MR 825.90
reversing function for – 9 4 DS4-340-4K0-MR 1,074.90
three-phase motors
– 12 5.5 DS4-340-5K5-MR 1,091.30
– 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MR 1,202.10
– 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MR 1,297.80
DS4 soft starters
Soft starters with 110 – 500 – 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MX 814.10
built-in bypass for – 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MX 890.80
three-phase motors
– 31 15 DS4-340-15K-MX 1,769.70
Soft starter with – 16 7.5 DS4-340-7K5-MXR 1,274.20
built-in bypass and – 23 11 DS4-340-11K-MXR 1,392.20
reversing function for
three-phase motors – 31 15 DS4-340-15K-MXR 2,123.70
GST not included

13/4 DS6 soft starters
Mains voltage Rated operational Rated power for Part no. Price ($)
at 50/60 Hz current three-phase motors
at 3 AC 400 V Product
group 3
UL G 10 % Ie P
V AC A kW
Soft starters for three-phase motors

with built-in bypass
230 – 480 41 22 DS6-340-22K-MX 1,157.60
55 30 DS6-340-30K-MX 1,274.40
68 37 DS6-340-37K-MX 1,446.90
81 45 DS6-340-45K-MX 1,697.40
99 55 DS6-340-55K-MX 1,808.70
230 – 480 134 75 DS6-340-75K-MX 2,003.40

161 90 DS6-340-90K-MX 2,726.90
196 110 DS6-340-110K-MX 2,949.50
For soft starter Rated Max. power Fixing Part no. Price ($)
operational loss distance
current Product
group 3
Ie PV
A W mm
Accessories
Semiconductor fuses DS6-340-22K-MX 100 80 20.282.20-100 POA
DS6-340-30K-MX 125 80 20.282.20-125 POA
DS6-340-37K-MX 200 80 20.610.32-200 POA
DS6-340-45K-MX
DS6-340-55K-MX
DS6-340-75K-MX 350 61 80 20.610.32-350 POA
DS6-340-90K-MX 400 70 80 20.610.32-400 POA
DS6-340-110K-MX 500 72 80 20.610.32-500 POA
Fuse bases Fuse base for externally mounted semiconductor fuses 21.189.01 62.30
20.282.20-... and 20.189.20-...
Fuse base for externally mounted semiconductor fuses 21.313.02 206.00
20.6xx.32-...
GST not included

Description 13/5
Frequency inverters DF51

Application Functions
The frequency inverters of the DF51 series provide infinitely variable speed control Comprehensive protective functions guarantee safe operation and protect frequen-
of three-phase motors.They are especially suitable for applications where simple cy inverters and motor:
operation and economic efficiency are important. • Overcurrent, earth fault
The assigned performance range for four-pole three-phase asynchronous motors • Overload, electronic motor protection
ranges from: • Overtemperature
• 0.25 to 2.2 kW with single-phase power supply (230 V) • Overvoltage, undervoltage
• 0.25 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (230 V) Additional operational functions:
• 0.37 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (400 V) • > 100 % starting torque from about 6 Hz
The frequency inverter DF51 can be used as a stand-alone drive or incorporated in • PID controller
automation systems. With its U/f (voltage/frequency) characteristic control, it can be • Automatic voltage control (boost)
used in wide range of applications, from simple pump and fan drives through stan- • Restart inhibit
dard transportation and conveying applications to flexible use the machine tool and • Min./max. frequency limitation
packaging machine industry. • Frequency hopping (frequency masking)
• DC braking to motor standstill
• Up to 16 fixed speeds
Features • PLC functionality: function linking possible
• Compact construction due to highly-integrated module technology
• Integrated keypad with four-character seven-segment display, LEDs, six function Documentation
keys and a setpoint value potentiometer
• Serial interface (RS 485, Modbus RTU) Each vector frequency inverter DV51 is supplied with installation instructions and a
• Five digital inputs (24 V DC) CD.
• Two digital outputs (24 V DC) The installation instructions contain a short description with illustrations and infor-
• Two analog inputs (0 to +10 V, 4 to 20 mA) mation about correct handling, installation and electrical connection of the de-
• One analog output (0 to +10 V) vice.The text information supplied is printed in seven languages (English, Chinese,
• A relay (changeover contact: 24 V DC/230 V AC) French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish).
• Thermistor input The CD contains a detailed manual (English, German) and configuration software
• User-friendly direct operation without prior configuration. with help text.
• Conformance to global standards CE, UL, c-UL and cTick
Note:
The software on the CD can be run on PCs with the current Windows operating sy-
stems from 98 to XP). For connecting a PC (RS 232) to a DF51 frequency inverter,
you will need the connection cable DEX-CBL-2M0-PC.
13/6 Frequency inverters DF51
Rated voltage Max. rated operational Rated power for motors Part no. Price ($)
at 50/60 Hz current at 3 AC
230 V 400 V Product
group 3
Ue Ie P P
V A kW kW
Frequency inverters DF51

Frequency inverters 0.25 kW to 2.2 kW at 230 V, one- and three-phase connection
1 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 1.4 0.25 – DF51-322-025 567.20
3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 2.6 0.37 – DF51-322-037 605.30
3 0.55 – DF51-322-055 727.20
4 0.75 – DF51-322-075 776.60

5 1.1 – DF51-322-1K1 814.70
7.1 1.5 – DF51-322-1K5 921.30
10 2.2 – DF51-322-2K2 1,054.50
Frequency inverters 4 kW to 7.5 kW at 230 V, three-phase connection1)

3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 15.9 4 – DF51-320-4K0 POA
24 5.5 – DF51-320-5K5 POA
32 7.5 – DF51-320-7K5 POA
Frequency inverters 0.37 kW to 7.5 kW at 400 V, three-phase connection

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 1.5 – 0.37 DF51-340-037 1,321.00
2.5 – 0.75 DF51-340-075 1,313.20
3.8 – 1.5 DF51-340-1K5 1,498.40
5.5 – 2.2 DF51-340-2K2 1,684.80
7.8 – 3 DF51-340-3K0 1,793.30
8.6 – 4 DF51-340-4K0 1,969.20
13 – 5.5 DF51-340-5K5 2,613.30
16 – 7.5 DF51-340-7K5 3,159.50
Notes 1) Special versions of frequency inverters DF51-320-... please enquire. The devices have different default settings.
Minimum order quantity: 25 units.
All rating data of the power section is based on a switching frequency of 5 kHz (default setting) and
an ambient temperature of +40 °C, for operation of a four-pole three-phase asynchronous motor.
Description 13/7
Vector frequency inverters DV51

Application Functions
With their sensorless vector control, the DV51 frequency inverters offer excellent Comprehensive protective functions guarantee safe operation and protect frequen-
torque levels for three-phase motors with cage rotors. They are especially suitable cy inverters and motor:
for demanding applications in which maximum torque and smooth running are re- • Overcurrent, earth fault
quired at the lower speed range. • Overload, electronic motor protection
The assigned performance range for four-pole three-phase asynchronous motors • Overtemperature
ranges from: • Overvoltage, undervoltage
• 0.25 to 2.2 kW with single-phase power supply (230 V) Additional operational functions:
• 0.25 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (230 V) • Sensorless Vector Control
• 0.37 to 7.5 kW with three-phase power supply (400 V) • > 200 % starting torque from about 1 Hz
The vector frequency inverters DV51 can be used as a stand-alone drive or incorpo- • Dynamic braking (external braking resistor)
rated in automation systems. The adaptable modules allow flexible communication. • Motor potentiometer
With the sensorless vector control, applications in the plastics and metal processing, • PID controller
textile, paper and printing industries and in crane and lift installations are possible. • Automatic voltage control (boost)
• Restart inhibit
• Min./max. frequency limitation
Features • Frequency hopping (frequency masking)
• DC braking to motor standstill
• Compact construction due to highly-integrated module technology • Up to 16 fixed speeds
• Internal braking transistor • PLC functionality: function tests possible
• Optional keypads DEX-KEY-6…
• Optional fieldbus module (CAN, PROFIBUS DP)
• Serial interface (RS 485, Modbus RTU) Documentation
• Six digital inputs (24 V DC)
• Two digital outputs (24 V DC) Each vector frequency inverter DV51 is supplied with installation instructions and a
• Two analog inputs (0 to +10 V, 4 to 20 mA) CD.
• One analog output (0 to +10 V) The installation instruction contains a short description with illustrations and infor-
• A relay (changeover contact: 24 V DC/230 V AC) mation about correct handling, installation and electrical connection of the device.
• Thermistor input The text information supplied is printed in seven languages (English, Chinese,
• User-friendly direct operation without prior configuration. French, German, Italian, Russian, and Spanish).
• Conformance to global standards CE, UL, c-UL and cTick The CD contains a detailed manual (English, German) and configuration software
with help text.
Note:
The software on the CD can be run on PCs with the current Windows operating sy-
stems from 98 to XP). For connecting a PC (RS 232) to a vector frequency inverter
DV51, you will need the connection cable DEX-CBL-2M0-PC.
13/8 Vector frequency inverters DV51
Rated voltage Max. rated Rated power for motors Part no. Price ($)
at 50/60 Hz operational current at 3 AC
230 V 400 V Product
group 3
Ue Ie P P
V A kW kW
Vector frequency inverters DV51

Vector frequency inverters 0.25 kW to 2.2 kW at 230 V, single- and three-phase connection
1 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 1.6 0.25 – DV51-322-025 715.70
3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 2.6 0.37 – DV51-322-037 829.80
3 0.55 – DV51-322-055 913.60
4 0.75 – DV51-322-075 1,138.20
5 1.1 – DV51-322-1K1 1,294.20
8 1.5 – DV51-322-1K5 1,412.30
11 2.2 – DV51-322-2K2 1,617.80
Vector frequency inverters 4 kW to 7.5 kW at 230 V, three-phase connection1)

3 AC 180 – 264 V g 0 % 17.5 4 – DV51-320-4K0 POA
24 5.5 – DV51-320-5K5 POA
32 7.5 – DV51-320-7K5 POA
Vector frequency inverters 0.37 kW to 7.5 kW at 400 V, three-phase connection

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 1.5 – 0.37 DV51-340-037 1,268.90
2.5 – 0.75 DV51-340-075 1,498.40
3.8 – 1.5 DV51-340-1K5 1,746.10
5.5 – 2.2 DV51-340-2K2 2,069.50
7.8 – 3 DV51-340-3K0 2,142.60
8.6 – 4 DV51-340-4K0 2,415.10
13 – 5.5 DV51-340-5K5 3,207.90
16 – 7.5 DV51-340-7K5 3,622.00
Notes 1) Special versions of frequency inverters DV51-320-... please enquire. The devices have different default settings.
Minimum order quantity: 25 units.
All rating data of the power section is based on a switching frequency of 5 kHz (default setting) and
an ambient temperature of +40 °C, for operation of a four-pole three-phase asynchronous motor.
GST not included

DF6 frequency inverters, DV6 vector frequency inverters 13/9

Rated voltage Max. rated Rated power of Part no. Price ($)
at 50/60 Hz operational motors
current1) at 3 AC 400 V Product
Ue Ie P group 3
V A kW
Frequency inverters, 11 kW to 30 kW at 400 V, three-phase connection

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 22 11 DF6-340-11K 4,273.30
29 15 DF6-340-15K 5,090.80
37 18.5 DF6-340-18K5 6,144.40
43 22 DF6-340-22K 7,457.50
57 30 DF6-340-30K 8,732.90
Vector frequency inverters, 11 kW to 30 kW at 400 V, three-phase conetion

3 AC 342 – 528 V g 0 % 23 11 DV6-340-11K 5,549.80
32 15 DV6-340-15K 6,144.40
38 18.5 DV6-340-18K5 7,457.50
48 22 DV6-340-22K 8,732.90
57 30 DV6-340-30K 11,545.40
Notes 1) Rated
operational current at an operating frequency of 5 kHz and an ambient temperature of +40 °C.
Frequency inverters and vector frequency inverters are available up to 132 kW.
GST not included

13/10 Accessories
Radio interference suppression filters
Rated voltage Assigned frequency inverter Part no. Price ($)

at 50/60 Hz
Ue DF51 DV51 Product
V DF6 DV6 group 3
Radio interference suppression filters

Can be side- or footprint mounted to the frequency inverter.
1 AC 250 V + 10 % DF51-322-025 DV51-322-025 DE51-LZ1-007-V2 118.00
DF51-322-037 DV51-322-037
DF51-322-055 DV51-322-055
1 AC 250 V + 10 % DF51-322-075 DV51-322-075 DE51-LZ1-012-V2 129.20
DF51-322-1K1 DV51-322-1K1
1 AC 250 V + 10 % DF51-322-1K5 DV51-322-1K5 DE51-LZ1-024-V2 177.00
DF51-322-2K2 DV51-322-2K2
3 AC 480 V + 10 % DF51-340-037 DV51-340-037 DE51-LZ3-007-V4 271.40
DF51-340-075 DV51-340-075
DF51-340-1K5 DV51-340-1K5
DF51-340-2K2 DV51-340-2K2
3 AC 480 V + 10 % DF51-340-3K0 DV51-340-3K0 DE51-LZ3-011-V4 318.60
DF51-340-4K0 DV51-340-4K0
3 AC 480 V + 10 % DF51-340-5K5 DV51-340-5K5 DE51-LZ3-020-V4 625.30
DF51-340-7K5 DV51-340-7K5
3 AC 480 V + 10 % – DV6-340-075 DE6-LZ3-013-V4 384.00

DV6-340-1K5
DV6-340-2K2
DV6-340-4K0
DV6-340-5K5
DF6-340-11K DV6-340-7K5 DE6-LZ3-032-V4 483.80
DF6-340-15K DV6-340-11K
DF6-340-18K5 DV6-340-15K DE6-LZ3-064-V4 837.70
DF6-340-22K DV6-340-18K5
DF6-340-30K DV6-340-22K
Only side mounting beside frequency inverter possible.
3 AC 342…528 V g 0 % DF6-340-37K DV6-340-30K DE6-LZ3-080-V4 1,982.10
Notes Filters for larger units available on request.
GST not included

Accessories 13/11
Keypads, connection cables, interfacing modules

Product
group 3
Keypads
LCD keypad with potentiometer Flush mounting in DV51 DF51-… DEX-KEY-6 211.50
frequency inverters possible. For remote siting, a connec- DF6-...
tion cable (DEX-CBL-…ICS) is required. DV51-...
DV6-...
LCD keypad. Flush mounting in DV51 frequency inverters DF51-… DEX-KEY-61 194.80
possible. For remote siting, a connection cable DF6-...
(DEX-CBL-…ICS) is required. DV51-...
DV6-...
Mounting frame
Mounting frame for DEX-KEY-6… LCD keypad DEX-KEY-6… DEX-MNT-K6 72.40
DEX-KEY-10
LCD keypad with non-volatile memory. Flush mounting in DF51-... DEX-KEY-10 1,463.00
DF6 and DV6 frequency inverters possible. For remote DF6-...
siting, a connection cable (DEX-CBL-…ICS) is required. DV51-...
DV6-...
RA-SP
T-Adapter DEV51-NET-TC
T adapter. Flush mounting in DV51 frequency inverters DV51-… DEV51-NET-TC 295.00
possible. Interface (T connector) with RJ45 sockets for the
built-in RS 485/Modbus RTU interface.
External T adapter. Connection cable DEX-CBL-…ICS DF51-… DEX-NET-TC 295.00
required. DV51-...
CANopen interface for DV51 frequency inverters and for DF51-… DE51-NET-CAN 785.70
external connection for DF51 (connection cable DV51-...
DEX-CBL-…ICS required)
PROFIBUS DP interface for DV51 frequency inverters and DF51-… DE51-NET-DP 785.70
for external connection for DF51 (connection cable DV51-...
DEX-CBL-…ICS required)
Connection cables
Interface converter RS332/RJ45 with connection cable (2 DF51-... DEX-CBL-2M0-PC 236.00
m) with RJ45 plug and 9-pin Sub-D plug DF6-...
DV51-...
DV6-...
RA-SP
Connection cable (1.0 m) with RJ-45 plugs DEX-KEY-10 DEX-CBL-1M0-ICS 47.20
Connection cable (3.0 m) with RJ-45 plugs DEX-KEY-10 DEX-CBL-3M0-ICS 59.00
Notes Mains chokes and external braking units are available upon request.
GST not included

13/12 Notes
Content 14/1
DSN decontactors DS decontactors
Maréchal decontactors
Page Page
Maréchal 14/2 Maréchal 14/2
Product group overview 14/2 Product group overview 14/2
Description 14/4 Description 14/4
Selection guide, item legend 14/5 Selection guide, item legend 14/5
DSN1 decontactor, 20 A 14/6 DS1 decontactor, 30 A 14/14
Dimensions 14/28 DS9 decontactor, 150 A 14/23
DS2 decontactor, 250 A 14/26
Dimensions 14/33
14/2 Maréchal
Product group overview
35
DSN contactors – currents: 16, 32, 63 A
As standard IP66/67
Available in:
• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities with/without auxiliary contacts
• Poly blue casings
DS decontactors – currents: 30, 50, 90, 150, 250, 400 A

As standard IP54/55
Available in:
• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities with/without auxiliary contacts
• Poly blue and metal casings
• Optional IP66/67
DB disbreakers – power: 5.5, 7.5, 11, 15, 22, 30, 45 kW

As standard IP67
Available in:
• Many different voltages, frequencies and polarities
• Metal casings
DN decontactors – currents: 20, 30, 50, 90, 150 A

As standard IP54
Available in:
• High temperature versions to 135 °C
PN plugs and socket outlets – currents: 30 A

As standard IP66/67
Available in:
• High temperature versions to 185 °C and 240 °C
DS, DN and PN7C Y/D-START connectors – currents: 16 – 150 A

As standard DS IP54, DN IP54 and PN7C IP66/67
Available in:
• Many different voltages and frequencies, 2 and 3 auxiliary contacts
• DN7C3 and DN7C6 high temperature versions to 135 °C
DSN, DS, DN and PN multicontact plugs,

decontactors and socket outlets – currents: 5, 10, 16, 25 A
Multicontacts from 6 to 37 contacts
Available in:
• Poly blue or metal casings
Notes For comprehensive details for the Moeller Maréchal different product ranges please refer to the Moeller Maréchal detailed
Catalogue.
Maréchal 14/3
Product group overview
DXN explosion proof decontactors – currents: 16, 32, 63 A
Zone 1 and 2 gas, 21 and 22 dust; Ex ed IIC T6
As standard IP66/67
Available in:
• Poly black casings
DX, PX explosion proof decontactors – currents: 16, 32, 63 and 125 A

Zone 1 and 2 gas, 21 and 22 dust; Ex ed IIC T6
As standard IP65
Available in:
• Metal black casings
Surface boxes and DIN-EQM enclosures etc., DSN-DS-PN

Available with:
• DSN, DS and PN series
• RCD, MCB and RD/MCBs
CCH DC 2-pole connectors – currents: 75, 100, 125, 150, 200 A

As standard IP45
Available in:
• Versions with/without earth contact; with/without pilot contact
• Poly black or grey casings
CS single pole connectors

Currents continuous: 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 275 and 325 A
Currents 60 % temporary use: 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350 and 450 A
• As standard IP45 – bayonet twist lock
SP single pole connectors

SP4 current continuous: 700 A
Conductor: 95 – 400 mm2
2 auxiliary contacts 10 A
Colour coded, 5 different keyings
PF plugs and socket outlets – voltages: 415, 690, 1000 V – currents: 300, 400, 600 A
As standard IP67
Available in:
• PFC with 4 and PFQ with 8 auxiliary contacts
• Metal casings
• PFC with 7 and PFQ with 10 non-interchangeable positions
Notes For comprehensive details for the Moeller Maréchal different product ranges please refer to the Moeller Maréchal detailed
Catalogue.
14/4 DSN, DS decontactors
Description
• Integral switching device

• Closing on short circuit
• High safety usage
• Long term reliability
• Heavy duty
• Number of operations exceeding those
stipulated in the standard
• Excellent resistance to high temperatures
• Significant overload tolerance
• Compliance with Australian, New Zealand
and international standards
The high safety connection
Decontactors are industrial plugs and socket-outlets using the The safety shutter at the front of the socket-outlet (DS/DSN ranges)
silver-butt contacts instead of the brass pins and sleeves. remains locked when the plug is pulled out. With this system, live parts
Moreover, they have an integral switching device allowing to are totally inaccessible by the user, even if the lid is not closed.
make and break mixed resistive and inductive loads in complete In order to eliminate any electrocution hazard, the earth contact is always
safety, as specified in the international standard, IEC/EN 60309-1/ located in the centre of the Maréchal DECONTACTORTM, thereby prevent-
AS/NZS 3123 clause 2.8 for industrial plugs and socket-outlets as ing any accidental connection with a phase contact. When the plug is
well as the international standard IEC/EN 60947-3/AS 3947-3 for inserted and withdrawn, the earth contact makes first and breaks last in
switches. order to provide continuous earthing, as required for safe handling.
Thanks to its integral switching device (AC22/AC23 according to standard
EN 60947-3/AS 3947-3), the decontactor can safely connect and discon-
nect devices up to 250 A. Just pressing on the button will switch off the
decontactor. Thus, the plug is de-energised before it is removed. As it
prevents any risk of drawing an electric arc formation upon removing the
plug, this system provides total safety to the user. In the event of a short-
circuit, the Maréchal DECONTACTORTM guarantees safe handling: it is the
only industrial plug and socket-outlet that has successfully passed short-
circuit closing tests (Allen Bradley, High Current Lab, Wisconsin, U.S.A).
When a DECONTACTORTM is Just pressing with the finger on A quarter of a turn (to the left for The plug and socket-outlet are then
connected, its ‘high safety‘ the button will switch off the the DS and DSN) is enough to separated. Thanks to the safety
technology makes any accident DECONTACTORTM. The plug then separate the plug from the socket- shutter located in front of the
impossible. travels back automatically into a outlet. This is done very safely since socket-outlet (for the DS and DSN),
parked position. the device has been switched off. live parts are inaccessible to touch
and contact by wires exceeding
1 mm in diameter (IP4X lid open).
DSN, DS decontactors 14/5
Selection guide, item legend
Rated current Maximum Operating current Load breaking Standard IP-rating Impact resistance Number of
(IEC/EN 60309-1) operating voltage (IEC/EN 60947-3) capacitiy (dust and water) keying
(AS/NZS3/23) (AC) (AS3947-3) positions
AC22 AC23 IP54/55 IP66 and Polyester Metal
IP67
A V A V V A A IK IK
Selection guide
DSN1 20 500 20 500 400 ✓ ✓ 08 – 24
DSN3 32 690 32 690 400 ✓ ✓ 08 – 24
DSN6 45 1000 – – – ✓ ✓ 08 – 24
63 690 63 690 400 ✓ ✓ 08 – 24
DS1 16 690 16 690 – ✓ 1) 08 – 24
30 690 30 500 400 ✓ 1) 08 – 24
DS3 32 1000 32 690 – ✓ 1) 08 – 24
50 690 50 400 400 ✓ 1) 08 – 24
DS6 63 1000 63 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24
90 690 90 – 400 ✓ 1) 08 09 24
DS9 90 1000 90 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24
125 690 125 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24
150 400 150 400 – ✓ 1) 08 09 24
DS2 150 1000 – – – ✓ 1) 08 09 12
200 690 200 690 – ✓ 1) 08 09 12
250 400 250 400 – ✓ 1) 08 09 12
Notes 1) DS-series versions in IP66 and IP67 also available however is as standard supplied as IP55 for the decontactor socket outlet and
IP54 for the combination of a DS-series decontactor socket outlet with a mated appliance inlet.
Item legend
Maréchal part no. Series Shell material Frame size Device type Voltage/frequency Polarity
#1 #2 #3 #4 # 5, # 6 #7
3 = DS 1 = polyester, blue (BU) 1 4 = socket Contact 2 = 2 P + E (AC)
6 = DSN 2 = polyester, white (WE) 2 8 = appliance inlet Pin 3 = 3 P + E (AC)
4 = polyester, grey (GY) 3 A = accessory Retainer position 5 = 1 P + N + E (AC)
5 = polyester, black (BK) 6 7 = 3 P + N + E (AC)
8 = polyester, transparent 9 DSN & DS 9 = 2 P + E (DC)
9 = metal 01 – 24 A = 2 P (without E F 50 V)
Example: part no. 3118013 3 = DS 1 = blue polyester 1 = DS1 8 = appliance inlet 01 = 380 – 440 V 3=3P+E
14/6 DSN1 decontactor
20 A
• Socket outlet: IP66 and IP67

• Socket outlet and inlet: IP66 and IP67
• IK polyester 08
• Umax: 500 V AC, 250 V DC
• Wiring flexible: 1 – 2.5 mm²
• Wiring stranded: 1.5 – 4 mm²

• Other wiring on request: max. 10 mm2 flexible,
max. 16 mm2 stranded
• Rated currents (IEC/EN 60309-1/AS/NZS 3123):
AC23: 20 A/400 V, AC22: 20 A/500 V
• Rated currents and operating voltages:
AC23: 20 A/400 V, AC22: 20 A/500 V
(load breaking capacity according to
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)
• Material: polyester
Socket outlet (female) Inlet (male)

Polarity Voltage socket outlet Part no. Price ($) Voltage inlet Part no. Price ($)
Product Product
V group 4 V group 4
Basic units, polyester

1P+N+E 220 – 250 6114015 143.60 220 – 250 6118015 76.50
3P+E 380 – 440 6114013 161.00 380 – 440 6118013 90.70
3P+N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 6114017 178.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 6118017 104.80
Notes Other voltages and frequencies: please consult us for item data.
Version with self-closing lid (IP54): please consult us.

Product Product
group 4 group 4
Socket outlet options1) Inlet accessories

Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 354 POA IP67 cap 611A126 31.20
Device for self-ejecting plug Socket # + 352 POA Ejecting mechanism (shark fin) 611A338 110.60
Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00

180°-opening lid Socket # + 10 POA
180°-opening and self-returning lid Socket # + 18 POA
Padlocking shaft (without padlock)
for 1 padlock, 3 mm o Socket # + 840 POA
for up to 3 padlocks, Socket # + 844 POA
3 mm o
Stop button Socket # + 453 POA
Notes Items written with bold characters are to standard Australian/New Zealand voltages and/or fast moving.
GST not included

DSN1 decontactor 14/7
20 A
Cable entry Cable o Part no. Price ($)

Product
mm group 4
Installation accessories
Wall box, polyester, without cable gland
30°, with entry M20 – 611A053 32.40
70°, without entry M20 – 51AA058 105.90

M25 – 51AA058 105.90
M32 – 51AA058 105.90
Sleeve, polyester
Inclined, 30° – – 611A027 38.90
Inclined, 70° – – 51AA757 48.80
Handle, polyester
Straight – 8 – 15 611A013 40.20
Straight, with reinforced anchoring – 5 – 21 611A413 54.60

Angled – 8 – 17 01NA313 43.10
For ejection option

M20 – 611A463 47.10
M25 – 611A44325P 50.40
M32 – 611A44332P 60.50
Straight, flowerpot with metric thread
M20 – 611A253417 32.50
M25 – 611A253418 32.50
M32 – 611A253419 32.50
Industrial/domestic adapters, polyester
• Maréchal industrial inlet 1 P + N + E
• Domestic socket outlet 10/16 A, 230 V (available to foreign standards: replace D40 by D11
for France, D30 for Germany, D06 for Italy, D08 for Switzerland, D80 for USA, etc.)
UK – – 6118015D40 202.20
Australia – – 6118015D67 202.20
GST not included

32 A
• Socket outlet: IP66/67

• Socket outlet and inlet: IP66/67
• IK polyester 08
• Umax: 690 V AC, 250 V DC
• Wiring flexible: 2.5 – 6 mm2
• Wiring stranded: 2.5 – 10 mm2

max. 16 mm² stranded
AC23: 32 A/400 V, AC22: 32 A/500 V, 32 A/690 V
AC23: 32 A/400 V, AC22: 32 A/500 V, 32 A/690 V
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)

Product Product
V group 4 V group 4

1P+N+E 220 – 250 6134015 270.30 220 – 250 6138015 108.00
3P+ E 380 – 440 6134013 297.00 380 – 440 6138013 123.20
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 6134017 323.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 6138017 138.40
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 6134015972 374.30 220 – 250 6138015972 143.40
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 6134013972 400.90 380 – 440 6138013972 158.50
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 6134017972 427.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 6138017972 173.70

Product Product
group 4 group 4
Socket outlet with auxiliary contacts1) Inlet with auxiliary contacts

Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Socket # + 972 POA Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Inlet # + 972 POA

Device for self-ejecting plug Socket # + 352 POA Self-closing lid 311A226 178.90
Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA Ejecting mechanism (shark fin) 613A338 175.50
for 1 padlock, 3 mm o Socket # + 840 POA
for up to 3 padlocks, Socket # + 844 POA Closing mechanism (finger draw plate) 613A346 39.50
3 mm o
Stop button Socket # + 453 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00
1) If you want to add an option to a socket outlet with auxiliary contacts: please consult us
2) Socket outlet with two or more options: please consult us for item data.
GST not included

32 A
Entry Cable o Part no. Price ($)

Product
mm group 4
Wall box, without cable gland
30°, with entry, polyester M20 – 613A053 57.30
M25 – 613A083 57.30
70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51BA058 97.40

M25 – 51BA058 97.40
M32 – 51BA058 97.40
30°, with entry, metal M20 – 693A053 47.30
Metal, with entry, plus polyester sleeve 30° M20 – 613A653 190.60
M25 – 613A653418 190.60
M32 – 613A653419 190.60
M40 – 613A653420 190.60
Metal, with entry, plus metal sleeve 30° M20 – 693A653 206.60
M25 – 693A653418 206.60
M32 – 693A653419 194.90
M40 – 693A653420 206.60
Metal, with entry, plus straight metal sleeve M20 – 693A095 300.60
M25 – 693A095418 300.60
M32 – 693A095419 300.60
M40 – 693A095420 300.60
Sleeve
Inclined, 30°, polyester – – 613A027 54.60
Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51BA757 54.60
Straight, metal – – 693A127 129.80
Inclined, 30°, metal – – 693A027 88.10
Supply boxes with self-ejecting coupler socket for emergency vehicles: please consult us.
GST not included

32 A

Product
mm group 4
Handle
Straight, polyester – 5 – 21 613A013 41.00
For ejection option, with eyelet for tension cord M20 – 613A443417 79.70
M25 – 613A443418 75.20
M32 – 613A443419 75.20
M40 – 613A443420 75.20
Straight, flowerpot with metric thread, polyester M20 – 613A253417 39.70
M25 – 613A253418 39.70
M32 – 613A253419 39.70
M40 – 613A253420 37.50
Straight, flowerpot with metric thread, metal M20 – 613A953417 70.10
M25 – 613A953418 70.10
M32 – 613A953419 70.10

• 10 A, 230 V fuse protection
UK – – 6138015D40 293.60
Australia – – 6138015D67 293.60
GST not included

63 A
• Socket outlet: IP66/67

• Socket outlet and inlet: IP66/67
• IK polyester 08
• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC
• Wiring flexible: 6 – 16 mm2
• Wiring stranded: 6 – 25 mm2
AC23: 63 A/400 V,
AC22: 63 A/690 V, 45 A/1000 V
AC23: 63 A/400 V, AC22: 63 A/690 V
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)

Product Product
V group 4 V group 4

1P+N+E 220 – 250 6164015 433.90 220 – 250 6168015 224.50
3P+ E 380 – 440 6164013 485.90 380 – 440 6168013 263.50
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 6164017 507.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 6168017 302.50
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 6164015972 532.10 220 – 250 6168015972 264.80
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 6164013972 584.00 380 – 440 6168013972 303.80
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 6164017972 636.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 6168017972 342.80

Product Product
group 4 group 4

With 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Socket # + 972 POA With 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Inlet # + 972 POA

for 1 padlock, 3 mm o Socket # + 840 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00
3 mm o
GST not included

63 A

Product
mm group 4

70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51CA058 118.40

M25 – 51CA058 118.40
M32 – 51CA058 118.40
M40 – 51CA058 118.40
M25 – 616A653 162.90
M32 – 616A653419 162.90
M40 – 616A653420 162.90
M25 – 696A653 186.40
M32 – 696A653419 186.40
M40 – 696A653420 186.40
Metal, without entry, plus metal sleeve 70° M20 – 873A053417 194.70
M25 – 873A053 194.70
M32 – 873A053419 194.70
M40 – 873A053420 194.70
M25 – 696A095 186.40
M32 – 696A095419 186.40
M40 – 696A095420 186.40
Sleeve
Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51CA757 82.60
Inclined, 30°, metal – – 696A027 91.20
Inclined, 70°, metal – – 873A087 104.60
GST not included

63 A

Product
mm group 4
Handle
Straight, polyester, with built-in finger draw plate (for in-line connections) – 10 – 30 616A473 70.60
M25 – 616A443418 92.30
M32 – 616A443419 92.30
M40 – 616A443420 92.30
M25 – 616A253418 46.90
M32 – 616A253419 46.90
M40 – 616A253420 46.90
M25 – 616A953418 78.30
M32 – 616A953419 78.30
M40 – 616A953420 78.30
GST not included

14/14 DS1 decontactor
30 A
• Socket outlet: IP55

• Socket outlet and inlet: IP54
• IK polyester 08
• Umax: 690 V AC, 250 V DC

AC23: 30 A/400 V, AC22: 30 A/500 V, 30 A/690 V
AC23: 30 A/400 V, AC22: 30 A/500 V, 16 A/690 V
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)

Product Product
V group 4 V group 4

1P+N+E 220 – 250 3114015 239.00 220 – 250 3118015 115.40
3P+ E 380 – 440 3114013 264.40 380 – 440 3118013 131.70
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3114017 307.20 220 – 250/380 – 440 3118017 148.00
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 3114015972 359.20 220 – 250 3118015972 153.40
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 3114013972 386.10 380 – 440 3118013972 169.70
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3114017972 413.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3118017972 186.10

Product Product
group 4 group 4

Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Socket # + 972 POA Umax 500 V, with 2 auxiliary contacts, 5 A Inlet # + 972 POA
Socket outlet options2) Inlet options

IP67-rated Socket # + 677 POA IP67-rated Inlet # + 677 POA
Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 354 POA Inlet accessories
IP67 cap 311A126 36.40
8 mm o Closing mechanism (finger draw plate) 311A346 37.30
Stop button Socket # + 453 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00
Rubber cover for polyester latch Socket # + 833 POA
GST not included
DS1 decontactor 14/15
30 A

Product
mm group 4
M25 – 311A083 57.30
70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51BA058 97.40

M25 – 51BA058 97.40
M32 – 51BA058 97.40
M25 – 311A653418 190.60
M32 – 311A653419 190.60
M40 – 311A653420 190.60
M25 – 391A653418 206.60
M32 – 391A653419 206.60
M40 – 391A653420 206.60
M25 – 391A095418 300.60
M32 – 391A095419 300.60
M40 – 391A095420 300.60
Sleeve
Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51BA757 54.60
Inclined, 30°, metal – – 391A027 143.60
GST not included

30 A

Product
mm group 4
Handle
M25 – 311A443418 79.70
M32 – 311A443419 79.70
M40 – 311A443420 79.70

M25 – 311A253418 39.70
M32 – 311A253419 39.70
M40 – 311A253420 39.70
M25 – 311A953418 70.10
M32 – 311A953419 70.10

• 10 A, 230 V fuse protection
UK – – 3118015D40 315.20
Australia – – 3118015D67 334.10
GST not included

50 A

• IK polyester 08
• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC
• Wiring flexible: 2.5 – 10 mm2
• Other wiring on request: max. 16 mm2 flexible
AC23: 50 A/400 V,
AC22: 50 A/690 V, 30 A/1000 V
AC23: 50 A/400 V, AC22: 32 A/690 V
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)

Product Product
V group 4 V group 4

1P+N+E 220 – 250 3134015 345.60 220 – 250 3138015 180.90
3P+ E 380 – 440 3134013 382.30 380 – 440 3138013 207.50
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3134017 419.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3138017 234.20
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 3134015972 451.60 220 – 250 3138015972 230.50
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 3134013972 488.30 380 – 440 3138013972 256.80
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3134017972 525.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3138017972 283.40

Product Product
group 4 group 4


IP67 cap 313A126 57.70
for up to 3 padlocks, Socket # + 844 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00
8 mm o
GST not included
50 A

Product
mm group 4

70°, without entry, polyester M20 – 51CA058 118.40

M25 – 51CA058 118.40
M32 – 51CA058 118.40
M40 – 51CA058 118.40
M25 – 393A653 175.90
M32 – 393A653419 175.90
M40 – 393A653420 175.90
M25 – 873A053 194.70
M32 – 873A053419 194.70
M40 – 873A053420 194.70
M25 – 393A095 269.40
M32 – 393A095419 269.40
M40 – 393A095420 269.40
Sleeve
Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51CA757 82.60
Inclined, 30°, metal – – 393A027 90.90
Inclined, 70°, metal – – 873A087 104.60
GST not included

50 A

Product
mm group 4
Handle
M25 – 313A443418 97.80
M32 – 313A443419 97.80
M40 – 313A443420 97.80
M25 – 313A253418 46.90
M32 – 313A253419 46.90
M40 – 313A253420 46.90
M25 – 313A953418 78.30
M32 – 313A953419 78.30
M40 – 313A953420 78.30
GST not included

90 A

• IK polyester 08, metal 09
• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC

AC23: 90 A/400 V,
AC22: 90 A/690 V, 63 A/1000 V
AC23: 90 A/400 V, AC22: 63 A/690 V
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)
• Material: polyester, metal

Product Product
V group 4 V group 4

1P+N+E 220 – 250 3164015 448.20 220 – 250 3168015 282.10
3P+ E 380 – 440 3164013 503.50 380 – 440 3168013 329.10
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3164017 558.70 220 – 250/380 – 440 3168017 376.20
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 3164015972 643.30 220 – 250 3168015972 390.90
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 3164013972 732.10 380 – 440 3168013972 427.20
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3164017972 792.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 3168017972 469.50
Basic units, metal
1P+N+E 220 – 250 3964015 490.50 220 – 250 3968015 324.30
3P+ E 380 – 440 3964013 545.70 380 – 440 3968013 370.30
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3964017 601.00 220 – 250/380 – 440 3968017 416.30
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 3964015972 726.90 220 – 250 3968015972 433.30
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 3964013972 777.00 380 – 440 3968013972 469.50
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3964017972 837.40 220 – 250/380 – 440 3968017972 511.90

Product Product
group 4 group 4


IP67 cap 316A126 79.60
GST not included

90 A

Product Product
group 4 group 4
8 mm o Tension cord 311A336 40.00

Rubber cover for metal latch Socket # + 835 POA

Product
mm group 4
70°, without entry, polyester M25 – 51DA058 129.30

M32 – 51DA058 129.30
M40 – 51DA058 129.30
M32 – 396A653419 263.20
M40 – 396A653 263.20
M50 – 396A653429 263.20
M32 – 876A053419 242.50
M40 – 876A053 242.50
M50 – 876A053429 242.50
M32 – 396A095419 358.80
M40 – 396A095 358.80
M50 – 396A095429 358.80
GST not included

90 A

Product
mm group 4
Sleeve
Inclined, 70°, polyester – – 51DA757 76.50
Inclined, 30°, metal – – 396A027 130.60
Inclined, 70°, metal – – 876A087 126.30
Handle
M32 – 316A443419 107.10
M40 – 316A443420 107.10
M50 – 316A443429 107.10
M32 – 316A253419 69.90
M40 – 316A253420 69.90
M50 – 316A253429 69.90
M32 – 316A953419 123.50
M40 – 316A953420 123.50
M50 – 316A953429 123.50
GST not included

150 A

• IK polyester 08, metal 09
• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC
AC23: 150 A/400 V,
AC22: 125 A/690 V, 90 A/1000 V
AC23: 150 A/400 V, AC22: 90 A/690 V
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)
• Material: polyester, metal

Product Product
V group 4 V group 4

1P+N+E 220 – 250 3194015 959.50 220 – 250 3198015 635.30
3P+ E 380 – 440 3194013 1,099.20 380 – 440 3198013 757.40
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3194017 1,197.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 3198017 879.60
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 3194015972 1,263.30 220 – 250 3198015972 961.40
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 3194013172 1,332.00 380 – 440 3198013172 1,156.00
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3194017972 1,521.20 220 – 250/380 – 440 3198017972 1,278.20
Basic units, metal
1P+N+E 220 – 250 3994015 981.10 220 – 250 3998015 678.90
3P+ E 380 – 440 3994013 1,186.80 380 – 440 3998013 801.10
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3994017 1,333.70 220 – 250/380 – 440 3998017 923.30
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 3994015972 1,343.70 220 – 250 3998015972 1,005.00
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 3994013172 1,669.80 380 – 440 3998013172 1,199.70
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3994017972 1,816.60 220 – 250/380 – 440 3998017972 1,321.80

Product Product
group 4 group 4


IP66/67-rated Socket # + 687 POA IP66/67-rated Inlet # + 687 POA
Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 365 POA
Device for self-ejecting plug Socket # + 353 POA
GST not included

150 A

Product Product
group 4 group 4

Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA IP67 cap 319A126 77.70

8 mm o Self-closing lid 399A226 402.50

Closing mechanism (draw base) 399A396 228.40
Ejecting mechanism 399A347 1,260.60
(plug draw and release mechanism)
Rubber cover for metal latch Socket # + 835 POA
Socket outlet accessories Tension cord 311A336 40.00

Closing mechanism (draw lever) 399A376 363.50

Product
mm group 4
M40 – 399A053420 366.10
M50 – 399A053 366.10
M63 – 399A053463 366.10
M40 – 319A653420 284.70
M50 – 319A653 284.70
M63 319A653463 284.70
M40 – 399A653420 302.20
M50 – 399A653 302.20
M63 – 399A653463 302.20
M40 – 879A053420 322.30
M50 – 879A053 341.70
M63 – 879A053463 322.30
M40 – 399A095420 424.00
M50 – 399A095 424.00
M63 – 399A095463 424.00
GST not included

150 A

Product
mm group 4
Sleeve
Inclined, 30°, metal – – 399A027 154.10
Inclined, 70°, metal – – 879A087 158.90
Handle
M40 – 319A253420 97.30
M50 – 319A253429 97.30
M63 – 319A253463 97.30
M40 – 319A953420 149.80
M50 – 319A953429 149.80
M63 – 319A953463 149.80
GST not included

250 A

• IK metal 09
• Umax: 1000 V AC, 250 V DC

• Other wiring on request: max. 150 mm2
flexible, max. 185 mm2 stranded
AC23: 250 A/400 V,
AC22: 200 A/690 V, 150 A/1000 V
AC23: 250 A/400 V, AC22: 125 A/690 V
IEC/EN 60947-3/AS3947-3)
• Material: metal

Product Product
V group 4 V group 4
Basic units, metal

1P+N+E 220 – 250 3924015 1,631.60 220 – 250 3928015 919.70
3P+ E 380 – 440 3924013 1,864.20 380 – 440 3928013 1,095.20
3P+ N+E 220 – 250/380 – 440 3924017 1,991.90 220 – 250/380 – 440 3928017 1,270.80
1P+N+E+2A 220 – 250 3924015972 3,007.00 220 – 250 3928015972 2,159.70
3P+ E+2A 380 – 440 3924013972 2,615.40 380 – 440 3928013972 1,877.00
3P+ N+E+2A 220 – 250/380 – 440 3924017972 2,897.90 220 – 250/380 – 440 3928017972 2,510.80

Product Product
group 4 group 4


IP66/67-rated Socket # + 687 POA IP66/67-rated Inlet # + 687 POA
Device for self-ejecting decontactor socket outlet Socket # + 365 POA Device for self-ejecting plug Inlet # + 204 POA
392A338 444.60
Self-returning lid Socket # + R POA Inlet accessories

180°-opening lid Socket # + 10 POA IP67 cap 312A126 108.00
8 mm o
Closing mechanism (draw base) 392A396 287.60
Ejecting mechanism 392A397 470.90
Stop button Socket # + 453 POA (plug draw and release mechanism)
Rubber cover for metal latch Socket # + 835 POA Tension cord 311A336 40.00
Socket outlet accessories
Closing mechanism (draw lever) 392A376 390.90
GST not included

250 A

Product
mm group 4
Metal, with entry, plus metal sleeve 60° down angled M63 – 392A053 685.30
Sleeve
Inclined, 60°, metal – – 392A027 211.00
Handle
Straight, neoprene – 34 – 58 392A01303 266.50
Straight, metal – 40 – 54 392A913 621.70

– 55 – 63 392A91363 586.50
Straight, metal M50 – 392A953429 352.20

M63 – 392A953463 352.20
M75 – 392A953475 352.20

M75 – 392A253475 113.70
GST not included

14/28 DSN decontactors
Dimensions
Inlet
od E
Product A BB BH C D E H od
BH DSN1 50 24 27 57 37 42 13,5 4,2
DSN3, DSN24C 50 32 36 67 58 48 13 4,5
E D
BB DSN6, DSN37C 54 39 44 78 68 55,2 15 4,8
C H A
Plug
Product A B o
B o DSN1 125 58 8-15
DSN3, DSN24C 145 68 5-21
DSN6, DSN37C 152 83 10-30
A
Socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)

A0
Product A1 A0
A1 DSN1 156 169
DSN3, DSN24C 169 186
DSN6, DSN37C 175 204
30° inclined socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)

A0
A1 Product A1 A0 B1 B0 Y Yß
DSN1 185 196 151 157 169
DSN3, DSN24C 195 210 171 180 209
DSN6, DSN37C 204 230 178 193 230 207
Yß: self open to 180° cover
B1
B0
Yß
Y

A0
A1 Product A1 A0 B1 B0 Y
DSN1 126 131 235 250 215
DSN3 139 145 263 280 242
DSN6 167 175 331 338 295
Y
B0 B1
DSN decontactors 14/29
Dimensions
30° surface mounting socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)
A0
Product A1 A0 B1 B0 Y Yß
A1
DSN1 204 215 162 168 180
DSN3, DSN24C 214 229 162 171 200
DSN6, DSN37C 233 259 184 199 236 213
Yß: self open to 180° cover
B1
B0
Yß
Y

A0
DSN1 204 209 235 250 215
DSN3 217 223 263 280 242
DSN6 245 253 331 338 295
Y
B0 B1
30° surface mounting appliance inlet

CA
od E1 Product A B CA CAb CP D E1 E1b E2 H od
M DSN1 115 113 45 68 57 90 36 56 78 37,5 4,5
DSN3, DSN24C 112 105 84 84 67 107 70 70 70 17,5 6
D DSN6, DSN37C 132 128 89 89 78 122 77 77 88 24 6,5
E2
B
PG
CP
H
E1b
CAb A

CA A Product A B CA D E1 E2 H2 od
E1 od H2 DSN1 179 154 127 127 116 96 39 6,5
DSN3 184 160 127 127 116 96 39 6,5
DSN6 209 203 170 170 159 139 39 6,5
D E1 E2
B
30° inclined appliance inlet

CA
od E1 Product A B CA CAb D D1 E1 E1b E2 od
DSN1 96 102 45 68 90 75 36 56 78 4,5
DSN3 93 114 76 76 107 65 63 63 95 5,5
E2 D1 D B DSN6 103 122 76 76 107 65 63 63 95 5,5
E1b A
CAb
Dimensions
CA A
E1 od Product A B CA D E1 E2 od
DSN1 101 154 127 127 116 96 4,2
DSN3 106 160 127 127 116 96 4,2
D E1 DSN6 131 203 170 170 159 139 4,2

E2
B
Socket
Z
H Product A BH C D E H YB Z od
od E A
DSN1 52,7 38 57 50,5 42 25 70 97,5 4,2
DSN3 66,2 50 73 58 48 15 98 113,6 4,5
BH DSN6 79,2 56 82 68 55,2 18 118 121 4,8
E D
YBß: self open to 180° cover
YB
30° surface mounting socket

CA
od A A B CA CAb CP D E1 E1b E2 H Y Z od
E1
TA DSN1 127 131 45 68 57 90 36 56 78 37,5 180 111 4,5
DSN3 138 132 84 84 73 107 70 70 70 17,5 200 105 6
DSN6 165 162 89 89 82 122 77 77 88 24 236 114 6,5
E2 D
B YBß: self open to 180° cover
Y
TA
H
E1b
CP
CAb
Z

CA A
E1 od H2 Product A B CA D E1 E2 H2 Y od
DSN1 197 163 127 127 116 96 39 215 6,5
DSN3 211 182 127 127 116 96 39 242 6,5
D E1 E2 DSN6 236 225 170 170 159 139 39 295 6,5
B
Y
DSN decontactors 14/31
Dimensions
30° inclined socket
CA
od E1 A
E2 D
D1 B
Y
D2
CP
E1b
CAb Z
Product A B CA CAb CP D D1 D2 E1 E1b E2 Y Yß Z od

DSN1 108 120 45 68 57 90 75 50 36 56 78 169 92 4,5
DSN3, DSN24C 119 141 76 76 73 107 65 95 63 63 95 209 86 5,5
DSN6, DSN37C 136 156 76 76 82 107 65 95 63 63 95 230 207 85 5,5
YBß: self open to 180° cover

CA A Product A B CA D E1 E2 Y od
E1 od DSN1 119 163 127 127 116 96 215 4,2
DSN3 133 182 127 127 116 96 242 4,2
DSN6 158 225 170 170 159 139 295 4,2
D E1 E2
B
Y
Connector
Product A B o
B DSN1 131 78 8-15
o
DSN3, DSN24C 162 103 5-21
DSN6, DSN37C 175 115 10-30
A
Inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

A0
A1 Product A1 A0
DSN1 156 169
DSN3, DSN24C 169 186
DSN6, DSN37C 175 204
Dimensions
30° inclined appliance inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)
Product A1 A0 B B1 B0 Bß
DSN1 185 196 162 151 157
DSN3, DSN24C 185 210 209 171 180
DSN6, DSN37C 204 230 235 178 193 213
B Bß: self open to 180° cap

B1
B0
Bß
A1
A0
70° inclined appliance inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

A0
A1 Product A1 A0 B B1 B0 Bß
DSN1 117 123 188 235 250 141
DSN3 150 156 228 263 280 164
DSN6 184 191 259 322 341 188
B0 B1
B
Bß
30° surface mounting appliance inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)
DSN1 204 215 162 162 168
DSN3, DSN24C 214 229 209 162 171
DSN6, DSN37C 233 259 235 184 199 213
B Bß: self open to 180° cap

B1
B0
Bß
A1
A0
70° surface mounting inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

A0
DSN1 195 201 188 235 250 141
DSN3 228 234 228 263 280 164
DSN6 262 269 259 322 341 188
B0 B1
B
Bß
DS decontactors 14/33
Dimensions
Inlet
od E H A Product A BB BH C D E H od
DS1, DS24C 48 32,5 37 66,5 58 48,1 14 5
DS3, DS37C 52 37,5 44,5 78 70 55,1 18 5
E BH DS6, DS7C3 56 45 53 92 80 65,8 27 5,5
D DS9 71 61 64 113 100 81,3 26 6
BB DS2, DS7C9 79 73 68 130 118 98 40 6,5
Plug
A Product A B o
DS1, DS24C 144 70 5-21
DS3, DS37C 148 82 10-30
B o DS6, DS7C3 175 98 13-35
DS9 195 125 25-45
DS2, DS7C9 260 141 40-58
Socket with plug on (A1)/off (A0)

A0 Product A1 A0
A1 DS1, DS24C 166 182
DS3, DS37C 174 190
DS6, DS7C3 197 221
DS9 246 275
DS2, DS7C9 310 341

A0
DS1, DS24C 192 206 170 178 184 198
DS3, DS37C 203 217 178 186 210 210
DS6, DS7C3 229 250 212 224 254 261
DS9 302 327 242 257 299
B1 B0 DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 292 308 347 374 293
Y Yß Yß: Self open to 180° cover

A0
DS1 135 141 260 276 234
DS3 167 175 313 335 289
DS6 POLY 173 182 338 362 316
Y
B1
B0
14/34 DS decontactors
Dimensions
A0
DS1, DS24C 211 225 161 169 175 189
DS3, DS37C 232 246 184 192 216 216
DS6, DS7C3 POLY 283 304 220 232 262 269

DS6, DS7C3 METAL 268 289 193 205 220 239
DS9 355 380 243 258 279
B1 B0 DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 383 399 433 460 379
Y Y
ß
70° surface mounting socket with plug on (A1)/OFF (A0)

A0
DS1 213 219 260 276 234
DS3 245 253 313 335 289
DS6 POLY 251 260 338 362 316
Y
B1
B0

od E1 H
Product A B CA CP D E1 E2 H od
A DS1, DS24C 111 105 84 67 84 70 70 17,5 6
M DS3, DS37C 129 126 89 66 100 77 88 24 6,5
E2 DS6, DS7C3 POLY 170 158 105 92 128 89 112 31 7,5
B'
DS6, DS7C3 METAL 150 121 127 92 130 105 105 27,5 7
D B
D'
CP M
CA
70° surface mounting inlet

CA A
E1 H2 Product A B CA D E1 E2 H2 od
DS1 182 157 127 127 116 116 39 6,5
DS3 208 201 170 170 159 159 39 6,5
D DS6 POLY 212 212 170 170 159 159 39 6,5
E1 E2
B
od
Dimensions
CA
od E1 Product A B CA CP D D1 D2 E1 E2 od
A
DS1, DS24C 92 114 76 67 107 65 95 63 95 5,5
DS3, DS37C 100 120 76 66 107 65 95 63 95 5,5
E2 D1 D B DS6, DS7C3 109 146 102 92 136 120 90 87,3 122 6,5
DS9 153 159 140 113 142 110 100 123,8 123,8 7
DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 176 226 183 130 183 150 150 165 165 7
D2
CP

CA A
E1 Product A B CA D E1 od
DS1 104 157 127 127 116 4,2
DS3 130 201 170 170 159 4,2
D DS6 POLY 134 212 170 170 159 4,2
E1 E2
B
od
Socket
Z
H Product A BB BH C D E H YB YBß Z Zß od
od E A DS1, DS24C 64,9 50 45 69 58 48,1 15 65 108 120,6 75,9 5
DS3, DS37C 68,6 54,5 53,5 80 70 55,1 21 100 132 121 57,5 5
BH DS6, DS7C3 76,2 62,5 60 98 80 65,8 27 110 152 146,2 86,7 5,5
E D DS9 113,1 75 70 113 100 81,3 24 137 197,1 6
BB YB DS2, DS7C9 109,5 75 92 131 181 98 38 115 212,9 6,5
YBß YBß et Zß: self open to 180° cover

C
Zß
CA H Product A B CA CP D E1 E2 H Y Yß Z od
A
DS1, DS24C 135 128 84 69 84 70 70 17,5 175 189 128 6
od E1 DS3, DS37C 154 151 89 80 100 77 88 24 216 216 129 6,5
M
DS6, DS7C3 POLY 192 185 105 98 128 89 112 31 262 269 168 7,5
DS6, DS7C3 METAL 173 151 80 98 130 105 105 27,5 220 239 181 7
B'
E2 D
B Product A B B’ CA CP D’ E1 E2 H Y Z od
D'
Y DS9 (20°) 250 188 285 138 113 285 163 116 50 279 258 7
Yß
M
DS2 (60°) 314 256 315 180 131 315 212 154 50 379 187 10
CP Yß: self open to 180° cover

Z
Dimensions
CA A
E1 H2 Product A B CA D E1 E2 H2 Y od
DS1 205 175 127 127 116 96 39 234 6,5
DS3 231 219 170 170 159 139 39 289 6,5
D DS6 POLY 238 237 170 170 159 139 39 316 6,5
E1 E2
B
Y
od

CA A
od E1
D
B
E2 D1 Y
Yß
D2
Z
CP
Product A B CA CP D D1 D2 E1 E2 Y Yß Z od
DS1, DS24C 116 137 76 69 107 65 95 63 95 184 198 109 5,5
DS3, DS37C 125 145 76 80 107 65 95 63 95 210 210 109 5,5
DS6, DS7C3 138 177 102 98 136 120 90 87,3 122 254 261 114 6,5
DS9 200 198 140 113 142 110 100 123,8 123,8 299 169 7
DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 223 249 183 131 183 150 150 165 165 380 96 7

CA A
E1 Product A B CA D E1 Y od
DS1 127 175 127 127 116 234 4,2
DS3 153 219 170 170 159 289 4,2
D DS6 POLY 160 237 170 170 159 316 4,2
E1 E2
B
Y
od
Dimensions
Connector
A
Product A B o
DS1, DS24C 160 95 5-21
o DS3, DS37C 165 108 10-30
B
DS6, DS7C3 179 123 13-35
DS9 227 145 25-45
DS2, DS7C9 291 167 40-58
Inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

A0
A1 Product A1 A0
DS1, DS24C 166 182
DS3, DS37C 174 190
DS6, DS7C3 197 221
DS9 246 275
DS2, DS7C9 310 341
30° inclined inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)
DS1, DS24C 192 206 184 170 178 199
DS3, DS37C 203 217 215 178 186 215
DS6, DS7C3 229 250 248 212 224 254
B Bß DS9 302 327 311 242 257
B1
B0 DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 292 308 427 347 374
Bß: Self open to 180° cover
A1
A0
70° inclined inlet with connector on (A1)/off (A0)

A0
DS1 115 121 221 260 276 151
DS3 139 147 249 313 334 180
DS6 POLY 167 183 282 338 362 210
B1 B
B0
Bß
Dimensions
DS1, DS124C 211 225 184 161 169 199
DS3, DS37C 232 246 215 184 192 215
DS6, DS7C3 POLY 283 304 248 220 232 254

B Bß DS6, DS7C3 METAL 268 289 248 193 205
B1
B0 DS9 355 380 311 243 258
DS2, DS7C9 (60°) 383 399 427 433 460
Bß: self open to 180° cover
A1
A0

A0
DS1 193 199 221 260 276 151
DS3 225 217 249 313 334 180
DS6 POLY 245 261 282 338 362 210
B1
B0
B
Bß
Content 15/1
Technical information,
index
Page
Rated currents of 3-phase motors 15/2
Utilization categories 15/3

Utilization categories for contactors to IEC 60947-4-1, 15/3
EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102
Utilization categories for control switches to IEC 60947-5-1, 15/4
VDE 0660 Part 200
Utilization categories for switch-disconnectors, switches, 15/4
disconnectors, and fuse combination units to IEC/EN 60947-3,
and VDE 0660 Part 107
Degrees of protection 15/5

Degrees of protection given to electrical apparatus by 15/5
enclosures and covers, in accordance with IEC/EN 60529
Protection ratings 15/5
Explosion protection 15/6
Hazardous area guide 15/7
Installation contactor rating for lighting systems 15/8

Installation Relays Z-R, Installation contactors Z-SCH for 15/8
Lighting systems
Incandescent lamps 15/8
Fluorescent tubes, mercury arc lamps 15/9
Metal halide lamps 15/10
Sodium vapour lamps 15/10
Conversion table 15/11
Type “1”, type “2” coordination 15/12

DOL starters 400/415 V 15/12
Motor starter and combination, type “2” 15/13
coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V
Software tool “Characteristics Program” 15/14

Description 15/14
Selectivity, line protection, backup protection 15/16

Line protection, backup protection 15/16
Index 15/17
15/2 Rated currents of 3-phase motors
The maximum size is governed by the requirements of the switchgear or overload relay. Set overload relay in the phase lead to 0.58 x rated motor current.
The rated motor currents are normally ventilated and internally enclosed fan-cooled Rated fuse currents for Y/D starting apply to 3-phase motors with slip-ring
three-phase motors at 1500rpm. rotors.
D.O.L. starting: Maximum starting current 6 x rated motor current; For higher rated currents, starting currents and/or longer starting times, larger
maximum starting time: 5 s. fuses will be required.
Y/D starting: Maximum starting current 2 x rated motor current; Table is valid for ‘slow’ and/or ‘gL’ fuses (DIN VDE 0636)
maximum starting time: 15 s. For NH fuses with aM characteristic, fuses = rated current selected.
Motor rating 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
Rated Fuse Rated Fuse Rated Fuse Rated Fuse

motor motor motor motor
current Starting current Starting current Starting current Starting
index
direct Y/Δ direct Y/Δ direct Y/Δ direct Y/Δ

kW cos ϕ η (%) A A A A A A A A A A A A
0.06 0.7 58 0.37 2 – 0.21 2 – 0.17 2 – 0.12 2 –
0.09 0.7 60 0.54 2 – 0.31 2 – 0.25 2 – 0.18 2 –
0.12 0.7 60 0.72 4 2 0.41 2 – 0.33 2 – 0.24 2 –
0.18 0.7 62 1.04 4 2 0.6 2 – 0.48 2 – 0.35 2 –
0.25 0.7 62 1.4 4 2 0.8 4 2 0.7 2 – 0.5 2 –
0.37 0.72 66 2 6 4 1.1 4 2 0.9 2 2 0.7 2 –
0.55 0.75 69 2.7 10 4 1.5 4 2 1.2 4 2 0.9 4 2
0.75 0.79 74 3.2 10 4 1.9 6 4 1.5 4 2 1.1 4 2
1.1 0.81 74 4.6 10 6 2.6 6 4 2.1 6 4 1.5 4 2
1.5 0.81 74 6.3 16 10 3.6 6 4 2.9 6 4 2.1 6 4
2.2 0.81 78 8.7 20 10 5 10 6 4 10 4 2.9 10 4
3 0.82 80 11.5 25 16 6.6 16 10 5.3 16 6 3.8 10 4
4 0.82 83 14.8 32 16 8.5 20 10 6.8 16 10 4.9 16 6
5.5 0.82 86 19.6 32 25 11.3 25 16 9 20 16 6.5 16 10
7.5 0.82 87 26.4 50 32 15.2 32 16 12.1 25 16 8.8 20 10
11 0.84 87 38 80 40 21.7 40 25 17.4 32 20 12.6 25 16
15 0.84 88 51 100 63 29.3 63 32 23.4 50 25 17 32 20
18.5 0.84 88 63 125 80 36 63 40 28.9 50 32 20.9 32 25
22 0.84 92 71 125 80 41 80 50 33 63 32 23.8 50 25
30 0.85 92 96 200 100 55 100 63 44 80 50 32 63 32
37 0.86 92 117 200 125 68 125 80 54 100 63 39 80 50
45 0.86 93 141 250 160 81 160 100 65 125 80 47 80 63
55 0.86 93 173 250 200 99 200 125 79 160 80 58 100 63
75 0.86 94 233 315 250 134 200 160 107 200 125 78 160 100
90 0.86 94 279 400 315 161 250 200 129 200 160 93 160 100
110 0.86 94 342 500 400 196 315 200 157 250 160 114 200 125
132 0.87 95 401 630 500 231 400 250 184 250 200 134 250 160
160 0.87 95 486 630 630 279 400 315 224 315 250 162 250 200
200 0.87 95 607 800 630 349 500 400 279 400 315 202 315 250
250 0.87 95 – – – 437 630 500 349 500 400 253 400 315
315 0.87 96 – – – 544 800 630 436 630 500 316 500 400
400 0.88 96 – – – 683 1000 800 547 800 630 396 630 400
450 0.88 96 – – – 769 1000 800 615 800 630 446 630 630
500 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – 491 630 630
560 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – 550 800 630
630 0.88 97 – – – – – – – – – 618 800 630
Utilization categories 15/3
Moeller Electric equipment is designed for the world’s markets. Key
All equipment is manufactured and tested in accordance with national and international standards and regulations,
the most important of which are listed below:
IEC 60439 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies I = current made, Ic = current broken
IEC 60947-…, EN 60947 Low voltage switchgear and controlgear Ie = rated operational current
IEC 60664 Insulation co-ordination including clearances and creepage distances for equipment U = voltage
IEC 60364 Electrical installations of buildings Ue = rated operational voltage
IEC 60204-…, EN 60204-… Electrical equipment of industrial machines Ur = recovery voltage
VDE 0105 Operation of electrical power installations t0.95 = time in ms to reach 95% of the steady-
IEC 536 Protection against electric shock state current
P = Ue x Ie = rated power consumption in
index
watts
Utilization categories for contactors to IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947, VDE 0660 Part 102
Kind of Utilization Typical Verification of electrical endurance Verification of rated making and breaking capacitiess
current category applications Make Break Make Break
Ie I U cos v Ic Ur cos v Ie I U cos v Ic Ir cos v
A Ie Ue Ie Ue A Ie Ue Ie Ie
AC AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly All 1 1 0.95 1 1 0.95 All 1.5 1.05 0.8 1.5 1.05 0.8
inductive loads, resistance values values
furnaces
AC-2 Slip-ring motors: starting, All 2.5 1 0.65 2.5 1 0.65 All 4 1.05 0.65 4 1.05 0.65
switching off values values
AC-3 Squirrel-cage motors: F 17 6 1 0.65 1 0.17 0.65 F 100 10 1.05 0.45 8 1.05 0.45
starting, switching off f 17 6 1 0.65 6 1 0.65 f 100 12 1.05 0.45 10 1.05 0.45
motors during running4)
AC-4 Squirrel-cage motors: F 17 6 1 0.65 6 1 0.65 F 100 12 1.05 0.45 10 1.05 0.45
starting, plugging, inching f 17 6 1 0.35 6 1 0.35 f 100 12 1.05 0.35 10 1.05 0.35
AC-5A Switching of electric 3.0 1.05 0.45 3.0 1.05 0.45
discharge lamp controls
AC-5B Switching of incandescent 1.52) 1.052) 1.52) 1.052)
lamps
AC-6A3) Switching of transformers
AC-6B3) Switching of capacitor
banks
AC-7A Slightly inductive loads in As specified by the 1.5 1.05 0.8 1.5 1.05 0.8
household appliances and manufacturer
similar applications
AC-7B Motor-loads for As specified by the 8.0 1.051) 8.0 1.051)
household applications manufacturer
AC-8A Hermetic refrigerant As specified by the 6.0 1.051) 6.0 1.051)
compressor motor control manufacturer
with manual resetting of
overload releases5)
AC-8B Hermetic refrigerant com- As specified by the 6.0 1.051) 6.0 1.051)
pressor motor control with manufacturer
automatic resetting of
overload releases5)
Ie I U L/R Ic Ur L/R Ie I U L/R Ic Ir cos v

A Ie Ue ms Ie Ue ms A Ie Ue ms Ie Ie
DC DC-1 Non-inductive or slightly All 1 1 1 1 1 1 All 1.5 1.05 1 1.5 1.05 1
inductive loads, resistance values values
furnaces
DC-3 Shunt motors: starting, All 2.5 1 2 2.5 1 2 All 4 1.05 2.5 4 1.05 2.5
plugging, inching, values values
dynamic braking
DC-5 Series motors: starting, All 2.5 1 7.5 2.5 1 7.5 All 4 1.05 15 4 1.05 15
plugging, inching, values values
dynamic braking
DC-6 Switching of incandescent 1.52) 1.052) 1.52) 1.052)
lamps
Notes 1) cos v = 0.45 for Ie F 100 A; cos v = 0.35 for Ie f 100 A.

2) The tests are to be carried out with an incandescent lamp load.
3) The test data is to be derived from the test values for AC-3 or AC-4 according to Table VIIb, EN 60947-1.
4) AC-3 category may be used for occasional inching (jogging) or plugging for limited time periods such as
machine set-up. During such limited time periods, the number of such operations should not exceed five per
minute or ten in any ten minute period.
5) A hermetic refrigerant compressor motor is a combination consisting of a compressor and a motor, both of
which are enclosed in the same housing, with no external shaft seals and with the motor operating in the
refrigerant.
6) The value “6.P” results from an empirical relationship which is found to represent most D.C. magnetic loads
to an upper limit of P = 50 W, where 6.P = 300 ms. Loads having power consumption greater than 50 W are
assumed to consist of smaller loads in parallel. Therefore, 300 ms is to be an upper limit, irrespective of the
power consumption value.
15/4 Utilization categories
Utilization categories for control switches to IEC 60947-5-1, VDE 0660 Part 200
Kind of Utilization Typical Normal conditions of use Abnormal conditions of use
current category applications
Make Break Make Break
cos v cos v cos v cos v
I U Ic Ur I U Ic Ir
Ie Ue Ie Ue Ie Ue Ie Ie
AC AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid state 1 1 0.9 1 1 0.9 – – – – –
loads with isolation by optocouplers
AC-13 Control of solid state loads with 2 1 0.65 1 1 0.65 10 1.1 0.65 1.1 1.1 0.65
transformer isolation
index
AC-14 Control of small electromagnetic loads 6 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 6 1.1 0.7 6 1.1 0.7
(max 72 VA)
AC-15 Control of electromagnetic loads 10 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 10 1.1 0.3 10 1.1 0.3
(> 72 VA)
I U t0.95 Ic Ur t0.95 I U t0.95 Ic Ir t0.95

Ie Ue Ie Ue Ie Ue Ie Ie
DC DC-12 Control of resistive and solid state loads 1 1 1 1 1 1 – – – – – –
with isolation by optocouplers
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 1 1 6.P6) 1 1 6.P6) 1.1 1.1 6.P6) 1.1 1.1 6.P6)
DC-14 Control of d.c. electromagnetic loads 10 1 15 1 1 15 10 1.1 15 10 1.1 15
having economy resistors in circuit
Utilization categories for switch-disconnectors, switches, disconnectors, and fuse combination units to IEC/EN 60947-3, and VDE 0660 Part 107
Kind of Utilization Typical Verification of electrical endurance Verification of rated making and breaking capacitiess
current category applications Make Break Make Break
Ie I U cos v Ic Ur cos v Ie I U cos v Ic Ir cos v
A Ie Ue Ie Ue A Ie Ue Ie Ie
AC AC-20 A(B)8) Connecting and disconnec- All 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) All 7) 1.05 7) 7) 1.05 7)
ting under no-load values values
conditions
AC-21 A(B)8) Switching of resistive loads, All 1 1 0.95 1 1 0.95 All 1.5 1.05 0.95 1.5 1.05 0.95
including slight overloads values values
AC-22 A(B)8) Switching of mixed resistive All 1 1 0.8 1 1 0.8 All 3 1.05 0.65 3 1.05 0.65
and inductive loads, inclu- values values
ding slight overloads
AC-23 A(B)8) Switching of motor loads or All 1 1 0.65 1 1 0.65 Ie F 100 10 1.05 0.45 8 1.05 0.45
other highly inductive loads values Ie f 100 10 1.05 0.35 8 1.05 0.35
Ie I U L/R Ic Ur L/R Ie I U L/R Ic Ir cos v

A Ie Ue ms Ie Ue ms A Ie Ue ms Ie Ie
DC DC-20 A(B)8) Connecting and disconnec- All 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) All 7) 1.05 7) 7) 1.05 7)
ting under no-load values values
conditions
DC-21 A(B)8) Switching of resistive loads, All 1 1 1 1 1 1 All 1.5 1.05 1 1.5 1.05 1
including slight overloads values values
DC-22 A(B)8) Switching of mixed resistive All 1 1 2 1 1 2 All 4 1.05 2.5 4 1.05 2,5
and inductive loads, values values
including slight overloads
(e.g. series motors)
DC-23 A(B)8) Switching of highly induc- All 1 1 7.5 1 1 7.5 All 4 1.05 15 4 1.05 15
tive loads (e.g. series values values
motors)
Notes 7) If the switching device has a making and/or breaking capacity, the figures for the current and the power
factor (time constants) must be stated by the manufacturer
8) A: frequent operation, B: occassional operation
Degrees of protection, protection ratings 15/5
Degrees of protection given to electrical apparatus by enclosures and covers, in accordance with IEC/EN 60529
1st numeral 2nd numeral
Protection of persons against contact with live Protection of equipment against ingress of Protection of equipment against ingress of
parts solid foreign bodies and dust liquid
IP00 No protection No protection No protection
IP20 Protection against fingers Protection against solid particles No protection
> 12 mm diameter
IP41 Protection against tools, etc. Protection against solid particles Drops of condensed water have no harmful
> 1 mm diameter effect
IP43 Protection against tools, etc. Protection against solid particles No harmful effect from rain or water sprayed
> 1 mm diameter from vertical to 30° from horizontal
index
IP54 Complete protection No harmful deposits of dust in interior No harmful effect from splashing water, any
direction
IP55 Complete protection No harmful deposits of dust in interior No harmful effect from hosed water
IP65 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from hosed water
IP66 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from temporary flooding
IP67 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from being immersed in
water
IP68 Complete protection Complete dust protection No harmful effect from being immersed in
water for indeterminate period
Protection against electric shock, to IEC 60536 Damp heat, constant

IEC 60536 covers the erection of electrical equipment, and its arrangement in elec- To IEC/EN 60068-23.
trical installations with rated voltages up to 1000 V AC and 1500 V DC, with regard In this test, the effects of a contant high level of humidity (93 %) and a constant
to protection against direct contact where operating elements such as push-buttons temperature (40 g 2)° C over a prescribed duration.
and switches are located in the vicinity of live parts. “Finger-proofing” relates only
to the operating device, and only in the normal direction of operation. A clearance Damp heat, cyclic
of at least 30 mm radius from the centre point of the device to any live parts, must To IEC/EN 60068-2-30, Test Db
be ensured. This test is used to assess the suitability of electrical products for operation and
The IP20 degree of protection is superior to “finger-proofing” in that it embodies storage at high relative humidity levels, in conjunction with cyclic temperature fluc-
protection against contact with electrical apparatus in any direction. Devices which tuation. A test cycle consists of 12 hours at (40 g 2° C), with relative humidity of
are “finger-proof” and of IP00 degree of protection can be provided with further (93 %), and 12 hours at (25 g 3° C), with a relative humidity of 95 %.
protection against contact in the form of shrouding, if so desired.
Ambient temperature
Ambient temperature is the temperature of the room (e.g. workshop of switchgear
room), in which the open or enclosed device is installed, a pre-requisite being that
this temperature is not significantly influenced by the heat losses from the device.
Protection Protection
Protection ratings1)
Protection against solids (Defined by IEC 529 DIN 40050 CEI 70-1) Protection against liquids (Defined by IEC 529)
X No specific protection. No test applied. X No specific protection. No test applied.
0 Inherent degree of protection. No test applied. 0 Inherent degree of protection. No test applied.
1 Protected against solid objects larger than 50 mm 1 Protected against drops of water falling vertically.
(e.g. accidental contact with hand).
2 Protected against solid objects larger than 12 mm 2 Protected against drops of water falling at up to 15° from the
(e.g. accidental contact with finger). vertical.
3 Protected against solid objects larger than 2.5 mm 3 Protected against spraying water at up to 60° from the
(e.g. tools and wires). vertical.
4 Protected against solid objects larger than 1 mm 4 Protected against splashing water from all directions.
(e.g. fine tools and wires).
5 Protected against quantities of dust that could interfere with 5 Protected against jets of water from all directions.
satisfactory operation.
6 Completely protected against dust. 6 Protected against jets of water of similar force to heavy seas.
7 Protected against the effects of immersion.
8 Protected against the effects of submersion.
Notes 1) To Australian Standards AS 1939 – 1991 ‘Classification of degrees of protection‘ provided by enclosures for electrical equipment.
15/6 Explosion protection
Type Description Method Application Aust. standard for Aust. standard for Permitted in area
manufacture installation classification
Explosion protection techniques in common use in Australia

Ex i Intrinsic Energy Instrumentation & process control equipment. AS 2380 Part 1 AS 3000 Zone 0
limitation limitation AS 2380 Part 7 AS 2381 Part 7 Zone 1
Zone 2
Ex d Flameproof Containment Power equipment, high energy switching & AS 2380 Part 1 AS 3000 Zone 1
HID lighting. AS 2380 Part 2 AS 2381 Part 1 Zone 2
index
AS 2381 Part 2
Ex e Increased safety Avoidance of Fluorescent lighting, junction boxes, AS 2380 Part 1 AS 3000 Zone 1
ignition source marshalling boxes (sparking or overheating AS 2380 Part 6 AS 2381 Part 1 Zone 2
must not occur). AS 2381 Part 6
Ex n Non-sparking Avoidance of Zone 2 only. Lighting & junction boxes. Cannot AS 2380 Part 1 AS 3000 Zone 2
ignition source be used with internal components used with arc AS 2380 Part 9 AS 2381 Part 1
or spark. AS 2376 Part 7
AS 2381 Part 91)
Ex v Ventilation Dilution Mechanical ventilation of an area to remove or AS 1482 AS 3000 Zone 1
reduce the hazard. AS 2381 Part 1 Zone 2
Ex p Pressurised Exclusion of the Control cubicles instrumentation and electric AS 1825 AS 3000 Zone 1
enclosure hazard motors. AS 2380 Part 4 AS 2381 Part 1 Zone 2
AS 1076
Ex pl Purged enclosure Exclusion of the As with Ex p above. AS 1021 AS 3000 Zone 1
hazard AS 2380 Part 4 AS 2381 Part 1 Zone 2
AS 1076
Ex s Special protection Proved by test Special equipment AS 1826 AS 3000 Zone 02)
unable to cause Bi-pin luminaries for Zone 1. AS 2381 Part 1 Zone 12)
ignition AS 1076 Part 8 Zone 22)
DIP Dust-excluding Exclusion of the All electrical equipment. AS 3000 Zone 20
ignition-proof hazard AS 2381 Part 1 Zone 21
AS 2381 Part 10 Zone 22
Notes The Australian Wiring Rules AS 3000 apply to all installations.

Section 9 of AS 3000 specifically refers to AS 2381 for the special requirements for hazardous areas.
1) Standard in course of preparation
2) Ex s must be specifically certified for a particular zone e. g. Zone 0 etc.
Hazardous area guide 15/7
Standard Australia IEC Cenelec Britain
Hazardous area guide
Comparative list of australian and international standards
Equipment (manufacturing) standards
Area classification AS 2430 60079-10 – BS 5245.2
General requirements AS 2380.1 60079-0 EN 50014 BS 5501.1
index
Ex d flameproof AS 2380.2 60079-1 EN 50018 BS 5501.5
Ex p pressurisation or purging AS 2380.4 60079.2/79.13
Ex e increased safety AS 2380.6 60079-7 EN 50019 BS 5501.6
Ex n non-sparking AS 2380.9 60079-15 Draft PREN 50021 BS 6941
Ex i intrinsic safety AS 2380.7 60079-11 EN 50020 BS 5501.7
Ex m encapsulation AS 2431 60079-18
Ex s special protection AS 1826 60079.0 C1.25.6
Ex v ventilation AS 1482
Dust excluding ignition proof (DIP) AS/NZS 61241 – – –
Cable glands AS 1828 No standard
Installation standards
General requirements AS 2381.11) 60079-14 – BS 5345.1
Ex d flameproof AS 2381.21) 60079-14 – BS 5345.3
Ex p pressurisation & Ex pl purging 60079-14 –
Ex e increased safety AS 2381.61) 60079-14 – BS 5345.6
Ex i intrinsic safety AS 2381.7 60079-14 – BS 5345.4
Ex n non-sparking AS 1076.91) 60079-14 – BS 5345.7
Ex s special protection AS 1076.131) 60079-14 –
Ex m encapsulation
Dust excluding ignition proof (DIP) AS/NZS 61241 – – BS5345.10
Notes 1) In Australia the SAA Wiring Rules (AS3000) also apply in addition to the standards shown above.
Hazardous area classification diagram
Zone 0 Continuously hazardous Vapour space in a storage tank

Liquids,
Gases & Zone 1 Frequently hazardous Container filling area
Vapours
Only hazardous under Sealed container store
Zone 2
abnormal conditions above 3 metres in a plant
Zone 20 Continuously hazardous Inside the grain Silo

Dust,
Bag filling
Fibres & Zone 21 Frequently hazardous
Loading & unloading
Flyings
Only hazardous under
Zone 22 Other areas
abnormal conditions
15/8 Installation contactor rating for lighting systems
Z-R.20/.. Z-SCH/25/.. Z-SCH/40/.. Z-SCH/63/.. Z-SC
Installation relays Z-R, installation contactors Z-SCH for lighting systems

The decisive factors are the type, connection and current consumption of lamps during
switch-on and in permanent operation. Only 90 % of the continous current of switching
devices should be used in view of higher current consumption as a result of increases of
voltage. The maximum number of lamps per phase that can be operated by a switching
device is dependent on the nominal current and making current of lamps on the one hand,
and on the continous current and making capacity of the switching devices on the other.
Thus, e. g. in lead-lag circuits, the continuous current of contactors can be used, while this
index
is not possible in fluorescent tubes with separate compensation.

Utilization category AC 1
Rated operational current at 60 °C Ie AC 1 A 20 25 40 63 –
Making capacity
Root mean square Ieff A 120 165 300 400 –
Peak value Ipeak A 170 233 424 565 –
Utilazation category AC 5a
Rated operational power 220 – 240 Vh y 0,5 kW 1,1 1,3 3,4 5,5 –
y 0,9 kW 0,4 0,4 1,6 2,1 –
DUO kW 3 3,7 6,3 10 –
Utilazation category AC 5b
Rated operational power 220 – 240 Vh kW 1,4 1,8 3,6 5,1 –
Power Current Z-R.20/.. Z-SCH/25/.. Z-SCH/40/.. Z-SCH/63/.. Z-SC
W A max. number of lamps per current path at 230 V, 50 Hz
Incandescent lamps
The incandescent lamp filament has a very low ohmic resistance
when it is cold. Therefore, when switching on, there is a high peak
current (up to 20 x In).
When switching off, only the nominal current is switched off.
Utilization category AC 5b
60 0,27 22 28 58 85 –
100 0,45 13 17 35 51 –
200 0,91 7 8 17 25 –
300 1,36 4 5 11 16 –
500 2,27 3 3 7 10 –
1000 4,5 1 1 3 5 –
Fluorescent tubes, mercury arc lamps
High- and low pressure discharge lamps with mercury vapour, with or without fluorescent-coated glass body are perfectly identical in their electrical behaviour.
In order to limit the operational current and pre-conduction current, and to achieve the initial peak voltage, reactance coils are used as ballast. Capacitors are used for
compensation of the resulting reactive current, which are either connected in series with the coil (lead-lag circuit) or parallel to the mains (separate compensation, very
rarely used now). The high making current in case of separate compensation (max. 30 x nominal current of the capacitor) which goes down quickly is usually attenuated
considerably by the feed line.
Utilization category AC 5a
Fluorescent lamps without comp. or with series comp. I = IeAC1 x 0,5
Lead-lag circuit (2 x ..) I = IeAC1 x 0,35
Fluorescent tubes parallelcomp. I = Ipeak / 100 (take into account compensation capacitor
I / Ilamp = number of connectable lamps per current path
index
Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast I = Ipeak / 50
Mercury arc lamps, HD without compensation I = IeAC1 x 0,5
Mercury arc lamps, HD with compensation I = Ipeak / 100 (take into account compensation capacitor)
Power Current Capacitor Z-R.20/.. Z-SCH/25/.. Z-SCH/40/.. Z-SCH/63/.. Z-SC
W A mF max. number of lamps per current path at 230 V, 50 Hz
Utilization category AC 5a
Lamp types
Fluorescent lamps without compensation or 11 0,16 – 60 75 210 310 –
with series compensation 18 0,37 2,7 25 30 90 140 –
24 0,35 2,5 25 30 90 140 –
36 0,43 3,4 20 25 70 140 –
58 0,67 5,3 14 17 45 70 –
65 0,67 5,3 13 16 40 65 –
85 0,8 – 11 14 35 60 –
Fluorescent tubes lead-lag circuit 11 0,07 – 2 x 100 2 x 110 2 x 220 2 x 250 –
18 0,11 – 2 x 50 2 x 55 2 x 130 2 x 200 –
24 0,14 – 2 x 40 2 x 44 2 x 110 2 x 160 –
36 0,22 – 2 x 30 2 x 33 2 x 70 2 x 100 –
58 0,35 – 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 46 2 x 70 –
65 0,35 – 2 x 15 2 x 16 2 x 40 2 x 60 –
85 0,47 – 2 x 10 2 x 11 2 x 30 2 x 40 –
Fluorescent tubes with parallel comp. 11 0,16 2,0 30 30 100 140 –
18 0,37 2,0 20 20 70 90 –
24 0,35 3,0 15 15 55 75 –
36 0,43 4,5 10 10 38 51 –
58 0,67 7,0 6 6 25 30 –
65 0,67 7,0 5 5 24 28 –
85 0,8 8,0 4 4 18 23 –
Fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast 18 0,09 – 40 40 100 150 –
36 0,16 – 20 20 50 75 –
58 0,25 – 15 15 30 55 –
2 x 18 0,17 – 2 x 20 2 x 20 2 x 50 2 x 60 –
2 x 36 0,32 – 2 x 10 2 x 10 2 x 25 2 x 30 –
2 x 58 0,49 – 2x7 2x7 2 x 15 2 x 20 –
Mercury arc lamps, high pressure 50 0,61 – 16 18 38 55 –
without compensation e. g.: HQL, HPL 80 0,8 – 12 14 28 40 –
125 1,15 – 8 9 20 28 –
250 2,15 – 4 5 11 15 –
400 3,25 – 3 4 7 10 –
700 5,4 – 1 2 4 6 –
1000 7,5 – 1 1 3 4 –
Mercury arc lamps, high pressure 50 0,28 7 7 7 32 46 –
with compensation e. g.: HQL, HPL 80 0,41 8 5 5 25 35 –
125 0,65 10 3 3 16 22 –
250 1,22 18 2 2 8 12 –
400 1,95 25 1 1 5 7 –
700 3,45 45 1 1 3 4 –
1000 4,8 60 – – 2 3 –
15/10 Installation contactor rating for lighting systems
Metal halide lamps
Metal halide lamps are a version of high-pressure mercury arc lamps with higher luminous efficiency and fidelity of colour (metalloids [halogens] added to the mercury
fill up the HG-spectrum with its many gaps). Ballast and ignition devices are necessary. Starting time 3 ... 5 minutes at 1.4 – 2 x I.
After switching on, it is not possible to light the lamp again immediately (lamp extinguishes after a power cut-off of only 1/2 period). Therefore, in many cases in important
facilities ionisation of part of the lamps is maintained by switching over to 415 V, 500 Hz (e. g. to an emergency power supply). In this case, the lamp lights immediately
after the mains voltage is on again. Otherwise, this would take several minutes. When using suitable ignition devices, the lamp can be lit again immediately.
I / Ilamp = number of connectable lamps per current path
Metal halide lamps (HQI) without compensation I = IeAC1 x 0,5
Metal halide lamps (HQI) with compensation I = Ipeak / 100 (take into account compensation capacitor)
Transformer for low voltage halogen lamps I = Ipeak / 50
index
Lamp types
Metal halide lamps without compensation 35 0,53 – 22 24 45 65 –
e. g. HQI, HPI 70 1 – 12 14 24 35 –
150 1,8 – 6 8 13 18 –
250 3 – 4 5 8 12 –
400 3,5 – 3 4 6 10 –
1000 9,5 – 1 1 2 4 –
2000 16,5 – – – 1 2 –
Metal halide lamps with compensation 35 0,25 6 8 8 38 50 –
e. g. HQI, HPI 70 0,45 12 4 4 20 28 –
150 0,75 20 2 2 12 17 –
250 1,5 33 1 1 7 10 –
400 2,1 35 1 1 5 7 –
1000 5,8 95 – – 2 3 –
2000 11,5 148 – – 1 1 –
Transformers for low-voltage halogen lamps 20 – 40 52 110 174 –
50 – 20 24 50 80 –
75 – 13 16 35 54 –
100 – 10 12 27 43 –
150 – 7 9 19 29 –
200 – 5 5 14 23 –
300 – 3 4 9 14 –
Sodium vapour lamps

For 200 W, 1200 mm high-pressure lamps and low-pressure lamps, reactance coils are used as ballast. For smaller lamps, stray field transformers can be used as ballast.
Take into account, the long starting period.
Low pressure lamps
Without compensation
Making current 1 x XIe, y 0,3
Starting time 5 .. 10 min
Decisive for selection of device 60 % continuous current I = IeAC1 x 0,6
With compensation
Starting time 5 .. 10 min (at 1,6 x In), I = Ipeak / 200
High pressure lamps
Without compensation
Making current 1,4 x XIe, y 0,5
Starting time 5 .. 10 min (at 1,6 x In), I = Ipeak / 200
Decisive for selection of device 60 % continuous current I = IeAC1 x 0,6
With compensation
Starting time 5 .. 10 min (at 1,6 x In)
Conversion table
Lamp types
Sodium vapour lamps 35 1,5 – 7 9 22 30 –
low-pressure without compensation 55 1,5 – 7 9 22 30 –
90 2,4 – 4 6 13 19 –
135 3,5 – 3 4 10 13 –
index
150 3,3 – 3 4 10 13 –
180 3,3 – 3 4 10 13 –
200 3,3 – 3 4 10 13 –
Sodium vapour lamps 35 0,31 20 3 3 12 16 –
low-pressure with compensation 55 0,42 20 2 2 8 14 –
90 0,63 30 1 1 5 9 –
135 0,94 45 1 1 3 6 –
150 1 40 1 1 3 6 –
180 1,16 40 1 1 2 5 –
200 1,32 25 1 – 2 4 –
Sodium vapour lamps 150 1,8 – 5 6 11 22 –
high-pressure without compensation 250 3 – 4 5 7 13 –
330 3,7 – 3 4 6 10 –
400 4,7 – 2 2 5 8 –
1000 10,3 – 1 1 5 4 –
Sodium vapour lamps 150 0,83 20 2 2 7 14 –
high-pressure with compensation 250 1,5 33 2 2 4 8 –
330 2 40 1 1 3 6 –
400 2,4 48 1 1 2 5 –
1000 6,3 106 – – 1 2 –
Conversion table
To convert: Multiply by: To convert: Multiply by:

Inches to millimetres (mm) 25.4 Gallons to litres (l) 4.561
Millimetres to inches 0.03937 Litres to gallons 0.220
Feet to metres (m) 0.3048 Force N (Newtons) to lbft 0.225
Metres to feet (ft) 3.2808 1 N = 1 kg (mass) accelerated at 1 metre/sec. 0.239
Yards to metres (m) 0.9144 1 Nm = 1 J (Joule) to calorie
Metres to yards (yd) 1.0936 Horse power to kilowatts (kW) 0.7458
Miles to kilometres (km) 1.6093 Kilowatts to horse power (h.p.) 1.3408
Kilometres to miles 0.6214 1 W (watt) = 1 J/S
Square inches to square millimetres (mm2) 645.16 Atmospheres to Ib per square inch (Ib/inch2) 14.68
Square millimetres to square inches (inch2) 0.00155 1 bar = 1 kg/cm2 = 735.6 mm Hg = 14.2Ib/inch2
Square yards to square metres (m2) 0.8361
Square metres to square yards (yd2) 1.196
Cubic inches to cubic centimetres (cm3) 16.387
Cubic centimetres to cubic inches (inch3) 0.06102
Pounds to kilograms (kg) 0.4536
Kilograms to pounds (Ib) 2.2046
Tons (2240 Ib) to kilograms (kg) 1016.05
Kilograms to tons (2240 Ib) 0.0009842
Ounces (avoirdupois) to grams (g) 28.3495
Grams to ounces 0.0353
15/12 Type “1”, type “2” coordination
DOL starters 400/415 V
Motor ratings Setting range Breaker Contactor

Motor data, Rated operational Rated short-circuit Overload Short-circuit
AC-3 current current releases releases
380 V 400 V 380 – 415 V
400 V
415 V
P Ie Iq Ir Irm
kW A kA A A
Type “1” coordination

index
Modules PKZM0 and DILM

0.06 0.21 150 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM0-0,25 DILM7-...(...)
0.09 0.31 150 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM0-0,4 DILM7-...(...)
0.12 0.41 150 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)
0.18 0.6 150 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)
0.25 0.8 150 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM0-1 DILM7-...(...)
0.37 1.1 150 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)
0.55 1.5 150 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)
0.75 1.9 150 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM0-2,5 DILM7-...(...)
M 1.1 2.6 150 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)
3~
1.5 3.6 150 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)
2.2 5 150 4 – 6.3 88.2 PKZM0-6,3 DILM7-...(...)
3 6.6 150 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM9-...(...)
4 8.5 150 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM9-...(...)
5.5 11.3 50 8 – 12 168 PKZM0-12 DILM12-...(...)
7.5 15.2 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM0-16 DILM17-...(...)
11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM0-25 DILM25-...(...)
15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM0-32 DILM32-...(...)
5.5 11.3 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)
7.5 16 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)
11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM4-25 DILM25-...(...)
15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM4-32 DILM32-...(...)
18.5 36 50 32 – 40 560 PKZM4-40 DILM40(...)
22 41 50 40 – 50 700 PKZM4-50 DILM50(...)
30 55 50 50 – 58 812 PKZM4-58 DILM65(...)
34 63 50 55 – 65 882 PKZM4-63 DILM65(...)
Type “2” coordination
0.06 0.21 50 0.16 – 0.25 3.5 PKZM0-0,25 DILM7-...(...)
0.09 0.31 50 0.25 – 0.4 5.6 PKZM0-0,4 DILM7-...(...)
0.12 0.41 50 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)
0.18 0.6 50 0.4 – 0.63 8.82 PKZM0-0,63 DILM7-...(...)
0.25 0.8 50 0.63 – 1 14 PKZM0-1 DILM7-...(...)
0.37 1.1 50 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)
0.55 1.5 50 1 – 1.6 22.4 PKZM0-1,6 DILM7-...(...)
0.75 1.9 50 1.6 – 2.5 35 PKZM0-2,5 DILM7-...(...)
M 1.1 2.6 50 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)
3~
1.5 3.6 50 2.5 – 4 56 PKZM0-4 DILM7-...(...)
2.2 5 50 4 – 6.3 88.2 PKZM0-6,3 DILM7-...(...)
3 6.6 50 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM17-...(...)
4 8.5 50 6.3 – 10 140 PKZM0-10 DILM17-...(...)
5.5 11.3 50 8 – 12 168 PKZM0-12 DILM17-...(...)
7.5 15.2 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM0-16 DILM17-...(...)
11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM0-25 DILM25-...(...)
15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM0-32 DILM32-...(...)
5.5 11.3 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)
7.5 16 50 10 – 16 224 PKZM4-16 DILM17-...(...)
11 21.7 50 20 – 25 350 PKZM4-25 DILM25-...(...)
15 29.3 50 25 – 32 448 PKZM4-32 DILM32-...(...)
18.5 36 50 32 – 40 560 PKZM4-40 DILM40(...)
22 41 50 40 – 50 700 PKZM4-50 DILM50(...)
30 55 50 50 – 58 812 PKZM4-58 DILM65(...)
34 63 50 55 – 65 882 PKZM4-63 DILM65(...)
Type “1”, type “2” coordination 15/13
Motor starter and combination, type “2” coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V
Motor ratings Setting range

Motor data, Rated operational Rated short-circuit Overload Short-circuit Breaker Contactor
AC-3 current current releases releases
380 V 400 V 400 V/415 V
400 V
415 V
P Ie Lq Lr Li I>
kW A kA A A
Type “2” coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V
index
15 29,3 50 25 – 32 320 – 448 NZMN1-M32 DILM80(...)
18,5 36 50 32 – 40 320 – 560 NZMN1-M40 DILM80(...)
22 41 50 40 – 50 400 – 700 NZMN1-M50 DILM80(...)
30 55 50 50 – 63 504 – 882 NZMN1-M63 DILM80(...)
37 68 50 63 – 80 640 – 1120 NZMN1-M80 DILM80(...)
45 81 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM95(...)
55 99 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM115(...)
75 134 50 125 – 160 1280 – 2240 NZMN2-M160 DILM150(...)
90 161 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM185/22(...)
110 196 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM225/22(...)
132 231 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM250/22(...)
160 279 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM300/22(...)
200 349 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM400/22(...)
250 437 50 225 – 450 450 – 6300 NZMN3-ME450 DILM500/22(...)
Type “1” coordination – direct-on-line starters 400/415 V
15 29,3 50 25 – 32 320 – 448 NZMN1-M32 DILM40(...)
18,5 36 50 32 – 40 320 – 560 NZMN1-M40 DILM40(...)
22 41 50 40 – 50 400 – 700 NZMN1-M50 DILM50(...)
30 55 50 50 – 63 504 – 882 NZMN1-M63 DILM65(...)
37 68 50 63 – 80 640 – 1120 NZMN1-M80 DILM80(...)
45 81 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM95(...)
55 99 50 80 – 100 800 – 1250 NZMN1-M100 DILM115(...)
75 134 50 125 – 160 1280 – 2240 NZMN2-M160 DILM150(...)
90 161 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM185/22(...)
110 196 50 160 – 200 1600 – 2500 NZMN2-M200 DILM225/22(...)
132 231 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM250/22(...)
160 279 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM300/22(...)
200 349 50 175 – 350 350 – 4900 NZMN3-ME350 DILM400/22(...)
250 437 50 225 – 450 450 – 6300 NZMN3-ME450 DILM500/22(...)
315 544 50 275 – 550 550 – 7700 NZMN4-ME550 DILM580/22(...)
400 683 50 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMN4-ME875 DILM650/22(...)
450 750 50 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMN4-ME875 DILM750/22(...)
500 820 50 438 – 875 875 – 12250 NZMN4-ME875 DILM820/22(...)
560 947 50 700 – 1400 1400 – 19600 NZMN4-ME1400 DILM1000/22(...)
15/14 Software tool “Characteristics Program”
Description
Setting-specific representation of tripping characteristics and competent The Moeller “Characteristics Program” software tool enables a simple common
assessment of their interaction representation of the curves on multiple protective devices on the same time and
current scales for very little effort. This significantly simplifies the representation of
Explanations regarding the “Moeller” “Characteristics Program” software tool the curves. The tool enables assessment of the interaction of the Moeller circuit-
If several protective devices are to interact effectively in a switchgear system, it is breakers of the NZM and IZM series, as well as combinations with low-voltage high-
necessary to compare their tripping characteristics in order to evaluate their breaking-capacity fuses with gL-characteristic (Figure 1).
selectivity for the demands of enhanced system availability. It is important to use The handling involved with the Excel file based tool is briefly presented. The result,
characteristic curves which take the actual individual settings on the protective which allows for common representation of the curves as protected engineering
devices into account for all tests. This is practically impossible with printed graphical documentation with individual project designations, can be saved, printed or
representations. The device-specific setting features are presented and assigned to exported to other documents.
the differing electrical equipment.
index
Tripping diagram
2h Q6 Q5 Q4 Q3 F1 Q2 Q1
ZB12-6 PKZM0-12 NZMN1-A50 NZMN1-VE160 gG NZMN4-VE800 IZMB1-U1600
1h In = 6 A In = 12 A In = 50 A In = 160 A 224 A In = 800 A In = 1600 A
Ir = 4.0 A Ir = 10.0 A Ir = 40 A Ir = 0.7 x Ir Ir = 0.8 x Ir Ir = 1 x Ir
Ii = 450 A tr = 10 s tr = 10 s tr = 10 s (I2t) Moeller CurveSelect
20 min lsd = 7 x In lsd = 6 x In lsd = 6 x In
tsd = 60 ms tsd = 300 ms tsd = 100 ms Moeller CurveSelect
10 min li = 12 x In li = 12 x In li = 12 x In
General specifications:
5 min Company: Moeller GmbH Bonn
Installation: LV discrimination
Editor: John Q. Public
2 min
Date: 14.02.2006
1 min Line: 400 V / 50 cps
20 s
10 s
Tripping time
5s
2s
1s
500 ms
200 ms
100 ms
50 ms
20 ms
10 ms
5 ms
2 ms
1 ms
1 1.2 1.5 2 2.2 2.5 4 5 7 10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 70 100 120 150 200 250 300 400 500 700 1 K 1.2 K1.5 K 2 K 2.5 K3 K 4 K 5 K 7K 10 K12 K15 K 20 K 25 K 30 K 40 K 50 K 70 K 100 K
Tripping current [A]
Figure 1: Representation of the tripping characteristic of different protective devices on the same time and current scale,
using the example of a h.b.c. fuse characteristic (red), three NZM tripping characteristics (blue) and the tripping characteristic of an IZM (green).
The device data and settings are stated at the upper end of the curves.
Figure 2: The figure indicates a tripping characteristic with

a b c functional ranges
1. Non-trip range/operating range to the left of or
under the red tripping characteristic,
2. Overload range, a brief overload is possible,
3. Short-circuit range.
The figure also indicates the variable parameters
t Ir corresponding to Table 4, which enable application-
specific design of the characteristic curve.
tr
Isd
tsd
I0 Ii
I
Software tool “Characteristics Program” 15/15
Description
• Setting Ir for overload release 1. The program is copied onto a PC as an Excel file on which Microsoft Excel® is
• Response value Ii for delayed short-circuit release already installed.
• Response value Isd for delayed short-circuit release 2. The German or English language versions can be selected in the “General”
• Time delay setting to overcome current peaks tr for overload release sheet. On this sheet “General details” of the project are entered and are
• Delay time tsd for short delayed short-circuit release automatically accepted into the representation of the characteristic curves.
3. With the worksheets “NZM...“, “IZM...” or “Fuses” you can select the
Up to now, it was difficult to represent individual characteristic curves and to protective device whose characteristic curve you want to represent next.
compare them with one another. Quiet often the comparison failed due to the 4. After entering the data for the first protective device and after each further
differing scales for the representation of the coordinates of the curves for circuit- input, the tripping characteristic(s) are displayed on the “Tripping graphs <>
breakers and fuses. This has now changed with the new software tool. All curves are Curves” (Figure 1).
now displayed on a single sheet enabling simple visual evaluation. 5. The entire worksheet or just the “Characteristics <> Curves” can be printed.
The handling is very simple as the user is offered the permissible variables in the 6. All curves are represented assuming the cold state and without representation
type-specific input sheets. He simply has to enter the respective variable manually of the standard-conform tolerances of the response ranges, and the tripping
index
into the mask. times are represented as mean values of the parameterized tripping
The program is available on request. characteristic.
7. In order to ensure selectivity (discrimination) in the overload range, the curves
represented for the circuit-breaker under one another, and the curves for the
fuses may not cross or touch each other at any point. Consider the tolerances of
the curves which are ± 20 % in the overload range. The overload selectivity
(discrimination) of the selected devices has been reached at the meeting and
crossover points.
8. Selectivity problems can normally be remedied by selecting another device or
sometimes by modified device settings .
Tripping diagram
2h Q2
NZMN2-M125J
1h In = 125 A
Ir = 100 An
li = 1700 A
20 min li = 12 x Ir
Moeller CurveSelect
10 min
General specifications:
5 min Company: Moeller GmbH Bonn
Installation:
Editor:
2 min
Date:
1 min Line: 400 V / 50 Hz
20 s
Motor startup
Tripping time
10 s characteristic
5s
2s
1s
Circuit-breaker tripping
500 ms characteristic with
thermal releases
200 ms
100 ms Circuit-breaker with

50 ms electronic releases
20 ms
10 ms
5 ms
2 ms
1 ms
10 12 15 20 25 30 40 50 70 100 120 150 200 250 300 400 500 700 1 K 1.2 K1.5 K 2 K 2.5 K3 K 4 K 5 K 7 K 10 K12 K15 K 20 K 25 K 30 K 40 K 50 K 70 K 100 K
Tripping current [A]
Figure 3: Circuit-breakers with electronic releases enable – by flexible setting features – a more exact matching to the typical current consumption curve
of a starting three-phase motor than is possible with the switch on thermal overload releases.
15/16 Selectivity, line protection, backup protection
Line protection, backup protection
Protection of PVC insulated cables against thermal overload with short-circuits
In accordance to VDE 0100 part 430 the cables and Short-circuit protection is provided by adjustable The tables indicate the minimum conductor cross-section
conductors must be protected against overload and instantaneous releases, which open the main contacts in reliably protected by circuit-breakers during a short-
short-circuit. In circuit-breakers NZM, the overload less than 25 ms. circuit.
protection is implemented via the adjustable, current- The short-circuit total opening time restricts the (Operating voltage Un = 415 V)
dependant time-delayed overload releases. temperature rise of the cable to a minimum.
Minimum protected
cross-section mm2 copper
NZM...1(-4)-...20 6
NZM...1(4)-...25 – 160 10
NZM...2(-4)-...20 – 250 4
index
NZM...3(-4)-...250 – 630 16
NZM...4(-4)-...630 – 1600 95
Backup protection/Enhanced Selectivity

Between NZM(N)(H)(L) incoming circuit-breaker and NZMB(N)(H)... outgoing circuit-breaker
Incoming circuit-breaker a
NZM1 NZM2 NZM3
In Up to 160 A Up to 250 A Up to 630kA
Icu 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA 25 kA 50 kA 100 kA 50 kA 100 kA
a Outgoing circuit-breaker b
Icu(415 V) In
NZMB1 25 kA Up to 160 A 25/25 50/50 100/100 25/25 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100
NZMN1 50 kA Up to 160 A – 50/50 100/100 – 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100

b NZMH1 100 kA Up to 160 A – – 100/100 – – 100/100 – 100/100
NZMB2 25 kA Up to 250 A 25/25 50/50 100/100 25/25 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100
NZMN2 50 kA Up to 250 A – 50/50 100/100 – 50/50 100/100 50/50 100/100

NZMH2 100 kA Up to 250 A – – 100/100 – – 100/100 – 100/100
NZMN3 50 kA Up to 630 A – – – – – – 50/50 100/100
NZMH3 100 kA Up to 630 A – – – – – – – 100/100
Between NZM...1-A... incoming circuit-breaker and PLSM-B(C)... outgoing circuit-breaker

Icc Outgoing circuit-breaker Incoming circuit-breaker
NZMB1-A... NZMN1-A...
NZM... PKSM1)/ PKSM1)/PKNM1) PLSM-B(C)...(/...)
PKNM1)/
PLSM
0,5 – 16 25/25 kA 30/30 kA/
20 – 40 20/20 kA 20/20 kA
50, 63 15/15 kA 15/15 kA
Between NZM...2-A... incoming circuit-breaker and PLSM-B(C)... outgoing circuit-breaker

Icc Outgoing circuit-breaker Incoming circuit-breaker
NZMB2-A... NZMN(H)(L)2-A...
NZM... PKSM1)/ PKSM1)/PKNM1) PLSM-B(C)...(/...)
PKNM1)/
PLSM
0,5 – 10 25/25 kA 50/30 kA
13 – 32 25/25 kA 30/30 kA
40 – 63 25/25 kA 30/30 kA
Notes 1) Values for PKNM and PKSM determined by experimentation – testing will be completed in future.
Where the prospective fault current at the point of The table indicates which current-limiting circuit- The selectivity limit is determined by the response current
installation of circuit-breakers is very high, it is breakers NZMN(H) in combination with NZM(B)(N) are to of the non-delayed short-circuit release in the upstream
conventional to use NZMN(H) current-limiting circuit- be used to provide protection at the network locations incoming circuit-breaker. In many applications between
breakers. An attractively priced alternative is to fit a with high short-circuit capacities. two devices, this results in total or enhanced selectivity
NZMN(H) current-limiting circuit-breaker at the point in the due to the NZM's innovative double break contact
network upstream of NZMB(N)(H) standard circuit- system. Shown in the above table with the first figure
breakers, if the fault level is too high for NZMB(N) switches. detailing the increased back up protection value, the
second figure detailing the enhanced selectivity value.
For other applications refer to the Selectivity tables in
Moeller HPL.
Backup protection
Between 200 A HRC fuse and PLSM-B(C)... outgoing circuit-breaker
Icc Outgoing circuit-breaker Incoming HRC
Fuse 200 A
200 A HRC fuse PLSM-B(C)...(/...)
0,5 – 16 50 kA
PLSM
20 – 40 50 kA
50, 63 50 kA
Back-up protection values between 200 A HRC fuses and
PLSM miniature circuit breakers based on actual tests to AS4898
Part number list 15/17
Part no. Product group Page Part no. Product group Page
...DILE 0 4/5, 5/17
...-PKZ0... 0 8/7 – 8/9, 8/13
N
...-PKZ2 0 8/18 – 8/22 N-... 0 7/13
...-PKZ4 0 8/14 N1 – N4 1 9/12
NHI-... 0 8/7, 8/18
A NZM...1 – NZM...4, 3-pole 1 9/4 – 9/11
AT4/... 0 2/5 – 2/7, 2/13 NZM...1 – NZM...4, 4-pole 1 9/13 – 9/15
NZM...-XA... 1 9/17
B NZM...-XAB 1 9/19
BBA... 0 8/10 – 8/11 NZM...-XBZ... 1 9/19
C NZM...-XDV 1 9/18
CH... 3 9/24 NZM...-XFI... 1 9/23
CI... 1 12/6 NZM...-XHIV... 1 9/16
index
CI-...-PKZ0-... 0 8/5, 8/6 NZM...-XKAV 1 9/19
CI-K... 1 12/4 NZM...-XKSA 1 9/20
CI-K...-T... 0 7/14 NZM...-XMV 1 9/19
CI-K4-PKZ4-... 0 8/6 NZM...-XMVR 1 9/19
CI-PKZ01-... 0 8/4 NZM...-XMVRL 1 9/19
NZM...-XR... 1 9/21
D NZM...-XTVDV 1 9/18
D...-CI... 1 12/7 NZM...-XU... 1 9/17
DE... 3 13/10 NZM...-XV... 1 9/18
DEX-... 3 13/11 NZM-XDMI 1 9/22
DF51-... 3 13/6
DF6-... 3 13/9 P
DILA-... 0 4/3, 5/6 P... 0 7/4
DILEM-... 0 5/17 PE... 0 11/15
DILER-... 0 4/5 PFIM-... 1 11/8
DILM... 0 4/4, 5/4 – 5/7, 5/12 – 5/16 PFR-... 1 9/25
DOLRS 0 5/10 PKA6... 1 11/9
DOLS... 0 5/19 PKNM-... 1 11/8
DS1 4 15/14 – 15/16 PKS6-... 1 11/8
DS2 4 15/26 – 15/27 PKSM-... 1 11/8
DS3 4 15/17 – 15/19 PKZ2 0 8/17
DS4-... 3 13/3 PKZM0-... 0 8/5
DS6 4 15/20 – 15/22 PKZM01-... 0 8/4
DS6-... 3 13/4 PKZM0-X... 0 8/12
DS9 4 15/23 – 15/25 PKZM4-... 0 8/5
DSN1 4 15/6 – 15/7 PKZM4-X... 0 8/12
DSN3 4 15/8 – 15/10 PLHT-... 1 11/7
DSN6 4 15/11 – 15/13 PLS... 1 11/3 – 11/4
DV51-... 3 13/8 PLSM... 1 11/5
DV6-... 3 13/9 PN...-XPA 1 9/20
PN1 – PN3 1 9/12
E PS4-... 2 3/10
EASY... 2 3/4 – 3/8 PS416-... 2 3/14 – 3/15
EM4-... 2 3/11
EMR4-... 0 4/9 – 4/10 R
EMT6-... 0 6/6 RCDILE... 0 4/5, 5/18
E-PKZ01-... 0 8/4 S
ESR4-... 0 4/8 S40-CD 2 3/16
ETR2-... 1 4/6, 11/10 SDES... 0 5/8
ETR4-... 0 4/6 SL-... 0 1/19 – 1/21
EVG-16/... 0 11/18 SN4-... 2 3/13
F SSW... 2 6/5
FAK-... 0 1/7 SVB-... 0 7/12
SVB-... 0 8/6
G SW 0 2/16
GKW-... 1 12/2 – 12/3
GKWS-... 1 12/3 T
T... 0 7/4 – 7/13
H
HS-M22-... 0 1/4 U
U-CI... 1 12/7
I UPCM... 3 9/24
INN... – 10/7
IS-... 0 11/11 V
IZM58 – 10/7 – 10/10 VGDILE... 0 4/5, 5/18
IZMN... – 10/6 X
L XKCH... 2 11/16
LE4-... 2 3/12 XDB... 2 11/17
LS-... 0 2/3 Z
LSE-... 0 2/3 Z-... 0 11/12 – 11/14
LSM-... 0 2/3 – 2/4 Z5-... 0 6/4
M ZB... 0 6/2 – 6/3
M22-... 0 1/4 – 1/16 ZB4-... 2 3/10, 3/12
M22-ESA... 2 1/17 ZE-... 0 6/3
M22-K... 1 1/8, 9/16 ZEV-... 2 6/5
MCS... 0 2/15 ZM-... 0 8/17
MCSN... 0 2/14 ZMR-... 0 8/17
MFD-... 3 3/5 – 3/8 Z-R... 1 11/9
Z-S... 0 11/10
Z-SCH... 1 11/9 – 11/10
ZW7-... 0 6/4
Maréchal – The only
Decontactor TM
Exclusive to Moeller Electric

Moeller Sales & Service Ph: 18000 810 961 Fax: 1800 810 962
4 Caribbean Drive, Scoresby, Victoria, 3179
Email: marketing@moeller.com.au www.moeller.com.au
Western NSW - Distributor
Western Australia
40 Guthrie Street Western Automation & Control P/L
Head Office - Victoria
Osborne Park WA 6017 Lot 11 Bradwardine Road 4 Caribbean Drive
Bathurst NSW 2795
Tel: +61 8 9244 2633
Fax: +61 8 9244 2634 Tel: +61 2 6332 9971
Scoresby VIC 3179
Queensland
Fax: +61 2 6334 4827 Tel: +61 3 9839 1100
2/300 Cullen Avenue South Australia Fax: +61 3 9839 1177
Eagle Farm QLD 4009 Tel: 1800 810 961
Tel: +61 7 3291 2000 Fax: 1800 810 962
Fax: +61 7 3630 1236
Northern Territory - Agent
Email: marketing@moeller.com.au
New South Wales Powerhouse Distribution Agency Web: www.moeller.com.au
27/7-9 Percy Street 2/26 Pruen Road
Auburn NSW 2144 Berrimah NT 0828
Tel: +61 2 9749 9600 Tel: +61 8 8947 0027 Sales Tel: 1800 810 961
Fax: +61 2 9749 9670 Fax: +61 8 8947 1126 Sales Fax: 1800 810 962
Northern NSW - Distributor Tasmania
Colterlec Pty Ltd Gordon Wood & Co
8 Rosegum Close 31 Sunderland Street Issued by Moeller GmbH
Warabrook NSW 2304 Moonah TAS 7009
Hein-Moeller-Str. 7-11
Tel: +61 2 4960 0077 Tel: +61 3 6273 4455
Fax: +61 2 4960 0088 Fax: +61 3 6273 4734
D-53115 Bonn
Southern NSW - Distributor

© 2006 by Moeller GmbH
Illawarra Automation & Control P/L
304 Keira Street Subject to alterations
Wollongong NSW 2500 SK0211-1158GB-AUS ip/Doku/M.P. 10/08
Tel: +61 2 4229 1511 Printed in Germany (10/08)
Fax: +61 2 4229 1522 Article No.: 107919
Eaton’s electrical business is a global leader

in electrical control, power distribution,
uninterruptible power supply and industrial
automation products and services.
Eaton’s global electrical brands, including

Cutler-Hammer®, MGE Office Protection
Systems™, Powerware®, Holec®, MEM®,
Santak and Moeller, provide customer-driven
PowerChain Management® solutions to serve
the power system needs of the industrial,
institutional, government, utility, commercial,
residential, IT, mission critical and OEM
markets worldwide.
www.eaton.com

Moeller Australia 2008 Industrial Trade Product Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Moeller Australia 2008 Industrial Trade Product Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

www.moeller.com.

Industrial Trade Product Guide

A strong brand. A long history. A great future.

Internationally the Eaton-Moeller Group has continued to enjoy

In addition to our national customer service centre in Melbourne,

I would like to take this opportunity to thank our customers for

Please contact your nearest Moeller Electric office or Specialist

RMQ-Titan control circuit devices,

LS-Titan, AT4, ATR position switches,

PLS, PLSM, AZ, PLHT

Contactor relays, mini contactor relays,

DILM7 – DILM150 contactors, DS4 and DS6 softstarters,

ZB, ZE, Z5 motor-protective relays,

T cam switches 7 Technical information, index 15

PKZM01, PKZM0, PKZM4, PKZ2

Trade prices shown are EXCLUSIVE of GST.

Control circuit devices

Merchandiser packs, complete units 1/4

Enclosed units 1/5

Actuators, button plates 1/6

Emergency-Stop actuators, Foot and palm switches 1/7

Fixing adapters, contact blocks, LED elements 1/8

Illuminated pushbutton actuators, indicator lights 1/9

Illuminated selector switch actuators, key-operated actuators 1/10

Selector switch actuators 1/15 Signal tower modules 1/19

Emergency-Stop Contact blocks

Key-operated Contact block

Indicator Contact blocks

Acoustic indicator cap Top-hat rail

(Titanium appearance standard, black and gold options)

Competitively priced, Moeller’s RMQ-Titan range comprises pushbuttons,

The system includes a variety of indicator lights and illuminated pushbut-

Control circuit devices

Meeting all relevant international standards, this attractive, co-ordinated

Description Button plate Part no. Price ($)

RMQ-Titan, merchandiser packs, hang sell

Pushbutton actuators, Start button – HS-M22-START 27.50

Indicators, complete assemblies Red indicator, 85 – 264 V AC – HS-M22-L230-R 56.10

Complete units for front mounting

Stop M22-D-R-X0/K01 29.90

Selector switch actuators Two positions, stay-put – M22-WRK/K10 49.10

Key-operated actuators Two positions, stay-put, with 1 key – M22-WRS/K11 153.30

GST not included

Description Button plate Part no. Price ($)

Enclosed units for surface mounting

Control circuit devices

Stop M22-D-R-X0/KC11/I 69.10

Emergency-Stop actuator Pull to release, yellow enclosure – M22-PV/KC11/IY 119.40

Emergency-Stop key-release Red actuator with 1 key – M22-PVS/KC11/IY 192.30

Two-way pushbutton stations Without indicator light – M22-I2-M1 126.00

Three-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – M22-I3-M1 165.80

Four-way pushbutton station Without indicator light – M22-I4-M1 212.20

GST not included

Description Colour of button Part no. Price ($)

Pushbutton actuators, IP67

• Front ring titanium, also available in black

Spring-return, Without M22-DG-X 18.50

Stay-put M22-DRP-S 25.50

Double actuator, IP66

For flush pushbutton actuators For mushroom actuators

M22-XD-S 1.90 M22-XDP-S 1.90

M22-XD-R 1.90 M22-XDP-R 1.90

GST not included